Home

DS4308/DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide (p/n

1. Do Not Convert UPC E1 to UPC A Disable 0 Symbologies 11 23 EAN 8 JAN 8 Extend Parameter 39 SSI 27h Enable this parameter to add five leading zeros to decoded EAN 8 symbols to make them compatible in format to EAN 13 symbols Disable this to transmit EAN 8 symbols as is Enable EAN JAN Zero Extend 1 Disable EAN JAN Zero Extend 0 Bookland ISBN Format Parameter 576 SSI F1h 40h If you enabled Bookland EAN using Enable Disable Bookland EAN on page 11 11 select one of the following formats for Bookland data e Bookland ISBN 10 The digital scanner reports Bookland data starting with 978 in traditional 10 digit format with the special Bookland check digit for backward compatibility Data starting with 979 is not considered Bookland in this mode e Bookland ISBN 13 The digital scanner reports Bookland data starting with either 978 or 979 as EAN 13 in 13 digit format to meet the 2007 ISBN 13 protocol Bookland ISBN 10 0 Bookland ISBN 13 1 J NOTE For Bookland EAN to function properly first enable Bookland EAN using Enable Disable Bookland EAN on page 11 11 then select either Decode UPC EAN Supplementals Autodiscriminate UPC EAN Supplementals
2. Enhanced in Both Modes 3 4 30 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide PDF Prioritization Parameter 719 SSI F1h CFh Enable this feature to delay decoding a 1D bar code Code 128 by the value specified in PDF Prioritization Timeout During that time the digital scanner attempts to decode a PDF417 symbol e g on a US driver s license and if successful reports this only If it does not decode can not find a PDF417 symbol it reports the 1D symbol after the timeout The 1D symbol must be in the device s field of view for the digital scanner to report it This parameter does not affect decoding other symbologies NOTE The 1D Code 128 bar code lengths include the following e 7 to 10 characters es 14 to 17 characters e 27 to 28 characters In addition a Code 39 bar code with the following lengths are considered to potentially be part of a US driver s license e 8 characters e 12 characters Disable PDF Prioritization 0 Enable PDF Prioritization 1 PDF Prioritization Timeout Parameter 720 SSI F1h DOh When PDF Prioritization is enabled this timeout specifies how long the digital scanner attempts to decode a PDF417 symbol before r
3. Keyboard Wedge Interface 10 5 Keystroke Delay This is the delay in milliseconds between emulated keystrokes Scan a bar code below to increase the delay when hosts require a slower transmission of data S No Delay Medium Delay 20 msec Long Delay 40 msec Intra Keystroke Delay Enable this to insert an additional delay between each emulated key depression and release This sets the Keystroke Delay parameter to a minimum of 5 msec as well Enable Disable 10 6 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide Alternate Numeric Keypad Emulation This allows emulation of most other country keyboard types not listed in Appendix B Country Codes ina Microsoft operating system environment af NOTE f your keyboard type is not listed in the country code list see Country Codes on page B 1 disable Quick Keypad Emulation on page 10 6 and ensure Alternate Numeric Keypad Emulation on page 10 6 is enabled Enable Alternate Numeric Keypad Disable Alternate Numeric Keypad Quick Keypad Emulation This parameter enables faster keypad emulation where character value sequences are only sent for characters not found on the keyboard J NOTE This option applies only when Alternate Numeric Keypad Emulation is enabled Enable Quick Keypad Emulation Disable Quick Keypad Emulation Keyboard Wedge Interface 10 7 Simulated Caps Lock En
4. VATA Send N AA WT Send O VANTIN Send P VIII Send Q VTA Send R A0 VW Send S VANTIN Send T 14 32 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide Keyboard Characters continued A0 AN Send U IA Send V A0 A0 Send W NIE Send X III Send Y AW r Send Z ANEAN Send Driver s License Set Up DS4308 DL 14 33 Keyboard Characters continued 008 WI Send VANTIN Send VAMC Send VTC Send _ UTI Send VAIN Senda VANTIN Send b 14 34 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide Keyboard Characters continued VAT Sendc VANTIN Send d At Vital Send e NEI Send f IDN AN Send g 0 ai Send h AN Send i Driver s License Set Up DS4308 DL 14 35 Keyboard Characters continued VAMC Send j AA HINN Send k MA MI Send VMTN Send m du allt Send n AA HIH Sendo KAANAA Send p 14 36 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide Keyboard Characters continued Sendr Send t
5. Chinese Traditional Unicode Output Windows XP 18 Chinese Traditional Unicode Output Windows 7 20 CJK Decode Control D 5 Non CJK UTF Bar Code Output Parameter 960 Some country keyboard type layouts contain characters that do not exist in the default code page see Country Keyboard Type Missing Characters on page D 6 Although the default code page can not encode these characters in a bar code they can be encoded in the UTF 8 bar code Scan this parameter bar code to output the Unicode values by emulation mode lt J NOTE Use this special country keyboard type to decode the non CJK UTF 8 bar code After decoding re configure the scanner to use the original country keyboard type Use US English IME on Windows See Unicode Output Control on page D 2 Non CJK UTF 8 Emulation Output D 6 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide Country Keyboard Type Missing Characters Country keyboard type Tatar Uzbek Mongolian Kyrgyz Kazakh and Azeri Default code page CP1251 Missing characters F F x X K K h h o y Y H H K F H H D K K 4 4 K K Country keyboard type Romanian Standard Default code page CP1250 Missing characters Country keyboard type Portugues
6. 1084 T T 1085 U U 1086 V V 1087 W W 1088 x x 1089 Y Y 1090 Z Z 1091 K 1092 L 1093 M 1094 N A 1095 0 SS 1096 W 1097 A a 1098 B b 1099 C c 1100 D d 1101 E e 1102 F f 1103 G g 1104 H h 1105 l i 1106 J j 1107 K k 1108 L 1109 M m 1110 N n 1111 O o 1112 P p 1The keystroke in bold transmits only if you enable Function Key Mapping on page 6 11 Otherwise the unbolded keystroke transmits 6 22 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide Table 6 2 USB Prefix Suffix Values Continued Full ASCII Code 39 Prefix Suffix Value Encode Character Keystroke 1113 Q q 1114 R r 1115 S s 1116 T t 1117 U u 1118 V V 1119 W w 1120 X x 1121 Y y 1122 Z z 1123 P 1124 die 1125 R 1126 S 1The keystroke in bold transmits only if you enable Function Key Mapping on page 6 11 Otherwise the unbolded keystroke transmits USB Interface 6 23 Table 6 3 USB ALT Key Character Set ALT Keys Keystroke 2064 ALT 2 2065 ALTA 2066 ALT B 2067 ALT C 2068 ALT D 2069 ALTE 2070 ALT F 2071 ALT G 2072 ALT H 2073 ALT 2074 ALT J 2075 ALT K 2076 ALTL 2077 ALT M 2078 ALT N 2079 ALT O 2080 ALT P 2081 ALT Q 2082 ALTR 2083 ALTS 2084 ALT T 2085 ALT U 2086 ALT V 2087 ALT W 2088
7. 11 30 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide Check ISBT Table Parameter 578 SSI F1h 42h The ISBT specification includes a table that lists several types of ISBT bar codes that are commonly used in pairs If you set ISBT Concatenation to Enable enable Check ISBT Table to concatenate only those pairs found in this table Other types of ISBT codes are not concatenated Enable Check ISBT Table 1 Disable Check ISBT Table 0 ISBT Concatenation Redundancy Parameter 223 SSI DFh If you set ISBT Concatenation to Autodiscriminate use this parameter to set the number of times the digital scanner must decode an ISBT symbol before determining that there is no additional symbol Scan the bar code below then scan two numeric bar codes in Appendix G Numeric Bar Codes to set a value between 2 and 20 Enter a leading zero for single digit numbers To correct an error or change a selection scan Cancel on page G 2 The default is 10 ISBT Concatenation Redundancy Symbologies 11 31 Code 128 Security Level Parameter 751 SSI F1h EFh Code 128 bar codes are vulnerable to misdecodes particularly when Code 128 Lengths is set to Any Length The digital scanner offers four le
8. User Preferences amp Miscellaneous Options 4 7 Beep After Good Decode Parameter 56 SSI 38h Scan a bar code below to select whether or not the digital scanner beeps after a good decode If selecting Do Not Beep After Good Decode the beeper still operates during parameter menu scanning and to indicate error conditions Beep After Good Decode Enable 1 Do Not Beep After Good Decode Disable 0 4 8 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide Direct Decode Indicator Parameter 859 SSI Eih 5Bh This feature is only supported in Auto Aim and Standard Level trigger modes Scan a bar code below to select optional blinking of the illumination on a successful decode e Disable Direct Decode Indicator illumination does not blink on a successful decode e 1 Blink illumination blinks once upon a successful decode e 2 Blinks illumination blinks twice upon a successful decode Disable Direct Decode Indicator 0 1 Blink 1 2 Blinks 2 User Preferences amp Miscellaneous Options 4 9 Beeper Volume Parameter 140 SSI 8Ch To select a beeper volume scan the Low Volume Medium Volume or High Volume bar code
9. Disable Decoding Illumination 0 4 32 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide Post Decode Illumination DS4308P Only Parameter 809 SSI F2h 29h This parameter controls illumination after decode Select Always Off to turn off illumination immediately after decode Select Always On to keep Illumination on after decode so the DS4308P is ready for next decode or to keep illumination on until timeout Always On 0 Always Off 1 Illumination Brightness Parameter 669 SSI F1h 9Dh This parameter controls the illumination brightness used during an active decode session and only applies in hand held mode not in presentation mode High 8 Medium 4 Low 2 User Preferences amp Miscellaneous Options 4 33 Low Light Scene Detection Parameter 810 SSI F2h 2Ah This parameter allows the digital scanner to be able to detect motion in dim to dark illumination environments when in presentation mode Pe NOTE This feature does NOT apply to the DS4308P presentation configuration No Low Light Scene Detection The digital scanner attempts to detect motion as best it can with the aim dot and illumination turned off when the digital scanner is idle e Aiming Dot Low Light Assist Scene Detection Illumination is turned off
10. Disable Han Xin 0 Han Xin Inverse Parameter 1168 SSI F8h 04h 90h Select a Han Xin inverse decoder setting e Regular Only the decoder decodes Han Xin bar codes with normal reflectance only e Inverse Only the decoder decodes Han Xin bar codes with inverse reflectance only e Inverse Autodetect the decoder decodes both regular and inverse Han Xin bar codes Regular 0 Inverse Only 1 Inverse Autodetect 2 11 88 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide Symbology Specific Security Levels Redundancy Level Parameter 78 SSI 4Eh The digital scanner offers four levels of decode redundancy Select higher redundancy levels for decreasing levels of bar code quality As redundancy levels increase the digital scanner s aggressiveness decreases Select the redundancy level appropriate for the bar code quality Redundancy Level 1 The following code types must be successfully read twice before being decoded Table 11 2 Redundancy Level 1 Codes Code Type Code Length Codabar 8 characters or less MSI 4 characters or less D2of5 8 characters or less 12of5 8 characters or less Redundancy Level 2 The following code types must be successfully read twice before being decoded Table 11 3 Redundancy Level 2 Codes Code Type Code Length A
11. Symbologies 11 81 2D Symbologies Enable Disable PDF417 Parameter 15 SSI OFh To enable or disable PDF417 scan the appropriate bar code below Enable PDF417 1 Disable PDF417 0 Enable Disable MicroPDF417 Parameter 227 SSI E3h To enable or disable MicroPDF417 scan the appropriate bar code below Enable MicroPDF417 1 Disable MicroPDF417 0 11 82 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide Code 128 Emulation Parameter 123 SSI 7Bh Enable this parameter to transmit data from certain MicroPDF417 symbols as Code 128 AIM Code ID Character 1 on page 4 31 must be enabled for this parameter to work Enable Code 128 Emulation to transmit these MicroPDF417 symbols with one of the following prefixes C1 if the first codeword is 903 905 C2 _ if the first codeword is 908 or 909 CO _ if the first codeword is 910 or 911 Disable Code 128 Emulation to transmit these MicroPDF417 symbols with one of the following prefixes L3 if the first codeword is 903 905 L4 _ if the first codeword is 908 or 909 L5 ifthe first codeword is 910 or 911 Scan a bar code below to enable or disable Code 128 Emulation J NOTE Linked MicroPDF codewords 906 907 912 914 and 915 are not
12. Disable Chinese 2 of 5 0 Symbologies 11 63 Matrix 2 of 5 Enable Disable Matrix 2 of 5 Parameter 618 SSI F1h 6Ah To enable or disable Matrix 2 of 5 scan the appropriate bar code below Enable Matrix 2 of 5 1 Disable Matrix 2 of 5 0 Set Lengths for Matrix 2 of 5 Parameter L1 619 SSI F1h 6Bh L2 620 SSI F1h 6Ch The length of a code refers to the number of characters i e human readable characters including check digit s the code contains Set lengths for Matrix 2 of 5 to any length one or two discrete lengths or lengths within a specific range The default is 4 to 55 e One Discrete Length Select this option to decode only Matrix 2 of 5 symbols containing a selected length Select the length using the numeric bar codes in Appendix G Numeric Bar Codes For example to decode only Matrix 2 of 5 symbols with 14 characters scan Matrix 2 of 5 One Discrete Length then scan 1 followed by 4 To correct an error or to change the selection scan Cancel on page G 2 e Two Discrete Lengths Select this option to decode only Matrix 2 of 5 symbols containing either of two selected lengths Select lengths using the numeric bar codes in Appendix G Numeric Bar Codes For example to decode only Matrix 2 of 5 symbols containing eithe
13. Disable Code 11 0 Set Lengths for Code 11 Parameter L1 28 SSI 1Ch L2 29 SSI 1Dh The length of a code refers to the number of characters i e human readable characters including check digit s the code contains Set lengths for Code 11 to any length one or two discrete lengths or lengths within a specific range The default is 4 to 55 e One Discrete Length Select this option to decode only Code 11 symbols containing a selected length Select the length using the numeric bar codes in Appendix G Numeric Bar Codes For example to decode only Code 11 symbols with 14 characters scan Code 11 One Discrete Length then scan 1 followed by 4 To correct an error or to change the selection scan Cancel on page G 2 e Two Discrete Lengths Select this option to decode only Code 11 symbols containing either of two selected lengths Select lengths using the numeric bar codes in Appendix G Numeric Bar Codes For example to decode only Code 11 symbols containing either 2 or 14 characters select Code 11 Two Discrete Lengths then scan 0 2 1 and then 4 To correct an error or to change the selection scan Cancel on page G 2 e Length Within Range Select this option to decode a Code 11 symbol with a specific length range Select lengths using numeric bar codes in Appendix G Numeric Bar Codes For example to decode Code 11 symbols containing between 4 and 12 charact
14. Medium 5 Seconds 50 High 7 5 Seconds 75 Maximum 9 9 Seconds 99 7 18 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide Host Character Time out Parameter 239 SSI EFh This parameter determines the maximum time the digital scanner waits between characters transmitted by the host before discarding the received data and declaring an error To set the delay period options are 200 500 750 or 990 ms scan one of the following bar codes of NOTE Other values are available via SSI command Low 200 ms 20 Medium 500 ms 50 High 750 ms 75 Maximum 990 ms 99 SSI Interface 7 19 Multipacket Option Parameter 334 SSI FOh 4Eh This parameter controls ACK NAK handshaking for multi packet transmissions e Multi Packet Option 1 The host sends an ACK NAK for each data packet during a multi packet transmission e Multi Packet Option 2 The digital scanner sends data packets continuously with no ACK NAK handshaking to pace the transmission The host if overrun can use hardware handshaking to temporarily delay digital scanner transmissions At the end of transmission
15. OCR Minimum Characters Parameter 689 SSI F1h B1h To select the minimum number of OCR characters not including spaces per line to decode scan the following bar code then scan a three digit number between 003 and 100 using the bar codes in Appendix G Numeric Bar Codes representing the number of OCR characters to decode Strings of OCR characters less than the minimum are ignored The default is 003 OCR Minimum Characters OCR Programming 13 13 OCR Maximum Characters Parameter 690 SSI F1h B2h To select the maximum number of OCR characters including spaces per line to decode scan the following bar code then scan a three digit number between 003 and 100 using the bar codes in Appendix G Numeric Bar Codes representing the number of OCR characters to decode Strings of OCR characters greater than the maximum are ignored The default is 100 OCR Maximum Characters OCR Subset Parameter 686 SSI F1h AER Set an OCR subset to define a custom group of characters in place of a preset font variant For example if scanning only numbers and the letters A B and C create a subset of just these characters to speed decoding This applies a designated OCR Subset across all enabled OCR fonts To set or modify the OCR font subset first enable the appropriate
16. Ignore Supplementals 0 Autodiscriminate UPC EAN JAN Supplementals 2 Enable 378 379 Supplemental Mode 4 Enable 978 979 Supplemental Mode 5 Enable 977 Supplemental Mode 7 11 14 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide Decode UPC EAN JAN Supplementals continued Enable 414 419 434 439 Supplemental Mode 6 Enable 491 Supplemental Mode 8 Enable Smart Supplemental Mode 3 Supplemental User Programmable Type 1 9 Supplemental User Programmable Type 1 and 2 10 Smart Supplemental Plus User Programmable 1 11 Smart Supplemental Plus User Programmable 1 and 2 12 Symbologies 11 15 User Programmable Supplementals Supplemental 1 Parameter 579 SSI F1h 43h Supplemental 2 Parameter 580 SSI F1h 44h If you selected a Supplemental User Programmable option from Decode UPC EAN JAN Supplementals on page 11 12 select User Programmable Supplemental 1 to set the 3 digit prefix Then select the 3 digits using the numeric bar codes beginning on page G 1 Select User Programmable Supplemental 2 to set a second 3 digit prefix Then select the 3 digits using the numeric bar codes beginning on page G 1 The default is 000 zeroes U
17. Symbologies 11 85 OR Inverse Parameter 587 SSI F1h 4Bh This parameter sets the QR inverse decoder setting Options are e Regular Only the digital scanner decodes regular QR bar codes only e Inverse Only the digital scanner decodes inverse QR bar codes only e Inverse Autodetect the digital scanner decodes both regular and inverse QR bar codes Regular 0 Inverse Only 1 Inverse Autodetect 2 MicroOR Parameter 573 SSI F1h 3Dh To enable or disable MicroQR scan the appropriate bar code below Enable MicroQR 1 Disable MicroQR 0 11 86 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide Aztec Parameter 574 SSI F1h 3Eh To enable or disable Aztec scan the appropriate bar code below Enable Aztec 1 Disable Aztec 0 Aztec Inverse Parameter 589 SSI F1h 4Dh This parameter sets the Aztec inverse decoder setting Options are e Regular Only the digital scanner decodes regular Aztec bar codes only e Inverse Only the digital scanner decodes inverse Aztec bar codes only e Inverse Autodetect the digital scanner decodes both regular and inverse Aztec bar codes Regular 0 Inverse Only 1 Inverse Autodetect 2 Symbologies 11 87 Han Xin Parameter 1167 SSI F8h 04h 8Fh To enable or disable Han Xin scan the appropriate bar code below Enable Han Xin 1
18. Enable Keypad Emulation with Leading Zero Quick Keypad Emulation This option applies only to the USB Keyboard HID device when Emulate Keypad on page 6 9 is enabled This parameter enables a quicker method of emulation using the numeric keypad where ASCII sequences are only sent for ASCII characters not found on the keyboard The default value is Enable Enable Quick Keypad Emulation Disable Quick Keypad Emulation USB Interface 6 11 USB Keyboard FN 1 Substitution This option applies only to the USB Keyboard HID device Enable this to replace any FN 1 characters ina GS1 128 bar code with a user selected Key Category and value see FN1 Substitution Values on page 4 39 to set the Key Category and Key Value Enable USB Keyboard FN 1 Substitution Disable USB Keyboard FN 1 Substitution Function Key Mapping ASCII values under 32 are normally sent as a control key sequences see Table 6 2 on page 6 18 Enable this parameter to send the keys in bold in place of the standard key mapping Table entries that do not have a bold entry remain the same whether or not you enab
19. Disable Code 39 Check Digit 0 Transmit Code 39 Check Digit Parameter 43 SSI 2Bh Scan a bar code below to transmit Code 39 data with or without the check digit Transmit Code 39 Check Digit Enable 1 Do Not Transmit Code 39 Check Digit Disable 0 VJ NOTE Code 39 Check Digit Verification must be enabled for this parameter to function Symbologies 11 37 Code 39 Full ASCII Conversion Parameter 17 SSI 11h Code 39 Full ASCII is a variant of Code 39 which pairs characters to encode the full ASCII character set To enable or disable Code 39 Full ASCII scan the appropriate bar code below Enable Code 39 Full ASCII 1 Disable Code 39 Full ASCII 0 ff NOTE You cannot enable Trioptic Code 39 and Code 39 Full ASCII simultaneously Code 39 Full ASCII to Full ASCII Correlation is host dependent and is therefore described in the ASCII Character Set Table for the appropriate interface See the ASCII Character Set for USB on page 6 18 11 38 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide Code 39 Security Level Parameter 750 SSI F1h EEN The digital scanner offers four levels of decode security for Code 39 bar codes There is an inverse relationship between security and digital scanner aggressiven
20. Disable TLC39 0 UPC Composite Mode Parameter 344 SSI FOh 58h Select an option for linking UPC symbols with a 2D symbol during transmission as if they were one symbol e Select UPC Never Linked to transmit UPC bar codes regardless of whether a 2D symbol is detected e Select UPC Always Linked to transmit UPC bar codes and the 2D portion If 2D is not present the UPC bar code does not transmit If you select Autodiscriminate UPC Composites the digital scanner determines if there is a 2D portion then transmits the UPC as well as the 2D portion if present UPC Never Linked 0 UPC Always Linked 1 Autodiscriminate UPC Composites 2 Symbologies 11 73 Composite Beep Mode Parameter 398 SSI FOh 8Eh To select the number of decode beeps when a composite bar code is decoded scan the appropriate bar code Single Beep after both are decoded 0 Beep as each code type is decoded 1 Double Beep after both are decoded 2 GS1 128 Emulation Mode for UCC EAN Composite Codes Parameter 427 SSI FO0h ABh Select whether to enable or
21. J NOTE Most computer monitors allow scanning the bar codes directly on the screen When scanning from the screen be sure to set the document magnification to a level where you can see the bar code clearly and bars and or spaces are not merging 13 2 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide OCR Parameter Defaults Table 13 1 lists the defaults for OCR parameters To change any option scan the appropriate bar code s provided in the Parameter Descriptions section beginning on page 13 3 J NOTE See Appendix A Standard Default Parameters for all user preferences hosts symbologies and miscellaneous default parameters Table 13 41 OCR Programming Default Table Parameter ee SSI Number Default Page Number OCR Programming Parameters OCR A 680 F1h A8h Disable 13 3 OCR A Variant 684 F1h ACh Full ASCII 13 3 OCR B 681 F1h AQh Disable 13 5 OCR B Variant 685 F1h ADh Full ASCII 13 6 MICR E13B 682 F1h AAh Disable 13 9 US Currency 683 F1h ABh Disable 13 10 OCR Orientation 687 Eih AFh 0 13 10 OCR Lines 691 F1h B3h 1 13 12 OCR Minimum Characters 689 F1h Bih 3 13 12 OCR Maximum Characters 690 F1h B2h 100 13 13 OCR Subset 686 F1h AEh Selected font 13 13 variant OCR Quiet Zone 695 F1h B7h 50 13 14 OCR Template 547 F1h 23h 54R 13 15 OCR Check Digit Modulus 688 F1h BOh 1 13 24 OCR Check Digit Multiplier 700 F1h BCh 121212121212 13 25 OCR Check Digit Val
22. Autodetect 2 5 8 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide Snapshot Mode Timeout Parameter 323 SSI FOh 43h This parameter sets the amount of time the digital scanner remains in Snapshot Mode The digital scanner exits Snapshot Mode when you pull the trigger or when the Snapshot Mode Timeout elapses To set this timeout value scan the Set Snapshot Mode Timeout bar code below followed by a bar code from Appendix G Numeric Bar Codes The default value is 0 which represents 30 seconds values increment by 30 For example 1 60 seconds 2 90 seconds etc To quickly re set the default timeout to 30 seconds scan the 30 Seconds bar code below If you select No Timeout the digital scanner remains in Snapshot Mode until you pull the trigger Set Snapshot Mode Timeout 30 Seconds No Timeout Imaging Preferences 5 9 Snapshot Aiming Pattern Parameter 300 SSI FO0h 2Ch Select Enable Snapshot Aiming Pattern to project the aiming pattern when in Snapshot Mode or Disable Snapshot Aiming Pattern to turn the aiming pattern off Enable Snapshot Aiming Pattern 1 Disable Snapshot Aiming Pattern 0 Silence Operational
23. Disable Code 32 Prefix 0 Symbologies 11 35 Set Lengths for Code 39 Parameter L1 18 SSI 12h L2 19 SSI 13h The length of a code refers to the number of characters i e human readable characters including check digit s the code contains Set lengths for Code 39 to any length one or two discrete lengths or lengths within a specific range If Code 39 Full ASCII is enabled Length Within a Range or Any Length are the preferred options The default is 1 to 55 J NOTE When setting lengths for different bar code types enter a leading zero for single digit numbers e One Discrete Length Select this option to decode only Code 39 symbols containing a selected length Select the length using the numeric bar codes in Appendix G Numeric Bar Codes For example to decode only Code 39 symbols with 14 characters scan Code 39 One Discrete Length then scan 1 followed by 4 To correct an error or change the selection scan Cancel on page G 2 e Two Discrete Lengths Select this option to decode only Code 39 symbols containing either of two selected lengths Select lengths using the numeric bar codes in Appendix G Numeric Bar Codes For example to decode only Code 39 symbols containing either 2 or 14 characters select Code 39 Two Discrete Lengths then scan 0 2 1 and then 4 To correct an error or change the selection scan Cancel on page G 2 e Length With
24. Symbologies 11 25 ISSN EAN Parameter 617 SSI F1h 69h To enable or disable ISSN EAN scan the appropriate bar code below Enable ISSN EAN 1 Disable ISSN EAN 0 11 26 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide Code 128 Enable Disable Code 128 Parameter 8 SSI 08h To enable or disable Code 128 scan the appropriate bar code below Enable Code 128 1 Disable Code 128 0 Set Lengths for Code 128 Parameter L1 209 SSI D1h L2 210 SSI D2h The length of a code refers to the number of characters i e human readable characters including check digit s the code contains Set lengths for Code 128 to any length one or two discrete lengths or lengths within a specific range The default is 1 to 55 J NOTE When setting lengths for different bar code types enter a leading zero for single digit numbers e One Discrete Length Select this option to decode only Code 128 symbols containing a selected length Select the length using the numeric bar codes in Appendix G Numeric Bar Codes For example to decode only Code 128 symbols with 14 characters scan Code 128 One Discrete Length then scan 1 followed by 4 To correct an error or change the selection scan Cancel on page G 2 e Two Discrete Lengths Select
25. 6 msec 7 msec 8 msec 9 msec USB Fast HID This option transmits USB HID data at a faster rate Enable Disable USB Interface 6 17 IBM Specification Version The IBM USB interface specification version selected defines how code types are reported over the IBM USB interface Original Specification Version 2 2 6 18 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide ASCII Character Set for USB Table 6 2 USB Prefix Suffix Values Full ASCII Code 39 Prefix Suffix Value Encode Character Keystroke 1000 U CTRL 2 1001 A CTRLA 1002 B CTRL B 1003 C CTRL C 1004 D CTRL D 1005 E CTRLE 1006 F CTRL F 1007 G CTRL G 1008 H CTRL H BACKSPACE 1009 I CTRL I HORIZONTAL TAB 1010 J CTRL J 1011 K CTRL K 1012 L CTRLL 1013 M CTRL M ENTER 1014 N CTRLN 1015 O CTRL O 1016 P CTRL P 1017 a CTRL Q 1018 R CTRL R 1019 S CTRL S 1020 T CTRL T 1021 U CTRL U 1022 V CTRL V 1023 w CTRL W 1024 X CTRL X 1025 Y CTRL Y 1The keystroke in bold transmits only if you enable Function Key Mapping on page 6 11 Otherwise the unbolded keystroke transmits USB Interface 6 19 Table 6 2 USB Prefix Suffix Values Continued Full ASCII Code 39 Prefix Suffix Value Encode Char acter Keystroke 1026 Z CTRL Z 1027 A CTRL ESC
26. Parameter Default Biles baw Keyboard Wedge Host Parameters Keyboard Wedge Host Type IBM AT Notebook 10 4 Ignore Unknown Characters Transmit 10 4 Keystroke Delay No Delay 10 5 Intra Keystroke Delay Disable 10 5 Alternate Numeric Keypad Enable 10 6 Emulation Quick Keypad Emulation Enable 10 6 Simulated Caps Lock Disable 10 7 Caps Lock Override Disable 10 7 Convert Wedge Case No Convert 10 8 Function Key Mapping Disable 10 8 FN1 Substitution Disable 10 9 Send Make and Break Send 10 9 10 4 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide Keyboard Wedge Host Parameters Keyboard Wedge Host Types Select the Keyboard Wedge host by scanning one of the bar codes below IBM PC AT amp IBM PC Compatibles 1BM AT Notebook Ignore Unknown Characters Unknown characters are characters the host does not recognize Select Send Bar Codes With Unknown Characters to send all bar code data except for unknown characters The digital scanner issues no error beeps Select Do Not Send Bar Codes With Unknown Characters to send bar code data up to the first unknown character The digital scanner issues an error beep S Send Bar Codes with Unknown Characters Transmit Do Not Send Bar Codes with Unknown Characters
27. 4 33 post decode 4 32 image brightness target white 5 13 image cropping 5 10 5 11 image enhancement 5 15 image options bits per pixel 0 02020 ee eee 5 18 cropping 5 10 5 11 file formats 5 16 5 20 image brightness target white 5 13 image enhancement 5 15 image resolution 5 12 image rotation 5 17 JPEG image options 5 13 JPEG size quality 5 14 JPEG target file stze nuanua 5 14 image resolution 5 12 interleaved 2 of 5 bar codes 11 46 check digit verification 11 48 convert to EAN 13 2000 22a ae 11 49 longis o oo ee dda eae REEL aa ees 11 46 reduced quiet Zone 0000 ee 11 51 security level 11 50 transmit check dont 11 49 J JPEG image options 5 13 size quality 5 14 JPEG target file size 5 14 K keyboard types country codes Albanian ail EE eee added eee eae B 2 Arabic 101 Eu er ts NEE E bed dn B 2 Arabic 102 lt lt ices iccie 8 ERR naga ws B 2 Arabic 102 Azerty B 3 Azeri Cie B 3 Azer Latin 2h ee eee ney eee kao E B 3 Belarusian B 3 Bosnian Cie B 3 Bosnian ann B 3 Bulgarian ann B 3 Bulgarian Cyrillic Typewriter B 4 Canadian French Legacy B 4 Canadian French Win7 B 4 Canadian Multilingual Standard B 4 Chinese ASCH eee ee B 4 Croatian 36
28. 11 62 GIK vic hate a ait pada ee AEE ADES D 1 codabar bar codes 2220000005 11 54 CLSl editing 11 56 El LEET E 11 54 NOTIS editing 11 56 start and stop characters 11 57 code 11 barcodes 11 42 check digit verification 11 44 le EEN 11 42 transmit check digit 11 45 code 128 barcodes 2 22000 11 26 EINEN eine ane ideals aa ae 11 28 ignore fnc4 1 ee 11 32 ISBT A128 seen hares wate eh eNews eh 11 28 ISBT concatenation 11 29 11 30 ISBT concatenation redundancy 11 30 ne EE 11 26 reduced quiet zone 0005 11 32 security level 0 0c eee 11 31 code 128 emulation bar codes 11 82 code 39 barcodes 20200005 11 33 check digit verification 11 36 code 32 prefix 11 34 COE 39 id baa eee ak Ee Ee eeh d 11 33 code 39 security Level 11 38 convert code 39 to code 32 11 34 ul ASCH ees 11 37 lengis Adr ANERE EE dE 11 35 reduced quiet zone 11 39 transmit check digit 11 36 WIOPUC fesse SNE Phe eed ee ee ELE 11 33 code 93 barcodes 202000050 11 40 lengths ars sgesdpae eee Paes ee Pale 11 40 code ID character 4 36 code identifiers AlMcode ls E 3 modifier characters E 4 SYMDO vs ean tise yea e EE a ties E 1 composite bar codes beep mode 11 73 composite CAR 11 71 composite CC 11 71
29. 20065 7 1 7 5 default parameters 7 10 handshaking 7 3 7 5 RSM commands and responses 7 8 RIS CTS 24 2c dtueta dE a bated dae 7 5 Selecting EE eee 7 11 transactions esii s24a ede ee eed eee ewe Sen fae 7 3 snapshot mode timeout 5 8 SPCCITICALIONS aacra da daea des hee dear dE ER SN 3 7 SSI Daud fate Dec s24 soo ata ue HEIN E 7 12 commands 7 2 communications 05 7 1 7 5 default parameters 0 0 00 cece ee 7 10 handshaking 7 3 7 5 RSM commands and responses 7 8 RIES Aire e heed aoe a dnd 7 5 Selecting eee eee bee ee ee eee 7 11 transactions A Se ese ee eke dew ed 7 3 stand assembling 0 0 cece ee eee 2 5 Mounting 2 6 SUPPO Aa ENEE A E die EN A EA wd XX tel gll BL 12 3 Symbol Technologies support XX symbology default parameters 11 2 T technical specifications 0 000 eae 3 7 trigger mode 4 19 troubleshooting 0 0 00 cee eee eee eee 3 3 U unicode output Control D 2 UNPACKING 6 ee eee 1 2 UPC EAN bar codes bookland EAN 000 0c ee eee 11 11 bookland ISBN 000 002 eee 11 23 check digit 11 17 11 18 convert UPC E to UPC A 11 22 convert UPC E1 to UPC A 11 22 EAN zero extend 11 23 EAN 13 JAN 13 0 0 0 000000 ce ee eee 11 11 EAN 8 JAN 8 2 0 ee 11 10 ISSN EAN ocana soci ee eee
30. Driver s License Set Up DS4308 DL 14 17 User Preferences Set Default Parameter Scan this bar code to return all parameters to the default values listed in Table A on page A 1 Set All Defaults Output Gender as M or F Scan this bar code to report the gender as M or F instead of a numeric value Output gender as M or F 14 18 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide Date Format Use these bar codes to select the date format that is displayed Date fields include the following e CCYY 4 digit year CC 2 digit century 00 99 YY 2 digit year in the century 00 99 e MM 2 digit month 01 12 e DD 2 digit day of the month 00 31 The default is Date Format CCYYMMDD NOTE To specify a date separator i e a character separating each field of the date scan the Send lt character gt vV bar code that corresponds to the alphanumeric character to use as the date separator immediately following the date format bar code To select no date separator scan the No Separator DL parsing rule immediately following the date format bar code CCYYMMDD CCYYDDMM MMDDCCYY MMCCYYDD DDMMCCYY DDCCYYMM Driver s License Set Up DS4308 DL 14 19 Date Format continued YYMMDD YYDDMM MMDDYY MMYYDD DDMMYY DDYYMM No Separator Scan th
31. Disable Code 39 0 Enable Disable Trioptic Code 39 Parameter 13 SSI ODh Trioptic Code 39 is a variant of Code 39 used in the marking of computer tape cartridges Trioptic Code 39 symbols always contain six characters To enable or disable Trioptic Code 39 scan the appropriate bar code below Enable Trioptic Code 39 1 Disable Trioptic Code 39 0 J NOTE You cannot enable Trioptic Code 39 and Code 39 Full ASCII simultaneously 11 34 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide Convert Code 39 to Code 32 Parameter 86 SSI 56h Code 32 is a variant of Code 39 used by the Italian pharmaceutical industry Scan the appropriate bar code below to enable or disable converting Code 39 to Code 32 S NOTE Code 39 must be enabled for this parameter to function Enable Convert Code 39 to Code 32 1 Disable Convert Code 39 to Code 32 0 Code 32 Prefix Parameter 231 SSI E7h Scan the appropriate bar code below to enable or disable adding the prefix character A to all Code 32 bar codes J NOTE Convert Code 39 to Code 32 must be enabled for this parameter to function Enable Code 32 Prefix 1
32. Disable SNAPI Status Handshaking USB Keystroke Delay This parameter sets the delay in milliseconds between emulated keystrokes Scan a bar code below to increase the delay when hosts require a slower transmission of data No Delay Medium Delay 20 msec Long Delay 40 msec 6 8 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide USB CAPS Lock Override This option applies only to the USB Keyboard HID device Enable this to preserve the case of the data regardless of the state of the Caps Lock key This setting is always enabled for the Japanese Windows ASCII keyboard type and can not be disabled Override Caps Lock Key Enable Do Not Override Caps Lock Key Disable USB Ignore Unknown Characters This option applies only to the USB Keyboard HID device and IBM device Unknown characters are characters the host does not recognize Select Send Bar Codes With Unknown Characters to send all bar code data except for unknown characters The digital scanner issues no error beeps Select Do Not Send Bar Codes With Unknown Characters for IBM devices to prevent sending bar codes containing at least one unknown character are to the host or for USB Keyboard HID dev
33. Send Enter Key 9 Mailing Address Line 1 10 Send Space 11 Mailing Address Line 2 12 Send Enter Key Driver s License Set Up DS4308 DL 14 41 Parsing Rule Example continued 13 Mailing Address City 14 Send Space 15 Mailing Address State 16 Send Space 17 Mailing Address Postal Code 14 42 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide Parsing Rule Example continued 18 Send Enter Key 9 1 Birth Date 20 Send Enter Key 21 Save Driver s Licence Parse Rule Driver s License Set Up DS4308 DL 14 43 Embedded Driver s License Parsing ADF Example This example creates a parsing rule for parsed data configured to result in the format Last Name First Name 1 Begin New Driver s License Parse Rule 2 Last Name 3 Send 4 Send Space 5 First Name 6 Save Driver s Licence Parse Rule 14 44 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Produ
34. 20055 B 11 Mongolian sesira renati rier een send ae B 11 Norwegian B 11 Polish 214 renari ETA deiari iana B 11 Polish Programmer B 11 Portuguese Graz B 11 Portuguese Brazilian ABNT B 12 Portuguese Brazilian ABNT2 B 12 Portuguese Portugal 04 B 12 ROMANIAN NR ea NEE Ae sd e B 12 Romanian Legacy 000 e aa B 12 Romanian Programmer B 13 Romanian Standard B 12 RUSSIAN ts nate era eee ae a ewes B 13 Russian Typewriter B 13 Serbian Cie B 13 Serbian Latin B 13 SOVAK e 3 hac EEN dae B 13 Slovak QWERTY 0020000e eee B 14 SIOVENIAN dene A neas Pega de Mee Ped B 14 Spanish 00020 eee eee B 14 Spanish Variation B 14 Swedish B 14 Swiss French B 14 Swiss German B 14 LAAN te Bhat sl eee e RA A B 15 Thai Kedmanee B 15 BUI EE EE B 15 Turkish Oe B 15 UK English a 2 s40ece2 assignee cers B 15 Ukranian B 15 US Dvorak Ate Bbw tte need que eee ated B 15 US Dvorak Leit B 16 US Dvorak Hoh B 16 US English B 2 US International B 16 UZD K svi af pensar B 16 Vietnamese 00000 0c eee aes B 16 keyboard wedge connection 10 2 default parameters 10 3 parameters 10 4 Korean 3 of 5 bar codes 004 11 66 L LED definitions 2 4 M macro PDF 11 93 flush buffer abort PDF entry 11 93 maintenance 22000 cece 3
35. 11 52 driver s license date format 14 18 no separator 14 19 driver s license gender format 14 17 driver s license parsing 14 2 send control characters 14 20 send keyboard characters 14 24 set defaults 14 17 Ed Te EE 14 4 14 5 14 6 EAN zero extend 0 00 11 23 EAN 13 JAN 13 2 0 cee ee 11 11 EANGUIAN 8 11 10 enable all code types 00005 11 8 ET LCE EE EE 4 36 event reporting boot up event 7 22 decode event 7 21 parameter event 7 22 fixed ExpOSUre 1 ees 5 6 Index 2 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide fixed GAIN i ee ee are reaa a eee ee pad 5 6 flush macro buffer abort macro PDF entry 11 93 ENT substitution values 4 39 fuzzy 1D processing eae 4 27 gain and exposure priority for snapshot mode 5 7 GS1 databar barcodes 11 68 GS1 databar expanded 11 69 GS1 databar limited 11 68 GS1 databar limited security level 11 70 GS1 databar 14 00 5 11 68 GS14128 orah e e A EE seit 11 28 GS1 128 emulation mode 11 73 f r A ae be del i a el 11 87 han xin inverse 22020000e ee 11 87 hand held decode aiming pattern 4 22 hands free mode 4 20 hands free motionless timeout 4 22 2 of 5 check digit verification
36. Enable Video View Finder 1 5 24 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide Target Video Frame Size Parameter 328 SSI FOh 48h Select the number of 100 byte blocks to transmit per second Selecting a smaller value transmits more frames per second but reduces video quality selecting a larger value increases video quality but slows transmission To set the Target Video Frame Size scan the bar code below followed by three bar codes from Appendix G Numeric Bar Codes corresponding to the 100 byte value from 800 to 20 000 bytes For example to select 1500 bytes enter 0 1 5 To select 900 bytes enter 0 0 9 The default is 2200 bytes Target Video Frame Size Video View Finder Image Size Parameter 329 SSI FOh 49h Select the number of 100 byte blocks Values range from 800 to 12 000 bytes Selecting a smaller value transmits more frames per second selecting a larger value increases video quality To set the Video View Finder Image Size scan the bar code below followed by three bar codes from Appendix G Numeric Bar Codes corresponding to the 100 byte value from 800 to 12 000 bytes For example to select 1500 bytes enter 0 1 5 To select 900 bytes enter 0 0 9 The default is 1700 bytes Video View Finder Image Size Introduction This chapter describes how to set up the digital scanner with a USB host The digital scanner connects directl
37. Hand Held Scanner Emulation Port 9B Non IBM Scanner Emulation Port 5B Table Top Scanner Emulation Port 17 IBM 468X 469X Interface 9 5 Convert Unknown to Code 39 Scan a bar code below to enable or disable the conversion of unknown bar code type data to Code 39 Enable Convert Unknown to Code 39 Disable Convert Unknown to Code 39 Ignore Beep Directive Scan one of the following bar codes to honor or ignore a beep directive from the IBM RS 485 host When enabled the request is not sent to the digital scanner All directives are still acknowledged to the host as if they were processed Disable Ignore Beep Directive Enable Ignore Beep Directive 9 6 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide Ignore Bar Code Configuration Directive Scan one of the following bar codes to honor or ignore a code type enable disable directive made over the IBM RS 485 bus When this parameter is enabled this request is not sent to the digital scanner All directives are still acknowledged to the IBM RS 485 host as if they were processed Disable Ignore Bar Code Configuration Directive
38. 4 Payload data see the following example Length 1 Length 2 s complement checksum MSB Length 1 2 s complement checksum LSB The expected response in the positive case is SSI MGMT_COMMAND which may be a multi packet response For devices that do not support the SSI MGMT_COMMAND the response is the standard SSI_NAK Response Structure Byte 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 0 Length not including the checksum 1 SSI_LMGMT_COMMAND 0x80 2 Message Source 0 Decoder 3 Reserved 0 Reserved 0 Reserved 0 Cont d packet Retransmit 4 Payload data see the following example Length 1 Length 2 s complement checksum MSB Length 1 2 s complement checksum LSB SSI Interface 7 9 Example Transaction The following example illustrates how to retrieve diagnostic information Diagnostic Testing and Reporting Attribute 10061 decimal from the engine using encapsulation of RSM commands over SSI Before sending any RSM command the host must send the RSM Get Packet Size command to query the packet size supported by the device Command from Host to Query Packet Size Supported by Device OA 80 04 00 00 06 20 00 FF FF FD 4E Where e OA 80 04 00 is encapsulation of RSM commands over SSI command header e 00 06 20 00 FF FF is RSM Get Packet Size command e FD 4E is SSI command checksum Response from Device with Packet Size Information OC 80 00 00 00 08 20 00 00 FO 00 FO FD 6C Where
39. Blinking Green Enter another criterion or action or scan the Save Rule bar code Green after Blinking Rule saved Rule entry mode exited Cancel rule entry Rule entry mode exited because of an error or the user asked to exit rule entry Red Out of rule memory Erase some existing rules then try to save rule again Entry error wrong bar code scanned or criteria action list is too long for a rule Re enter criterion or action DataCapture 2 5 Scanning The DS4308 digital scanner is in hands free presentation mode when it is placed in the gooseneck Intellistand The DS4308P is in hands free presentation mode when it is placed on the countertop In this mode the digital scanner operates in continuous constant on mode where it automatically decodes a bar code presented in its field of view When the digital scanner is not used for a user definable period of time it enters a low power mode in which the LEDs are turned off or illumination blinks at a low duty cycle until the digital scanner detects an image change e g motion Scanning in Hands Free Presentation Mode DS4308 The optional stand adds greater flexibility to DS4308 scanning operation When the scanner is seated in the stand s cup the scanner s built in sensor places the scanner in hands free presentation mode When the scanner is removed from the stand it automatically switches to its programmed hand held triggered mode Ass
40. Enable Disable ISBT 128 Parameter 84 SSI 54h ISBT 128 is a variant of Code 128 used in the blood bank industry Scan a bar code below to enable or disable ISBT 128 If necessary the host must perform concatenation of the ISBT data Enable ISBT 128 1 Disable ISBT 128 0 Symbologies 11 29 ISBT Concatenation Parameter 577 SSI F1h 41h Select an option for concatenating pairs of ISBT code types e If you select Disable ISBT Concatenation the digital scanner does not concatenate pairs of ISBT codes it encounters e If you select Enable ISBT Concatenation there must be two ISBT codes in order for the digital scanner to decode and perform concatenation The digital scanner does not decode single ISBT symbols e If you select Autodiscriminate ISBT Concatenation the digital scanner decodes and concatenates pairs of ISBT codes immediately If only a single ISBT symbol is present the digital scanner must decode the symbol the number of times set via SBT Concatenation Redundancy on page 11 30 before transmitting its data to confirm that there is no additional ISBT symbol Disable ISBT Concatenation 0 Enable ISBT Concatenation 1 Autodiscriminate ISBT Concatenation 2
41. Low Volume 2 Medium Volume 1 High Volume 0 4 10 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide Beeper Tone Parameter 145 SSI 91h To select a beeper tone scan one of the following bar codes Off 3 Low Tone 2 A Medium Tone 1 High Tone 0 Medium to High Tone 2 tone 4 User Preferences amp Miscellaneous Options 4 11 Beeper Duration Parameter 628 SSI F1h 74h To select the duration for the beeper scan one of the following bar codes Short 0 Medium 1 Long 2 Suppress Power Up Beeps Parameter 721 SSI F1h D1h Scan a bar code below to select whether or not to suppress the digital scanner s power up beeps Do Not Suppress Power Up Beeps 0 Suppress Power Up Beeps 1 4 12 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide Decode Pager Motor Parameter 613 SSI F1h 65h For DS4308 HC Only The scanner includes a pager motor which when enabled vibrates the scanner for a period of time when a successful decode
42. RTS CTS Option 3 RS 232 Interface 8 13 Software Handshaking This parameter offers control of the data transmission process in addition to or instead of that offered by hardware handshaking There are five options If software handshaking and hardware handshaking are both enabled hardware handshaking takes precedence e None Select this to transmit data immediately The digital scanner expects no response from the host e ACK NAK If you select this option after transmitting data the digital scanner expects either an ACK or NAK response from the host When it receives a NAK the scanner transmits the same data again and waits for either an ACK or NAK After three unsuccessful attempts to send data after receiving NAKs the digital scanner issues an error indication and discards the data The digital scanner waits up to the programmable Host Serial Response Time out to receive an ACK or NAK If the scanner does not get a response in this time it issues an error indication and discards the data There are no retries when a time out occurs e ENQ If you select this option the digital scanner waits for an ENQ character from the host before transmitting data If it does not receive an ENQ within the Host Serial Response Time out the digital scanner issues an error indication and discards the data The host must transmit an ENQ character at least every Host Serial Response Time out to prevent transmission errors
43. Sample IDC Setup To set up IDC with the decoder 1 Connect a decoder equipped with the Intelligent Document Capture feature to the host computer s USB port 2 To set the decoder to the default settings and proper USB host type scan Set Defaults followed by the Symbol Native API SNAPI with Imaging Interface bar code Allow time for the decoder to reset and the USB connection to remunerate after each scan before continuing Set Defaults Symbol Native API SNAPI with Imaging Interface 3 Start the sample application and select the decoder in the SNAPI Scanners drop down menu 4 Set the parameters as specified in DC Demonstrations on page 12 18 using the sample application or by scanning parameter bar codes in this guide The bar code in the sample form is Code 128 which is enabled by default for decoding and as a Document Capture symbology You can change these settings for your IDC application 5 Perform the list of suggestions in each demo When scanning aim the engine at the bar code in the center of the rectangle Pull the engine back so the rectangle is fully contained in the aiming pattern When you pull the trigger the decoder emits a low tone to indicate that the IDC firmware identified and captured an image then a decode beep to indicate that the data is processed and transmitted There may be several seconds betwee
44. 4Hous N A N A 0x15 5 Secs 0x25 5 Mins 0x35 5 Hours N A N A 0x16 6 Secs 0x26 6 Mins 0x36 6 Hours N A N A 0x17 7 Secs 0x27 7 Mins 0x37 7 Hours N A N A 0x18 8 Secs 0x28 8 Mins 0x38 8 Hours N A N A 0x19 9 Secs 0x29 9 Mins 0x39 9 Hours N A N A 0x1A 10 Secs 0x2A 10 Mins 0x3A 10 Hours N A N A 0x1B 15 Secs 0x2B 15 Mins 0x3B 15 Hours N A N A 0x1C 20 Secs 0x2C 20 Mins 0x3C 20 Hours N A N A 0x1D 30 Secs 0x2D 30 Mins 0x3D 30 Hours N A N A Ox1E 45 Secs Ox2E 45 Mins Ox3E 45 Hours N A N A Ox1F 60 Secs Ox2F 60 Mins 0x3F 60 Hours CAUTION With hardware handshaking disabled the PL3307 wakes from low power mode upon receiving a A character However the PL3307 does not process this character or any others it receives during the 7 ms period following wakeup Wait at least 7 ms after wakeup to send valid characters 7 8 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide Encapsulation of RSM Commands Responses over SSI The SSI protocol allows the host to send a command that is variable in length up to 255 bytes Although there is a provision in the protocol to multi packet commands from the host the scan engine does not support this The host must fragment packets using the provisions in the RSM protocol Command Structure Byte 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 0 Length not including the checksum 1 SSI_MGMT_COMMAND 0x80 Message Source 4 Host 2 3 Reserved 0 Reserved 0 Reserved 0 Cont d packet Retransmit
45. Erase Driver s License Parse Rules Driver s License Set Up DS4308 DL 14 5 Driver s License Parse Field Bar Codes continued The parse fields currently supported begin below Not all IDs present data in the same format For example some IDs may have separate fields for first name last name and middle initial and others may have a single field with the entire name In addition some IDs may expire on the subject s birth date and the actual expiration date field may only indicate the year In order to present data in a consistent format the following nine bar codes return data that may be calculated from the actual data contained within the ID bar code First Name Middle NamelInitial L ast Name Name Suffix Name Prefix Expiration Date Birth Date 14 6 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide Driver s License Parse Field Bar Codes continued Issue Date ID Number Formatted Driver s License Set Up DS4308 DL 14 7 AAMVA Parse Field Bar Codes TLL AAMVA Issuer ID MAAA UNM Full Name PUTNAM Last Name DUU First Name INIA Middle Name Initial WU MICU Name Suffix TT Name Prefix 14 8 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide AAMVA Parse Field Bar Cod
46. Send v Send q Sends Send u Send w Driver s License Set Up DS4308 DL 14 37 Keyboard Characters continued d AU Send x VAIN Send y MA MI Send z MANA Send MANAA Send ANOA Send VARTA Send 14 38 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide Keyboard Characters continued Send Tab Key Send Enter Key Driver s License Set Up DS4308 DL 14 39 Parsing Rule Example Scan the following bar codes in sequence to program the digital scanner to extract and transmit first middle and last names mailing address line 1 mailing address line 2 mailing address city mailing address state mailing address postal code and date of birth Then scan a driver s license bar code J NOTE This example applies to RS 232 To use this example with a USB interface enable Function Key Mapping on page 6 11 to send the Enter key properly 1 Embedded Driver s License Parsing 2 Begin New Driver s License Parse Rule 3 First Name Send Space Middle Name Initial Send Space 14 40 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide Parsing Rule Example continued 7 Last Name
47. il l HAA Galician German Greek Latin Greek 220 Latin Greek 319 Latin Greek B 8 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide Country Codes Continued Greek 220 Greek 319 Greek Polytonic Hebrew Israel Hungarian Hungarian_101KEY Icelandic Country Codes B 9 Country Codes Continued Irish Italian Italian 142 Japanese ASCII Japanese SHIFT JIS For CJK keyboard types see Appendix D CJK Decode Control Kazakh Korean ASCII B 10 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide Country Codes Continued Korean Hangul For CJK keyboard types see Appendix D CJK Decode Control Kyrgyz Latin American Latvian Latvian QWERTY Lithuanian Lithuanian IBM Country Codes B 11 Country Codes Continued Macedonian FYROM Maltese_47KEY Mongolian Norwegian Polish 214 Polish Programmer Portuguese Brazil Windows XP B 12 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide Country Codes Continued Portuguese Brazilian ABNT Portuguese Brazilian ABNT2 Portuguese Portugal Romanian Windows XP Romanian Legacy Win 7 or higher Romanian Standard Win 7 or higher Country Codes B 13 Country Codes Continued Rom
48. 1036 D 1037 E 1038 IF amp 1039 IG 1040 H 1041 N 1042 IJ R 1043 IK 1044 L i The keystroke in bold transmits only if you enabled Function Key Mapping Otherwise the unbold keystroke transmits ASCII Character Sets H 3 Table H 1 ASCII Value Table Continued ASCII Value det abet ae 33 Keystroke 1045 1046 1047 lo 1048 0 0 1049 1 1 1050 2 2 1051 3 3 1052 4 4 1053 5 5 1054 6 6 1055 7 7 1056 8 8 1057 9 9 1058 IZ 1059 F i 1060 G lt 1061 H 1062 l gt 1063 J 1064 DM 1065 A A 1066 B B 1067 C C 1068 D D 1069 E E 1070 F F 1071 G G 1072 H H 1073 The keystroke in bold transmits only if you enabled Function Key Mapping Otherwise the unbold keystroke transmits H 4 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide Table H 1 ASCII Value Table Continued Full ASCII Code 39 ASCII Value Encode Char Keystroke 1074 J J 1075 K K 1076 L L 1077 M M 1078 N N 1079 O O 1080 P P 1081 Q Q 1082 R R 1083 S S 1084 T T 1085 U U 1086 V V 1087 W W 1088 X X 1089 Y Y 1090 Z Z 1091 Dok 1092 L 1093 M 1094 N SS 1095 0 _ 1096 AW i 1097 A a 1098 B b 1099 C C 1100 D d 1101 E e 1102 F f The keystroke in bold transmits only if you enabled Function Key Mapping O
49. 11 IDC Find Box Outline Parameter Name Sig_FINDBOX Parameter 727 SSI F1h D7h Select Enable Find Box Outline to instruct the firmware to search for a rectangular border during document capture This parameter only applies when DC Operating Mode is set to Anchored Disable Find Box Outline 0 Enable Find Box Outline 1 IDC Minimum Text Length Parameter Name DocCap_MIN_TEXT Parameter 656 SSI F1h 90h Specify the minimum number of characters encoded in a bar code for the IDC firmware to use it as an anchored or linked bar code Set this to zero the default to disable all checking and use all bar codes Scan the bar code below followed by two bar codes from Appendix G Numeric Bar Codes in the range of 00 to 55 decimal The default is 00 IDC Minimum Text Length 12 12 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide IDC Maximum Text Length Parameter Name DocCap_MAX_TEXT Parameter 657 SSI F1h 91h Specify the maximum number of characters encoded in a bar code for the IDC firmware to use it as an anchored or linked bar code Set this to zero the default to disable all checking and use all bar codes Scan the bar code below followed by two bar codes from Appendix G Numeric Bar Codes in the range of 00 to 55 decimal The default is 00 IDC Maximum Text
50. 7 Under Installed Services click Add 8 In the Add Input Language dialog box choose the CJK input language and keyboard layout or Input Method Editor IME to add 9 Click OK twice The language indicator appears in the system tray at bottom right corner of the desktop by default To switch between input languages keyboard languages select the language indicator in the system tray 10 Select the language indicator in the system tray to select the desired country keyboard type 11 Verify that the characters displayed on each country s keyboard appear D 8 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide Selecting the Simplified Chinese Input Method on the Host To select the Simplified Chinese input method e Select Unicode GBK input on Windows XP Chinese Simplified NeiMa then click the input bar to select Unicode or GBK NeiMa input EI Chinese Simplified QuanPin zl Chinese Simplified ShuangPin Chinese PRC 3 chinese Simplified ZhengMa Chinese Traditional US Keyboard e Select Unicode GBK input on Windows Chinese Simplified Microsoft Pinyin New Experience Input Style then select Tool Menu gt Secondary Inputs gt Unicode Input or GB Code Input BB Code Input ka Return PinYin Input CJK Decode Control D 9 Selecting the Traditional Chinese Input Method on the Host To select the Traditional Chinese input method e Select Unicode input on Windows XP Chinese
51. F2h 59h This option applies to presentation mode only Select the method used to detect objects in front of the scanner e IR Sensor Detection uses the built in infrared sensor which is less reliant on ambient light levels e Scene Detection uses scene detection changes observed by the camera as specified by the setting of Low Light Scene Detection on page 4 33 IR Sensor Detection 0 Use Scene Detection 1 4 36 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide Miscellaneous Scanner Parameters Enter Key To add an Enter key carriage return line feed after scanned data scan the following bar code To program other prefixes and or suffixes see Prefix Suffix Values on page 4 37 Add Enter Key Carriage Return Line Feed Transmit Code ID Character Parameter 45 SSI 2Dh A Code ID character identifies the code type of a scanned bar code This is useful when decoding more than one code type In addition to any single character prefix already selected the Code ID character is inserted between the prefix and the decoded symbol Select no Code ID character a Symbol Code ID character or an AIM Code ID character For Code ID characters see Symbol Code Identifiers on page E 1 and Programming Reference on page E 1 J NOTE f you enable Symbol Code ID Character or AIM Code ID Character and enable Transmit No Rea
52. Level Standard 0 Presentation Blink 7 Auto Aim 9 4 20 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide Hands Free Mode Parameter 630 SSI F1h 76h In hands free mode when you place the digital scanner on the counter top it automatically triggers when presented with a bar code Lifting the digital scanner causes it to behave according to the setting of the Hand Held Trigger Mode on page 4 19 If you select Disable Hands Free Mode the digital scanner behaves according to the setting of the Hand Held Trigger Mode on page 4 19 regardless of whether it is hand held or on a counter top Enable Hands Free Mode 1 Disable Hands Free Mode 0 Hands Free Hand Held Auto Switching DS4308P Only This parameter controls whether the DS4308P automatically switches between hands free and hand held modes Select one of the following options Presentation Blink in Hand Held and Hands Free Modes This prevents the scanner from automatically switching and is equivalent to setting Hand Held Trigger Mode to Presentation Blink and Hands Free Mode to Disable e Auto Aim in Hand Held Auto Switching to Hands Free Enabled This resets Hand Held Trigger Mode to Auto Aim and Hands Free Mode to
53. in spec bar codes e Security Level 1 This default setting eliminates most misdecodes e Security Level 2 Select this option if Security level 1 fails to eliminate misdecodes e Security Level 3 If you selected Security Level 2 and misdecodes still occur select this security level Be advised selecting this option is an extreme measure against mis decoding severely out of spec bar codes Selecting this level of security significantly impairs the decoding ability of the digital scanner If you need this level of security try to improve the quality of the bar codes Security Level 0 0 Security Level 1 1 Security Level 2 2 Security Level 3 3 Symbologies 11 91 1D Quiet Zone Level Parameter 1288 SSI F8h 05h 08h This feature sets the level of aggressiveness in decoding bar codes with a reduced quiet zone the area in front of and at the end of a bar code and applies to symbologies enabled by a Reduced Quiet Zone parameter Because higher levels increase the decoding time and risk of misdecodes Symbol Technologies strongly recommends enabling only the symbologies which require higher quiet zone levels and leaving Reduced Quiet Zone disabled for all other symbologies Options are e 0 The digital scanner performs normally in terms of quiet zone e 1 The digital scanner performs mor
54. so they can be captured in any sequence and still be identified correctly Code Structure Signature Capture Area A CapCode is printed as two identical patterns on either side of a signature capture box as shown in Each pattern extends the full height of the signature capture box The box is optional so you can omit it replace it with a single baseline or print a baseline with an X on top of it towards the left as is customarily done in the US to indicate a request for signature However if an X or other markings are added in the signature box area these are captured with the signature A l Ce WE Figure l 1 CapCode 1 2 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide CapCode Pattern Structure A CapCode pattern structure consists of a start pattern followed by a separator space a signature capture box a second separator space and then a stop pattern Assuming that X is the dimension of the thinnest element the start and stop patterns each contains 9X total width in 4 bars and 3 spaces A 7X quiet zone is required to the left and to the right of the CapCode pattern D oee Capture Box mn iil E ES se Ea E aa ee Ea Figure l 2 CapCode Structure The separator spaces on either side of the signature capture box can be between 1X and 3X wide Start Stop Patterns Table l 1 lists the accepted start stop patterns The bar and space widths are expressed as multiples of X You must use the same pat
55. Date Format CCYYMMDD No Separator N A Send Keystroke N A Control Characters Keyboard Characters Parsing Rule Example N A Embedded Driver s License Parsing ADF Example N A 14 2 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide Driver s License Parsing To enable driver s license parsing on the digital scanner scan the Embedded Driver s License Parsing bar code This does not require Symbol Technologies software DLL Scan the bar codes on the following pages in the order indicating the sequence of data fields that the digital scanner outputs See Parsing Driver s License Data Fields Embedded Driver s License Parsing on page 14 3 for more information As jurisdictional updates become available Symbol Technologies updates a series of bar codes on the support web site http www motorolasolutions com support These bar codes contain embedded software Scanning these in conjunction with the bar codes on page 14 4 download jurisdictional software updates to the digital scanner The updates reside in the digital scanner s flash memory and apply when the digital scanner is next used e No Driver s License Parsing Embedded Driver s License Parsing Driver s License Set Up DS4308 DL 14 3 Parsing Driver s License Data Fields Embedded Driver s License Parsing To begin programming a parsing rule 1 Scan
56. This default method applies to Unicode and MBCS expected applications such as MS Word and Notepad on a Windows host J NOTE To support Unicode universal output set up the registry table for the Windows host See Unicode CJK Decode Setup with Windows Host on page D 7 e Output to Unicode Application Only This method applies only to Unicode expected applications such as MS Word and WordPad but not Notepad Universal Output 0 Unicode Application Only 1 CJK Decode Control D 3 CJK Output Method to Windows Host Parameter 972 For a national standard encoded CJK bar code select one of the following options for CJK output to a Windows host e Universal CJK Output This is the default universal CJK output method for US English IME or Chinese Japanese Korean ASCII IME on a Windows host This method converts CJK characters to Unicode and emulates the characters when transmitting to the host Use the Unicode Output Control parameter to control Unicode output J NOTE To support universal CJK output set up the registry table for the Windows host See Unicode CJK Decode Setup with Windows Host on page D 7 e Other options for CJK output With the following methods the scanner sends the CJK character hexadecimal internal code Nei Ma value to host or converts the CJK character to Unicode and sends the hexadecimal Unicode
57. but the aim dot is turned on when the digital scanner is idle to assist in scene detection Dim Illumination Low Light Assist Scene Detection default The aim dot is turned off but illumination is turned on at a dim level to assist in scene detection No Low Light Assist Scene Detection 0 Aiming Dot Low Light Assist Scene Detection 1 Dim Illumination Low Light Assist Scene Detection 2 4 34 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide Motion Tolerance Hand Held Trigger Modes Only Parameter 858 SSI F2h 5Ah Less Motion Tolerance provides optimal decoding performance on 1D bar codes To increase motion tolerance and speed decoding when scanning a series of 1D bar codes in rapid progression scan More Motion Tolerance Less Motion Tolerance 0 More Motion Tolerance 1 Movement Sensitivity DS4308P Only Parameter 1300 SSI F8h 05h 14h Select an option to set the scanner s sensitivity to movement High 0 Medium 1 Low 2 User Preferences amp Miscellaneous Options 4 35 Object Detection Method DS4308P Only Parameter 857 SSI
58. code 128 emulation 11 82 code 128 lengths 00 000 11 26 code 128 reduced quiet zone 11 32 code 128 security level 11 31 code 32 prefix 11 34 Code 20 11 33 code 39 check digit verification 11 36 code 39 full ASCII 0 0000 11 37 code 39 lengths 0 cee eae 11 35 code 39 reduced quiet zone 11 39 code 39 security level 11 38 code 39 transmit check digit 11 36 G de 93 isn Ee ee Er bers 11 40 code 93 lengths cee eae 11 40 composite beep mode 05 11 73 composite CC A B 1 kee ee 11 71 composite CC 11 71 composite TL 11 72 continuous bar code read 4 25 convert code 39 to code 32 11 34 convert GS1 databar to UPC EAN 11 69 convert UPC E to UPC A 11 22 convert UPC E1 to UPC A 11 22 country code page defaults C 1 country code pages C 5 country codes 0020 eee eae B 2 crop to aAddreSS 6 ees 5 11 data matrix 2 0 cc eee 11 83 data matrix inverse 11 83 decode mirror images 4 28 decode pager motor 4 12 decode pager motor duration 4 12 decode session timeout 4 26 disable all code types 11 8 dISCrete 2 OF Ov casei een ee kwh eS EER den 11 52 discrete 2 of 5 lengths
59. composite TLC30 anaana 11 72 GS 1 128 emulation mode 11 73 UPC composite mode 4 11 72 configurations xvii connecting IBM 468X 469X interface 5 9 2 interface cable 1 3 keyboard wedge interface 10 2 DOEN wie tee be EE Peete endo aad 1 4 RS 232 interface 000002 eee 8 2 USB interface 6 2 conventions notational xix country code page defaults C 1 country code pages C 5 Country codes sssrin arana Badia dy ease deda pes B 2 Cropping 5 10 5 11 D data matrix barcodes 2 4 11 83 decode zones le aia i PEGG ETH adad fen Sed OOS a a 2 12 default parameters IBM 468X 469X annann aaan 9 3 IDC Arten Eer tenders whee AEN 12 4 keyboard wedge 10 3 OCR Aere eeh cbawe E A 13 2 RS 232 isda edna ca Fda IER Maa pate wea ech 8 3 SEI errs EELER eee S 4 5 BEL eege Meee ed ae HER eed wee 7 10 symbologieS 0 0 eee eee 11 2 USB EE 6 3 digital scanner Date steet uge e ped ee ule da EEN 2 1 discrete 2 of 5 barcodes 11 52 lengths wn3 cy tdaeuddaeweg thes age eas 11 52 driver s license ADF parsing sample 14 43 date format 14 18 no separator 14 19 field parsing barcodes 14 4 14 5 14 6 gender format 14 17 parsing bar codes 14 2 parsing rule example 14 39 E error indications ADP A Arte re t EE At ghee sd kia ebe 3
60. e Universal power supply if the interface requires this e Gooseneck Intellistand for hands free operation of the DS4308 e Wall table mount bracket for mounting the DS4308P For additional items contact a local Symbol Technologies representative or business partner 1 6 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide Introduction This chapter provides beeper and LED definitions techniques involved in scanning bar codes general instructions and tips about scanning and decode ranges LED Scan window Scan window Trigger Pedestal base Figure 21 Parts of the DS4308 and DS4308P DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide Beeper Definitions The digital scanner issues different beep sequences and patterns to indicate status Table 2 1 defines beep sequences that occur during both normal scanning and while programming the digital scanner Table 2 1 Beeper Definitions Beeper Sequence Indication Standard Use Low medium high beeps Power up Short beep tone programmable A bar code symbol was decoded if decode beeper is enabled 4 long low beeps 5 low beeps Transmission error Conversion or format error Low low low extra low beeps RS 232 receive error High beep The digital scanner detected a lt BEL gt character over RS 232 Parameter Menu Scanning Low high beeps Input error incorrect bar code programming sequence or Ca
61. mode to communicate with any standard serial communication software on a host PC see Decode Data Packet Format on page 7 16 If transmission errors occur in this mode the host PC may be asserting hardware handshaking lines which interfere with the SSI protocol Scan the Host RTS High bar code to address this problem Host RTS Low 0 Host RTS High 1 Decode Data Packet Format Parameter 238 SSI EEh This parameter selects whether to transmit decoded data in raw format unpacketed or with the packet format defined by the serial protocol Selecting the raw format disables ACK NAK handshaking for decode data Send Raw Decode Data 0 Send Packeted Decode Data 1 SSI Interface 7 17 Host Serial Response Time out Parameter 155 SSI 9Bh This parameter specifies how long the digital scanner waits for an ACK or NAK before resending Also if the digital scanner wants to send and the host has already been granted permission to send the digital scanner waits for the designated time out before declaring an error To set the delay period options are 2 5 7 5 or 9 9 seconds scan one of the following bar codes J NOTE Other values are available via SSI command Low 2 Seconds 20
62. the digital scanner waits for a CMD_ACK or CMD_NAK e Multi Packet Option 3 Option 3 is the same as option 2 with the addition of a programmable interpacket delay Multipacket Option 1 0 Multipacket Option 2 1 Multipacket Option 3 2 7 20 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide Interpacket Delay Parameter 335 SSI FOh 4Fh This parameter specifies the interpacket delay if you selected Multipacket Option 3 To set the delay period options are 0 25 50 75 or 99 ms scan one of the following bar codes J NOTE Other values are available via SSI command Kaas Minimum 0 ms 0 Low 25 ms 25 Medium 50 ms 50 High 75 ms 75 Maximum 99 ms 99 SSI Interface 7 21 Event Reporting The host can request the digital scanner to provide certain information events relative to the digital scanner s behavior Enable or disable the events listed in Table 7 4 and on the following pages by scanning the appropriate bar codes Table 7 4 Event Codes Event Class Event Code Reported Decode Event Non parameter decode 0x01 Boot Up Event System power up 0x03 Parameter Event
63. 1 matrix 2 of 5barcodes 2 11 63 check digit 11 65 ie CEET 11 63 11 64 transmit check digit 11 65 maxicode bar codes 2 2 0 000 11 84 microPDF417 barcodes 11 81 mounting DS4308P 220 ee eee 2 8 mounting the stand 2 6 MSI bar codes 11 58 check digit algorithm 11 61 check digits 11 60 Ti EE 11 58 transmit check digit 11 60 N notational conventions xix A OCH default parameters 5 13 2 parameters 0 0000 c eee eee 13 3 P parser version ID 14 16 CEET EEGENEN 2 1 PDF417 bar codes 11 81 PDF prioritization 4 30 pinouts scanner signal descriptions 3 9 postal codes 11 74 Australia post 11 77 Australia post format 11 78 Japan postal 11 76 Netherlands KIX code 11 79 transmit UK postal check digit 11 76 transmit US postal check digit 11 75 UK pOstall i doe deed ale aad eed eat 11 75 UPU FICS postal 0 11 80 US planet ke ee Veet EEN ben tangs 11 74 US postnet 2 eee 11 74 USPS 4CB One Code Intelligent Mail 11 79 power supply 1 5 COMNECHING EEN EEN eee eee eta 1 4 presentation mode 2 5 2 7 2 8 presentation mode field of view 4 31 Index 8 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide Q QR code barcod
64. 11 48 Transmit 2 of 5 Check Digit 44 2Ch Disable 11 49 Convert 2 of 5 to EAN 13 82 52h Disable 11 49 2 of 5 Security Level 1121 F8h 04h 61h Security Level 1 11 50 2 of 5 Reduced Quiet Zone 1210 F8h 04h BAh Disable 11 51 Discrete 2 of 5 DTF Discrete 2 of 5 5 05h Disable 11 52 Set Length s for D 2 of 5 20 21 14h 15h 1 to 55 11 52 Codabar NW 7 Codabar 7 O7h Enable 11 54 Set Lengths for Codabar 24 25 18h 19h 4 to 55 11 54 CLSI Editing 54 36h Disable 11 56 NOTIS Editing 55 37h Disable 11 56 Codabar Upper or Lower Case 855 F2h 57h Upper Case 11 57 Start Stop Characters Detection MSI MSI 11 OBh Disable 11 58 Set Length s for MSI 30 31 1Eh 1Fh 4 to 55 11 58 MSI Check Digits 50 32h One 11 60 Transmit MSI Check Digit 46 2Eh Disable 11 60 MSI Check Digit Algorithm 51 33h Mod 10 Mod 10 11 61 Chinese 2 of 5 Chinese 2 of 5 408 FOh 98h Disable 11 62 A 10 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide Table A 1 Parameter Defaults Continued GE EH Drees Darni Naber Matrix 2 of 5 Matrix 2 of 5 618 F1h 6Ah Disable 11 63 Matrix 2 of 5 Lengths 619 F1h 6Bh 4 to 55 11 63 620 Fih6Ch Matrix 2 of 5 Check Digit 622 Fih 6Eh Disable 11 65 Transmit Matrix 2 of 5 Check 623 F1h 6Fh Disable 11 65 Digit Korean 3 of 5 Korean 3 of 5 581 F1h 45h Disable 11 66 Inverse 1D 586 F1h 4Ah Regular 11 67 GS1 DataBar GS1 DataBar 14 338 FOh
65. 11 74 Table 11 1 Symbology Parameter Defaults Continued 11 6 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide GE eet SE EE erer Transmit US Postal Check Digit 95 5Fh Enable 11 75 UK Postal 91 5Bh Disable 11 75 Transmit UK Postal Check Digit 96 60h Enable 11 76 Japan Postal 290 FOh 22h Disable 11 76 Australia Post 291 FOh 23h Disable 11 77 Australia Post Format 718 F1h CEh Autodiscriminate 11 78 Netherlands KIX Code 326 FOh 46h Disable 11 79 USPS 4CB One Code Intelligent Mail 592 F1h 50h Disable 11 79 UPU FICS Postal 611 F1h 63h Disable 11 80 2D Symbologies PDF417 15 OFh Enable 11 81 MicroPDF417 227 E3h Disable 11 81 Code 128 Emulation 123 7Bh Disable 11 82 Data Matrix 292 FOh 24h Enable 11 83 Data Matrix Inverse 588 F1h 4Ch Inverse Autodetect 11 83 Maxicode 294 FOh 26h Disable 11 84 QR Code 293 FOh 25h Enable 11 84 QR Inverse 587 F1h 4Bh Regular 11 85 MicroQR 573 F1h 3Dh Enable 11 85 Aztec 574 F1h 3Eh Enable 11 86 Aztec Inverse 589 F1h 4Dh Inverse Autodetect 11 86 Han Xin 1167 F8h 04h 8Fh Disable 11 87 Han Xin Inverse 1168 F8h 04h 90h Regular 11 87 Symbology Specific Security Levels Redundancy Level 78 4Eh 1 11 88 Security Level 77 4Dh 1 11 90 1D Quiet Zone Level 1288 F8h 05h 08h 1 11 91 Intercharacter Gap Size 381 FOh 7Dh Normal 11 92 Report Version 11 92 Symbologies 11 7 Table 1
66. 128 Security Level 2 2 Code 128 Security Level 3 3 11 32 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide Code 128 Reduced Quiet Zone Parameter 1208 SSI F8h 04h B8h Scan one of the following bar codes to enable or disable decoding Code 128 bar codes with reduced quiet zones If you select Enable select a 1D Quiet Zone Level on page 11 91 Enable Code 128 Reduced Quiet Zone 1 Disable Code 128 Reduced Quiet Zone 0 Ignore Code 128 lt FNC4 gt Parameter 1254 SSI F8h 04h E6h This feature applies to Code 128 bar codes with an embedded lt FNC4 gt character Enable this to strip the lt FNC4 gt character from the decode data The remaining characters do not change When disabled the lt FNC4 gt character is not transmitted but the following character has 128 added to it Enable Ignore Code 128 lt FNC4 gt 1 Disable Ignore Code 128 lt FNC4 gt 0 Symbologies 11 33 Code 39 Enable Disable Code 39 Parameter 0 SSI 00h To enable or disable Code 39 scan the appropriate bar code below Enable Code 39 1
67. 5 format 0200 0 c eee eee 3 6 IDEA Bie dene Marmalade yeh EA 3 5 exposure options autoexposure 000 cee eee 5 5 fixed exposure 5 6 fed Gap NEE eee eee E 3 5 6 gain and exposure priority for snapshot mode 5 7 illumination 4 31 5 5 presentation mode field of view 4 31 F fixed exposure 5 6 fixed galf 2 AE ee peated edad 5 6 G gain and exposure priority for snapshot mode 5 7 gooseneck Intellistand 2 5 2 7 GS1 databar io orenga iian aiea a aeia 11 68 GS1 databar bar codes convert GS1 databar to UPC EAN 11 69 GS1 databar expanded 11 69 GS1 databar limited 11 68 GS1 databar limited security level 11 70 GS1 databar 14 0 0 0 0 eae 11 68 Index 6 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide H host types keyboard wedge 10 4 KEE 8 6 l IBM 468X 469X connection 2 0 500 ee 9 2 default parameters 9 3 parameters 9 4 IDO tsi coe hes amet ie can aces erecta pence ye 12 1 bar code acceptance test 12 2 capture region 12 2 data transmission 12 3 demonstrations 12 18 image post processing 12 3 operating mode 12 5 quick start 12 17 quick start form 12 19 sample setup 220200000 12 17 SUPPOM AEN EE ee 12 3 illumination 0 0 0 0 ce ee eee 4 31 5 5 brightness 4 32 low light scene detection
68. 52h Enable 11 68 GS1 DataBar Limited 339 FOh 53h Enable 11 68 GS1 DataBar Expanded 340 FOh 54h Enable 11 69 Convert GS1 DataBar to 397 FOh 8Dh Disable 11 69 UPC EAN GS1 DataBar Limited Security 728 F1h D8h Level 3 11 70 Level Composite Composite CC C 341 FOh 55h Disable 11 71 Composite CC A B 342 FOh 56h Disable 11 71 Composite TLC 39 371 FOh 73h Disable 11 72 UPC Composite Mode 344 FOh 58h UPC Never Linked 11 72 Composite Beep Mode 398 FOh 8Eh Beep As Each Code Type is 11 73 Decoded GS1 128 Emulation Mode for 427 FOh ABh Disable 11 73 UCC EAN Composite Codes Postal Codes US Postnet 89 59h Disable 11 74 US Planet 90 5Ah Disable 11 74 Transmit US Postal Check Digit 95 5Fh Enable 11 75 UK Postal 91 5Bh Disable 11 75 Transmit UK Postal Check Digit 96 60h Enable 11 76 Table A 1 Parameter Defaults Continued Standard Default Parameters A 11 Du ae ee EE SE Japan Postal 290 FOh 22h Disable 11 76 Australia Post 291 FOh 23h Disable 11 77 Australia Post Format 718 F1h CEh Autodiscriminate 11 78 Netherlands KIX Code 326 FOh 46h Disable 11 79 USPS 4CB One Code Intelligent 592 F1h 50h Disable 11 79 Mail UPU FICS Postal 611 F1h 63h Disable 11 80 2D Symbologies PDF417 15 OFh Enable 11 81 MicroPDF417 227 E3h Disable 11 81 Code 128 Emulation 123 7Bh Disable 11 82 Data Matrix 292 FOh 24h Enable 11 83 Data Matrix Inverse 5
69. 827 F2h 3Bh Full 4 23 DS4308P Only Picklist Mode 402 FOh 92h Disabled Always 4 24 Continuous Bar Code Read 649 F1h 89h Disable 4 25 Unique Bar Code Reporting 723 F1h D3h Enable 4 25 Decode Session Timeout 136 88h 9 9 Sec 4 26 Timeout Between Decodes 137 89h 0 5 Sec 4 26 Same Symbol Timeout Between Decodes 144 90h 0 1 sec 4 27 Different Symbols Fuzzy 1D Processing 514 F1h 02h Enable 4 27 Decode Mirror Images Data 537 F1h 19h Auto 4 28 Matrix Only Mobile Phone Display Mode 716 F1h CCh Normal 4 29 PDF Prioritization 719 F1h CFh Disable 4 30 PDF Prioritization Timeout 720 F1h DOh 200 ms 4 30 Presentation Mode Field of View 609 F1h 61h Full 4 31 Decoding Illumination 298 FOh 2Ah Enable 4 31 Post Decode Illumination 809 F2h 29h Always Off 4 32 DS4308P Only Illumination Brightness 669 F1h 9Dh High 4 32 Low Light Scene Detection 810 F2h 2Ah Dim Illumination Low Light 4 33 Assist Scene Detection Motion Tolerance Hand Held 858 F2h 5Ah More Motion Tolerance 4 34 Trigger Mode Only Movement Sensitivity 1300 F8h 05h 14h High 4 34 DS4308P Only Table A 1 Parameter Defaults Continued Standard Default Parameters A 3 SE iere Diese peul Here Object Detection Method 857 F2h 59h IR Sensor Detection 4 35 DS4308P Only Miscellaneous Options Enter Key N A N A N A 4 36 Transmit Code ID Character 45 2Dh None 4 36 Prefix Value 99 105 6
70. A A A F A Code 39 C lt len gt None M M M lt len gt C lt len gt 3 Code 39 Full ASCII None None M M None None 3 Codabar N lt len gt None N N N lt len gt N lt len gt None Code 128 L lt len gt None K K K lt len gt L lt len gt 5 12 0f 5 lt len gt None lt len gt lt len gt 1 Code 93 None None L L L lt len gt None None D2of5 H lt len gt None H H H lt len gt H lt len gt 2 GS1 128 L lt len gt None P P P lt len gt L lt len gt 5 MSI None None O O O lt len gt None None Bookland EAN F F A A A F None Trioptic None None None None None None None Code 11 None None None None None None None IATA H lt len gt None H H H lt len gt H lt len gt 2 Code 32 None None None None None None None GS1 Databar None None E E None None None Variants PDF417 None None Q Q None None 6 Data Matrix None None R R None None 4 QR Codes None None U U None None 7 Aztec Aztec Rune None None V V None None 8 MAXICODE None None T T None None None microPDF None None S S None None 6 8 5 8 6 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide RS 232 Host Types To select an RS 232 host interface scan one of the following bar codes Standard RS 232 ICL RS 232 Wincor Nixdorf RS 232 Wincor Nixdorf RS 232 Mode B Olivetti ORS45 Omron 1Scanning Standard RS 232 activates the RS 232 driver but does not change port settings e g parity data bits handshaking Selecting a
71. AETA SOENEN A F 4 WS POSM get ee ee TE ee ce aed el Nd a F 4 Hl POS a eege eege see EE EELER F 4 Appendix G Numeric Bar Codes N meric Bal en TEE G 1 ET e EE G 2 Xvi DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide Appendix H ASCII Character Sets Appendix I Signature Capture Code MTPOGUCUOM EEN l 1 Code SUCUS irent ne eene eeh eege l 1 Signature Capture EE l 1 CapCode Pattern Structure cccccccccccccecccecceecceeeceeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeseeeteeeneey l 2 Start Stop Patterns 2 cc cccccc cece cece cece eee e eee e cette eee e teeta eeaeeaaecaaacaaeceaeeeeeeeeeeseeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeaeeees l 2 DimMensSIONS seton eree a a a l 3 Data Formater EE l 3 Additional Capabilities 0 ccc ceessceseeeseneneeeaeeaaeeaeeeaeeeaeceeeecaecaeecaeceaecaeeceeseneceeeeeeseceeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeess LA Gleef LA Index Introduction The DS4308 DS4308P Product Reference Guide provides general instructions for setting up operating maintaining and troubleshooting the DS4308 series digital scanner Configurations This guide includes the following DS4308 series digital scanner configurations DS4308 SROO006ZZWW DS4308 SRO00007ZZWW DS4308 DLO0006ZZWW DS4308 DL00007ZZWW DS4308 HD00007ZZWW DS4308 HLO00007ZZWW DS4308 HCOOO00OBZZWW DS4308 HD00007ZCWW DS4308 HLO0007ZCWW DS4308P SRO0007PZWW DS4308P DLO0007PZWW DS4308P SRO0007PCWW DS4308P DLO0007PCWW DS4308 Area Imager Standard R
72. C 1004 D CTRL D 1005 E CTRLE 1006 F CTRL F 1007 G CTRL G 1008 H CTRL H BACKSPACE 1009 d CTRL HORIZONTAL TAB 1010 J CTRL J 1011 K CTRL K 1012 L CTRLL 1013 M CTRL M ENTER 1014 N CTRL N 1015 0 CTRL O 1016 P CTRL P 1017 Q CTRL Q 1018 R CTRLR 1019 S CTRLS 1020 T CTRL T 1021 U CTRL U 1022 V CTRL V 1023 w CTRL W 1The keystroke in bold transmits only if you enabled Function Key Mapping on page 10 8 Otherwise the unbolded keystroke transmits 10 12 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide Table 10 2 Keyboard Wedge ASCII Character Set Continued Full ASCII Code 39 ASCII Value Encode Character Keystroke 1024 X CTRL X 1025 Y CTRL Y 1026 Z CTRL Z 1027 A CTRL ESC1 1028 B CTRL 1029 C CTRL 1030 D CTRL 6 1031 E CTRL 1032 Space Space 1033 IA 1034 B 1035 IC 1036 D 1037 E 1038 IF amp 1039 IG f 1040 H 1041 N 1042 IJ j 1043 IK 1044 L e 1045 1046 1047 JO 1048 0 0 1049 1 1 1050 2 2 1051 3 3 1052 4 4 The keystroke in bold transmits only if you enabled Function Key Mapping on page 10 8 Otherwise the unbolded keystroke transmits Keyboard Wedge Interface 10 13 Table 10 2 Keyboard Wedge ASCII Character Set Continued ASCII Value a ee EE Keystroke 1053 5 5 1054
73. COM port Communication port ports are identified by number e g COM1 COM2 Continuous Code A bar code or symbol in which all spaces within the symbol are parts of characters There are no intercharacter gaps in a continuous code The absence of gaps allows for greater information density Cradle A cradle is used for charging the terminal battery and for communicating with a host computer and provides a storage place for the terminal when not in use D Dead Zone An area within a scanner s field of view in which specular reflection may prevent a successful decode Decode To recognize a bar code symbology e g UPC EAN and then analyze the content of the specific bar code scanned Decode Algorithm A decoding scheme that converts pulse widths into data representation of the letters or numbers encoded within a bar code symbol Decryption Decryption is the decoding and unscrambling of received encrypted data Also see Encryption and Key Depth of Field The range between minimum and maximum distances at which a scanner can read a symbol with a certain minimum element width Discrete 2 of 5 A binary bar code symbology representing each character by a group of five bars two of which are wide The location of wide bars in the group determines which character is encoded spaces are insignificant Only numeric characters 0 to 9 and START STOP characters may be encoded Discrete Code A bar code or symbol in which the spaces betwe
74. Deele EE ere Simulated Caps Lock N A N A Disable 6 12 Convert Case N A N A None 6 12 USB Static CDC N A N A Enable 6 13 Ignore Beep Directive N A N A Enable Ignore 6 14 Ignore Bar Code Configuration N A N A Enable Ignore 6 14 Directive USB Polling Interval N A N A 3 msec 6 15 USB Fast HID N A N A Enable 6 16 IBM Specification Version N A N A Version 2 2 6 17 SSI Parameters Select SSI Host N A N A N A 7 11 Baud Rate 156 9Ch 9600 7 12 Parity 158 9Eh None 7 13 Check Parity 151 97h Disable 7 14 Stop Bits 157 9Dh 1 7 14 Software Handshaking 159 9Fh ACK NAK 7 15 Host RTS Line State 154 9Ah Low 7 16 Decode Data Packet Format 238 EEh Send Raw Decode Data 7 16 Host Serial Response Time out 155 9Bh 2 sec 7 16 Host Character Time out 239 EFh 200 msec 7 18 Multipacket Option 334 FOh 4Eh Option 1 7 19 Interpacket Delay 335 FOh 4Fh 0 ms 7 20 Decode Event 256 FOh 00h Disable 7 21 Boot Up Event 258 FOh 02h Disable 7 22 Parameter Event 259 FOh 03h Disable 7 22 RS 232 Host Parameters RS 232 Host Types N A N A Standard 8 6 Baud Rate N A N A 9600 8 8 Parity Type N A N A None 8 9 Stop Bits N A N A 1 Stop Bit 8 10 Data Bits N A N A 8 Bit 8 10 A 6 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide Table A 1 Parameter Defaults Continued GE EH Drees Darni Naber Check Receive Errors N A N A Enable 8 11 Hardware Handshaking N A N A None 8 11 So
75. Disable US Currency Serial Number cccceeeeeeeteseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeensneeeeeeeenenseneeeeeee 13 10 OCR En E te RE 13 10 EES 13 12 OCR Minimum Characters oo cee ccceccceecccceecceuucccuuuceuuucceuuuceuuaceeuuuceuuaueuuaceuuuaceuuaeeseuaesuaueeueaaess 13 12 OCR Maximum Characters ccccccccccccccecceeecceueeeeueescuuecesueaseuueseuuuueeuuaveuaaueeuuavesaaeesaauesuaaeesuaaees 13 13 OGR SUDSE E ririo iadi cetera cde tts sectesncetenma ss aa a a a a sail antaieseaeie ee 13 13 EIERE 13 14 RL HE EE 13 15 OCR Check Digit Modulus scstthat cclatsacascrnttece geeiert 13 24 OCR Check A Regie EE 13 25 OCR Check Digit Validation ccccccccccccecceeecceeeceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeneeeteeeneeneees 13 26 Inverse OCR iene ee Se a EE 13 31 Chapter 14 Driver s License Set Up DS4308 DL riese EE 14 1 Driver s License Parsing ME 14 2 Parsing Drivers License Data Fields Embedded Driver s License Parsing ccceeeeeeeeees 14 3 Embedded Driver s License Parsing Criteria Code Type ec cseecceeeeeeeenereeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeees 14 3 Driver s License Parse Field Bar Codes 222 cccsessssecccceeeeeeeeeeseeeeeneeeeseeeesneaneeeeseenensenneeeees 14 4 AAMVA Parse Field Bar COG EE 14 7 User Preferences cccccccccccesccesceeeeeeeecseeueaeaeaeaaaaneaaeaaanaaeaaaeaaaeaaecaaecaaecaaecaaecseceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeess 14 17 Set Default Parameter cccccccccceccecccceccc
76. EAN ISSN EAN Trioptic Code 39 Chinese 2 of 5 Matrix 2 of 5 Korean 3 of 5 US Postnet US Planet UK Postal Japan Postal Australia Post Netherlands KIX Code USPS 4CB One Code Intelligent Mail UPU FICS Postal Signature Capture E 4 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide The modifier character is the sum of the applicable option values based on Table E 3 Table E 3 Modifier Characters Code Type Option Value Option Code 39 0 No check character or Full ASCII processing 1 Reader has checked one check character 3 Reader has checked and stripped check character 4 Reader has performed Full ASCII character conversion 5 Reader has performed Full ASCII character conversion and checked one check character 7 Reader has performed Full ASCII character conversion and checked and stripped check character Example A Full ASCII bar code with check character W A I MI DW is transmitted as JA7AIMID where 7 3 4 Trioptic Code 39 0 No option specified at this time Always transmit 0 Example A Trioptic bar code 412356 is transmitted as X0412356 Code 128 0 Standard data packet no Function code 1 in first symbol position 1 Function code 1 in first symbol character position 2 Function code 1 in second symbol character position Example A Code EAN 128 bar code with Function 1 character FNC1 in the first position AIMID is transmitted as C1AIMID 12
77. Enable Presentation Blink in Hand Held and Hands Free Modes Auto Aim in Hand Held Auto Switching to Hands Free Enabled User Preferences amp Miscellaneous Options 4 21 Hand Held Decode Aiming Pattern Parameter 306 SSI F0h 32h Select Enable Hand Held Decode Aiming Pattern to project the aiming dot during bar code capture Disable Hand Held Decode Aiming Pattern to turn the aiming dot off or Enable Hand Held Decode Aiming Pattern on PDF to project the aiming dot when the digital scanner detects a 2D bar code J NOTE With Picklist Mode on page 4 24 enabled the decode aiming dot flashes even when the Hand Held Decode Aiming Pattern is disabled Enable Hand Held Decode Aiming Pattern 2 Disable Hand Held Decode Aiming Pattern 0 Enable Hand Held Decode Aiming Pattern on PDF 3 4 22 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide Hands Free Decode Aiming Pattern Parameter 590 SSI F1h 4Eh Select Enable Hands Free Decode Aiming Pattern to project the aiming dot during bar code capture Disable Hands Free Decode Aiming Pattern to turn the aiming dot off or Enable Hands Free Decode Aiming Pat
78. GUI 9 3065 GUIA 3066 GUIB 3067 GUIC 3068 GUID 3069 GUIE 3070 GUI F 3071 GUIG 3072 GUIH 3073 GUI I 3074 GUI J 3075 GUI K 3076 GUIL 3077 GUIM 3078 GUI N 3079 GUI O 3080 GUI P 3081 GUIQ Note GUI Shift Keys The Apple iMac keyboard has an apple key on either side of the space bar Windows based systems have a GUI key to the left of the left ALT key and to the right of the right ALT key H 8 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide Table H 3 USB GUI Key Character Set Continued GUI Key Keystroke 3082 GUIR 3083 GUIS 3084 GUI T 3085 GUI U 3086 GUI V 3087 GUI W 3088 GUI X 3089 GUI Y 3090 GUI Z Note GUI Shift Keys The Apple iMac keyboard has an apple key on either side of the space bar Windows based systems have a GUI key to the left of the left ALT key and to the right of the right ALT key ASCII Character Sets H 9 Table H 4 PF Key Standard Default Table PF Keys Keystroke 4001 PF 1 4002 PF 2 4003 PF 3 4004 PF 4 4005 PF 5 4006 PF 6 4007 PF7 4008 PF 8 4009 PF 9 4010 PF 10 4011 PF 11 4012 PF 12 4013 PF 13 4014 PF 14 4015 PF 15 4016 PF 16 H 10 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide Table H 5 F key Standard Default Table F Keys Keystroke 5001 F1 5002 F2 5003 F3 5004 F4 5005 F5 5006 F6 50
79. Glossary 7 Percent Decode The average probability that a single scan of a bar code would result in a successful decode Ina well designed bar code scanning system that probability should approach near 100 PING Packet Internet Groper An Internet utility used to determine whether a particular IP address is online It is used to test and debug a network by sending out a packet and waiting for a response Presentation Mode Typically used when the digital scanner sits on a counter top or is mounted on a wall in this mode the digital scanner operates in continuous constant on mode where it automatically decodes a bar code presented in its field of view Print Contrast Signal PCS Measurement of the contrast brightness difference between the bars and spaces of a symbol A minimum PCS value is needed for a bar code symbol to be scannable PCS RL RD RL where RL is the reflectance factor of the background and RD the reflectance factor of the dark bars Programming Mode The state in which a scanner is configured for parameter values See Scanning Mode Q Quiet Zone A clear space containing no dark marks which precedes the start character of a bar code symbol and follows the stop character QWERTY A standard keyboard commonly used on North American and some European PC keyboards QWERTY refers to the arrangement of keys on the left side of the third row of keys R RAM Random Access Memory Data in RAM can be ac
80. Guide Digit or Fill 8 The data validator accepts any numeric or fill character in this position 8 Template Valid data Valid data Valid data 88899 12345 gt gt 789 lt lt 789 Alpha or Fill F F The data validator accepts any alpha or fill character in this position Template Valid data Valid data Valid data AAAFF ABCXY LMN gt gt ABC lt 5 Optional Space When this option appears in the template string the template accepts a space if present Optional characters are not allowed as the first character s in a field of like characters Space Template Valid data Valid data Invalid data 99 99 12 34 1234 67891 OCR Programming 13 19 Optional Small Special When this option appears in the template string the data validator accepts a special character if present Optional characters are not allowed as the first character s in a field of like characters Small special characters are and Template Valid data Valid data Invalid data AA 99 MN 35 XY98 XYZ12 Other Template Operators These template operators assist in capturing delimiting and formatting scanned OCR data Literal String and Et Use either of these delimiting characters surrounding characters from the alphanumeric keyboard in the Advanced Data Formatting Guide to define a literal string within a template that must be present in scanned OCR data There are two characters used to delimit required literal st
81. LED colors that display during scanning Table 2 2 Standard LED Definitions LED Indication Hand Held Scanning Standard Use Green A bar code was successfully decoded Red Transmission error conversion or format error or RS 232 receive error Off No power is applied to the digital scanner or the scanner is on and ready to scan Hands Free Presentation Scanning Standard Use Green The scanner is on and ready to scan Momentarily Off A bar code was successfully decoded Red Transmission error conversion or format error or RS 232 receive error Off No power is applied to the digital scanner or the scanner is in low power mode Parameter Programming Green Number expected Enter value using numeric bar codes Successful program exit with change in parameter setting Red Input error incorrect bar code programming sequence or Cancel scanned Firmware Update Red alternating between Firmware download is completing user should wait for this indicator to complete solid and fast blinking before using the scanner This indicator is followed by a low medium high power up beep ADF Programming Green Enter another digit Add leading zeros to the front if necessary Enter another alphabetic character or scan the End of Message bar code All criteria or actions cleared for current rule continue entering rule Delete last saved rule The current rule is left intact All rules deleted
82. Line State Low RTS 8 16 Beep on lt BEL gt Disable 8 16 Intercharacter Delay 0 msec 8 17 Nixdorf Beep LED Options Normal Operation 8 18 Ignore Unknown Characters Send Bar Code 8 18 Note The DS4308 supports one stop bit only SE DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide RS 232 Host Parameters Various RS 232 hosts use their own parameter default settings Selecting standard ICL Fujitsu Wincor Nixdorf Mode A Wincor Nixdorf Mode B OPOS JPOS Olivetti Omron or Common Use Terminal Equipment CUTE LP LG bar code readers sets the defaults listed in Table 8 2 Table 8 2 Terminal Specific RS 232 Wincor Nixdorf Mode B OPOS JPOS Wincor Nixdorf Mode A Parameter Olivetti Fujitsu Transmit Code ID Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Data Transmission Data Suffix Data Suffix Data Suffix Data Suffix Prefix Data Data Suffix Prefix Data Format Suffix Suffix Suffix CR 1013 CR 1013 CR 1013 CR 1013 ETX 1002 CR 1013 CR 1013 ETX 1003 Baud Rate 9600 9600 9600 9600 9600 9600 9600 Parity Even None Odd Odd Even None Even Hardware RTS CTS None RTS CTS RTS CTS None None None Handshaking Option 3 Option 3 Option 3 Software None None None None ACK NAK None None Handshaking Serial Response 9 9 Sec 2 Sec None None 9 9 Sec 9 9 Sec 9 9 Sec Time out Stop Bit Select One One One One One One One ASCII Format 8 Bit 8 Bit 8 Bit 8 Bit 7 Bit 8 Bit 7 Bit Beep On lt BEL gt D
83. OCR font s Next scan the following bar code then scan numbers and letters to form the OCR Subset from the alphanumeric keyboard in the Advanced Data Formatting Guide Then scan End of Message in the Advanced Data Formatting Guide OCR Subset To cancel an OCR subset for OCR A or OCR B scan OCR A variant Full ASCII or OCR B variant Full ASCII For MICR E13B or US Currency Serial Number create a subset which includes all allowed characters in that character set or scan an option from the Default Parameters on page 4 5 and re program the digital scanner 13 14 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide OCR Quiet Zone Parameter 695 SSI F1h B7h This option sets the OCR quiet zone The digital scanner stops scanning a field when it detects a sufficiently wide blank space The width of this space is defined by the End of Field option Used with parsers that tolerate slanted characters the End of Field count is roughly a count of 8 for a character width For example if set to 15 then two character widths are an end of line indicator for the parser Larger end of field numbers require bigger quiet zones at each end of text line To set a quiet zone scan the following bar code then scan a two digit number using the numeric keypad in the Advanced Data Formatting Guide The range of the quiet zone is 20 99 and the default is 50 indicating a six character width quiet zone OCR Quie
84. Parameter entry error 0x07 Parameter stored 0x08 Defaults set and parameter event is Ox0A enabled by default Number expected Ox0F Decode Event Parameter 256 SSI FOh 00h When enabled the digital scanner generates a message to the host upon a successful bar code decode When disabled no notification is sent Enable Decode Event 1 Disable Decode Event 0 7 22 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide Boot Up Event Parameter 258 SSI FO0h 02h When enabled the digital scanner generates a message to the host whenever power is applied When disabled no notification is sent Enable Boot Up Event 1 Disable Boot Up Event 0 Parameter Event Parameter 259 SSI FO0h 03h When enabled the digital scanner generates a message to the host when one of the events specified in Table 7 4 on page 7 21 occurs When disabled no notification is sent Enable Parameter Event 1 Disable Parameter Event 0 Introduction This chapter describes how to set up the digital scanner with an RS 232 host Use the RS 232 interface to connect the digital scanner to po
85. Restore Defaults bar code below is scanned e f no custom default values were configured the factory default values are set for all parameters each time the Restore Defaults bar code below is scanned For factory default values see Appendix A Standard Default Parameters e Set Factory Defaults Scan the Set Factory Defaults bar code below to eliminate all custom default values and set the digital scanner to factory default values For factory default values see Appendix A Standard Default Parameters e Write to Custom Defaults Custom default parameters can be configured to set unique default values for all parameters After changing all parameters to the desired default values scan the Write to Custom Defaults bar code below to configure custom defaults Restore Defaults Set Factory Defaults Write to Custom Defaults 4 6 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide Parameter Bar Code Scanning Parameter 236 SSI ECh To disable the decoding of parameter bar codes including the Set Defaults parameter bar codes scan the Disable Parameter Scanning bar code below To enable decoding of parameter bar codes scan Enable Parameter Scanning Enable Parameter Bar Code Scanning 1 Disable Parameter Bar Code Scanning 0
86. SNAPI Status Handshaking c ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeenaaaees 6 7 DSB Keystroke Delay eege 6 7 USB CAPS Lock Override ic was enden ege darani dedenn iaia ina Eeer 6 8 USB Ignore Unknown Characters eet EE EE 6 8 USB Convert Unknown to Code etlechen 6 9 Em late Keypad E 6 9 Emulate Keypad with Leading Zero E 6 10 Quick Keypad Emma e tgen ien g ieren ee 6 10 USB Keyboard FN 1 Substitution E 6 11 Function Key Mapping E 6 11 simulated Caps Lock vemen ea a A ee ete 6 12 Conven CaSe EE E Eet eeh Ee EE 6 12 USB Be oO agar ee eee ere ee ae ee ee eee eee eee ee eee eer ee ae 6 13 Optional USB Parameters ccccccccc cece cece cece cette eee ee eect eee tae tae eae AEEA REER eeaeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeseeeseeeseeeeees 6 14 Ignore Eeer DEE ee 6 14 Ignore Bar Code Configuration Directive cceceeeeeesseeceeeeeeeeessneeeeeeeeeeeeeseseeeeeseneeeneesees 6 14 USB Polling Interval EE 6 15 RE 6 16 IBM Specification Version ccccceeseesceeeceeeeeaaeeaaeeaaeeaaeaaeeaaeceaaeaaecaaeeaaecaeceaeceeeeeeeeeseceeeeeeeess 6 17 ASCII Character Set for USB eebe deet degen eegene 6 18 Chapter 7 SSI Interface INTO GUCUON EE 7 1 COMMUNICATIONS 7 1 elEIRRE E e e EE 7 3 General Data Transactions ccccccecceecceeeceeeeeeeeeee eee teee a tee aee eee aeeaeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeseenteees 7 3 Transfer of Decode Data ccccccccccccecceccceecceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee
87. SSI 92h J NOTE This parameter only applies when Low Power Mode is enabled This parameter sets the time the digital scanner remains active before entering low power mode The digital scanner wakes upon trigger pull or when the host attempts to communicate with the digital scanner 1 Second 17 10 Seconds 26 1 Minute 33 5 Minutes 37 15 Minutes 43 4 18 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide Time Delay to Low Power Mode continued 30 Minutes 45 45 Minutes 46 i 1 Hour 49 3 Hours 51 6 Hours 54 9 Hours 57 User Preferences amp Miscellaneous Options 4 19 Hand Held Trigger Mode Parameter 138 SSI 8Ah Select one of the following trigger modes for the digital scanner e Standard Level A trigger pull activates decode processing Decode processing continues until the bar code decodes you release the trigger or the Decode Session Timeout on page 4 26 occurs e Presentation Blink The digital scanner activates decode processing when it detects a bar code in its field of view After a period of non use the digital scanner enters a low power mode in which the LEDs turn off until the digital scanner senses motion e Auto Aim This trigger mode projects the aiming dot when you lift the digital scanner A trigger pull activates decode processing After 2 seconds of inactivity the aiming dot shuts off
88. SSI protocol Refer to the Simple Serial Interface Programmer s Guide p n 72 40451 xx for more information on SSI The host and the digital scanner exchange messages in packets A packet is a collection of bytes framed by the proper SSI protocol formatting bytes The maximum number of bytes per packet that the SSI protocol allows for any transaction is 257 255 bytes 2 byte checksum Decode data can be sent as ASCII data unpacketed or as part of a larger message packeted depending on the digital scanner configuration SSI performs the following functions for the host device e Maintains a bi directional interface with the digital scanner e Allows the host to send commands that control the digital scanner e Passes data from the digital scanner to a host device in SSI packet format or straight decode message The working environment of the SSI consists of a digital scanner a serial cable which attaches to the host device and in some instances a power supply SSI transmits all decode data including special formatting e g AIM ID Parameter settings can control the format of the transmitted data The digital scanner can also send parameter information product identification information or event codes to the host DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide All commands sent between the digital scanner and host must use the format described in the SSI Message Formats section SS Transactions on page 7 3 descr
89. Send Control R Send Control S Send Control T Send Control U Send Control V Send Control W Driver s License Set Up DS4308 DL 14 23 Control Characters continued A0 WI Send Control X A0 WA Send Control Y 008 Ir Ai Send Control Z AAA IR Send Control ANA A Send Control DANA Al Send Control 14 24 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide Control Characters continued Send Control 6 Send Control Keyboard Characters Scan a Send bar code for the keyboard characters to send Send Space Send Send Send Driver s License Set Up DS4308 DL 14 25 Keyboard Characters continued VATION Send A VW Send 0 ut Send amp ID Send IA Send A0 WI Send 008 Wl Send 14 26 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide Keyboard Characters c
90. Sequence Examples ccccecceecceeceee cece eeeeeeeeeee eee eeaaeeaeeeaeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseseeeeeeeseeneees 4 2 Errors W ile Scanning EE 4 2 User Preferences Miscellaneous Options Parameter Defaults c ccccccceccceecceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeess 4 2 WISE RECTCLSNCCS ee EES 4 5 Default Parameters cccccccccceccceeeceeeeee cece ee ee cette eee e eta tae aaa aaa aaaeeaeeeeseeneeeeeeseeeeeseesseeeseereeees 4 5 Parameter Bar Code Scanning eegene 4 6 Beep After Good Decode ccccccecccec cece eee e eee t eee t eee e eee e teeta te aa aaa eaaaeeaeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeaseaeseeeseeseensees 4 7 Direct Decode IMdicator ccc ccecccecccecceeeeeee eee ea ee eaee tae eeaa aaa Aee AT A iE E AAEE OA aE ER 4 8 Beeper Volume SERERE 4 9 Beeper Jong ennen geessgeeiuaEegeeeeeee EENEG end eene 4 10 Beeper Duration ccccccccccccceeeceeeeeeee eee e cent eee e eee e ents ene e eae ta sata tad cage saaaeaaasaaaeaaegseeeseeseeeeensaeeees 4 11 Suppress Power Up Been ccccccccecccececcecceccceeccecceeeceeeeeeceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneseneseneneess 4 11 RE 4 12 Decode Pager Motor Duration sisiiiscsceccexcatsvensnttcarsexendueas uaieoesevcarkucdodddbeeavsantenosucrabtevadedeeaentates 4 12 Night Ae EE 4 14 LOW Power Mode 4 16 Hand Held Kee Le le 4 19 Hands Free Mode A 4 20 Hands Free Hand Held Auto Switching DS4308P Only c ccc ceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneneeeeeeeees 4 20 Hand Held Decode Aim
91. TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT INDIRECT INCIDENTAL SPECIAL EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES LOSS OF USE DATA OR PROFITS OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY WHETHER IN CONTRACT STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE Warranty For the complete hardware product warranty statement go to http www motorolasolutions com warranty iv DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide Revision History Changes to the original guide are listed below Change Date Description 01 RevA 8 2014 Initial release About This Guide Introduction EE xvii Ree ABN EE xvii Chapter Descriptions eer xviii Notational Conmventions ee xix Related Re Lei ie XX Service Information ccccccecccceccecceeccaeecaeeeaeeaeccaeeneeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeneeeneniiss XX Chapter 1 Getting Started lite E 1 1 Gw E 1 2 ee e VT EE E E 1 2 Setting Up the Digital Scanner cciicticresiasicecntatanractaterconmeenaxascantensaraedavadasnidwanancanndecoueucavasuetereacanageas 1 3 Installing the Interface e E 1 3 Removing the Interface Cabl
92. Technologies Inc One Motorola Plaza M S B 10 Holtsville NY 11742 1300 Attention Data Capture Solutions Technical Publications Manager important If you need product support please call the appropriate customer support number A provided Unfortunately we cannot provide customer support at the fax number above Manual Title please include revision level How familiar were you with this product before using this manual CT Very familiar CT Slightly familiar CT Not at all familiar Did this manual meet your needs If not please explain What topics need to be added to the index if applicable What topics do you feel need to be better discussed Please be specific What can we do to further improve our manuals Thank you for your input We value your comments symbol Symbol Technologies Inc One Motorola Plaza Holtsville New York 11742 USA 1 800 927 9626 http www motorolasolutions com Symbol is a registered trademark of Symbol Technologies Inc All other trademarks and service marks are proprietary to their respective owners 2014 Symbol Technologies Inc All Rights Reserved MN000327A01 Revision A August 2014 eos
93. an option for decoding inverse OCR e Regular Only decode regular OCR black on white strings only e Inverse Only decode inverse OCR white on black strings only e Autodiscriminate decodes both regular and inverse OCR strings Regular Only 0 Inverse Only 1 Autodiscriminate 2 13 32 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide Introduction The DS4308 DL digital scanner is capable of parsing out information from standard US driver s licenses and certain other American Association of Motor Vehicle Administrators AAMVA compliant ID cards This is achieved using internally embedded algorithms where scanning bar codes activates algorithms internally embedded in the digital scanner to produce formatted data Use the formatted data for age verification credit card application information and more This chapter describes how to program the DS4308 DL digital scanner to read and use the data contained in the 2D bar codes on US driver s licenses and AAMVA compliant ID cards Table 14 1 DL Parsing Parameter Table DL Parsing Parameters Driver s License Parsing No Driver s License Parsing Parsing Driver s License Data Fields N A Driver s License Parse Field Bar Codes N A AAMVA Parse Field Bar Codes N A Set Default Parameter N A Output Gender as M or F N A
94. as the first digit and report the bar code as EAN 13 For bar codes beginning with two or more zeros but not six zeros this parameter strips the leading 0100 and reports the bar code as UPC A The UPC A Preamble parameter that transmits the system character and country code applies to converted bar codes Note that neither the system character nor the check digit can be stripped Enable Convert GS1 DataBar to UPC EAN 1 Disable Convert GS1 DataBar to UPC EAN 0 11 70 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide GS1 DataBar Limited Security Level Parameter 728 SSI F1h D8h The digital scanner offers four levels of decode security for GS1 DataBar Limited bar codes There is an inverse relationship between security and digital scanner aggressiveness Increasing the level of security may result in reduced aggressiveness in scanning so choose only that level of security necessary e Level 1 No clear margin required This complies with the original GS1 standard yet might result in erroneous decoding of the DataBar Limited bar code when scanning some UPC symbols that start with digits 9 and 7 e Level 2 Automatic risk detection This level of security may result in erroneous decoding of DataBar Limited bar codes when scanning some UPC symbols The digital scanner d
95. basic set up and operation instructions e Advanced Data Formatting Programmer Guide p n 72E 69680 xx provides information on ADF a means of customizing data before transmission to a host For the latest version of this guide and all guides go to http www motorolasolutions com support Service Information If you have a problem using the equipment contact your facility s technical or systems support If there is a problem with the equipment they will contact the Customer Support Center at http www motorolasolutions com support When contacting support please have the following information available e Serial number of the unit e Model number or product name e Software type and version number Symbol Technologies responds to calls by e mail telephone or fax within the time limits set forth in service agreements If your problem cannot be solved by support you may need to return your equipment for servicing and will be given specific directions Symbol Technologies is not responsible for any damages incurred during shipment if the approved shipping container is not used Shipping the units improperly can possibly void the warranty If you purchased your business product from a Symbol Technologies business partner please contact that business partner for support Introduction The DS4308 and DS4308P combine superior 1D and 2D omnidirectional bar code scanning and transfer with a light weight hands free hand held design Th
96. can decode symbols that are encoded with this feature and can store more than 64 Kb of decoded data stored in up to 50 MacroPDF symbols CAUTION When printing keep each Macro PDF sequence separate as each sequence has unique identifiers An Do not mix bar codes from several Macro PDF sequences even if they encode the same data When scanning Macro PDF sequences scan the entire Macro PDF sequence without interruption If when scanning a mixed sequence the digital scanner emits two long low beeps Low Low this indicates an inconsistent file ID or inconsistent symbology error Flush Macro Buffer This flushes the buffer of all decoded Macro PDF data stored to that point transmits it to the host device and aborts from Macro PDF mode Flush Macro PDF Buffer Abort Macro PDF Entry This clears all currently stored Macro PDF data in the buffer without transmission and aborts from Macro PDF mode Abort Macro PDF Entry 11 94 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide Introduction Intelligent Document Capture IDC is Symbol Technologies advanced image processing firmware for select imager based decoders This chapter describes the IDC functionality provides parameter bar codes to control its features and includes a quick start procedure to get you started with IDC The IDC Process Intelligent Document
97. continuous code type uses no intercharacter spaces Only numeric 0 to 9 and START STOP characters may be encoded Glossary 5 UO Ports interface The connection between two devices defined by common physical characteristics signal characteristics and signal meanings Types of interfaces include RS 232 and PCMCIA IOCTL Input Output Control IP Address Internet Protocol address The address of a computer attached to an IP network Every client and server station must have a unique IP address A 32 bit address used by a computer on a IP network Client workstations have either a permanent address or one that is dynamically assigned to them each session IP addresses are written as four sets of numbers separated by periods for example 204 171 64 2 IPX SPX Internet Package Exchange Sequential Packet Exchange A communications protocol for Novell IPX is Novell s Layer 3 protocol similar to XNS and IP and used in NetWare networks SPX is Novell s version of the Xerox SPP protocol IS 95 Interim Standard 95 The EIA TIA standard that governs the operation of CDMA cellular service Versions include IS 95A and IS 95B See CDMA K Key A key is the specific code used by the algorithm to encrypt or decrypt the data Also see Encryption and Decrypting L LASER Light Amplification by Stimulated Emission of Radiation The laser is an intense light source Light from a laser is all the same frequency unlike the output of an incandesc
98. e OC 80 00 00 is encapsulation of RSM command over SSI command header e 00 08 20 00 00 FO 00 FO is RSM Get Packet Size response e FD 6C is SSI response checksum Command from Host to Retrieve Diagnostic Information OC 80 04 00 00 08 02 00 27 4D 42 00 FE BO Where e OC 80 04 00 is encapsulation of RSM commands over SSI command header e 00 08 02 00 27 4D 42 00 is attribute Get command requesting attribute 10061 decimal e FE BO is SSI command checksum Response from Device with Diagnostic Information 21 80 00 00 00 1D 02 00 27 4D 41 01 42 00 OE 00 00 00 00 01 03 02 03 03 03 04 03 05 03 06 03 FF FF FC 15 Where e 21 8000 00 00 1D 02 00 27 4D 41 01 42 00 OE 00 00 is encapsulation of RSM responses over SSI command header e 00 00 01 03 02 03 03 03 04 03 05 03 06 03 is attribute Get response which includes diagnostic report value e FF FF is attribute Get response packet termination e FC 15 is SSI response checksum 7 10 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide Simple Serial Interface Default Parameters This section describes how to set up the digital scanner with an SSI host When using SSI program the digital scanner via bar code menu or SSI hosts commands Throughout the programming bar code menus asterisks indicate default values D Indicates Default _ Baud Rate 9600 gedet dee Ge Option value for programming J NOTE M
99. eee ee tea eae eae eeaa eae easeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseees 4 30 Presentation Mode Field Of View ccccccccccceeeceeeeeeeee eee e eee eet cette eee eagetge ead eecgsegeeeseeeeeeneeseeeeeees 4 31 Decoding lllumination skcesscvcefcveteresessicedsdertanteanseuces ikeansecheddateneieessendauitvadeevabdeeanseuecotexeandgxaatadtves 4 31 Post Decode Illumination DS4306P Only ccsccsctcccicccesetastatnweccneantssseccntdessduasessedacnedenmeeataantcetes 4 32 Illumination Eve A 4 32 Table of Contents vii Low Light Scene Detection ver eeni kengen eteiegeteeeeeegegeke gedo Ae Genee EES 4 33 Motion Tolerance Hand Held Trigger Modes Only ccccceceeeeeeeereeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeaaaes 4 34 Movement Sensitivity DS4308P Only stcicsicrtavertacniecortnsaavaccatebiennadeentcasiineeseidartatacnntentencaninedete 4 34 Object Detection Method DS4308P Only ccccceceeeeeeenteeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeneneeescees 4 35 Miscellaneous Scanner Parameters cccccccccccsecceeeeeeseeeeueeeeeueeeaeeeeeaseseaeeeeeaeeeeaeeeaeeeaeeeeuaeeeenes 4 36 EE eeh 4 36 Transmit Code ID Character c ccc cccccccceccccececceesseeeseeeeeseueeseeeueeseaeseeeueeeaeeeuuueeeeuuesaeeeenaeneees 4 36 EELER 4 37 Scan Data Transmission Format ccccccccccccsecccsseceueeceeueeceuueceeueaseuueseuuueeeuaaeesaaeeeuaeeesaaeeuaaaees 4 38 SCC fe NIE 4 39 Transmit No Read MC SSAQE EE 4 40 Unsolicited Heartbeat Internal 4 41 C
100. least this amount of time after trigger pull before capturing a document unless a bar code is decoded before the time expires If Picklist Mode on page 4 24 is enabled the bar code must be directly under the aiming pattern within the decoder s decode range and the region to capture completely within the engine s field of view Capture Region Determination After accepting an IDC bar code the firmware establishes the region to capture as an image The method used depends on the setting of the DC Operating Mode as follows The IDC firmware emits a single low beep after successfully capturing a region The engine is then no longer capturing images and can be moved without disturbing the IDC output Be sure to hold the trigger button until the decode beep otherwise the IDC process may be aborted IDC Operating Mode Anchored A coordinate system is built based on the bar code in its rectified de skewed form The origin is the center of the bar code and the x axis is set toward the right from the bar code s point of view The unit module width of the bar code is the unit for x Similarly the y axis is set toward the up direction The unit for the y axis is specified via the parameter IDC Aspect on page 12 9 This is the aspect ratio of a thin bar or space the bar code s height is divided by this value to get the unit in the y axis The aspect ratio is calculated automatically if IDC Aspect is set to zero The bar code can be of different
101. number of characters i e human readable characters including check digit s the code contains Set lengths for Codabar to any length one or two discrete lengths or lengths within a specific range The default is 4 to 55 e One Discrete Length Select this option to decode only Codabar symbols containing a selected length Select the length using the numeric bar codes in Appendix G Numeric Bar Codes For example to decode only Codabar symbols with 14 characters scan Codabar One Discrete Length then scan 1 followed by 4 To correct an error or to change the selection scan Cancel on page G 2 e Two Discrete Lengths Select this option to decode only Codabar symbols containing either of two selected lengths Select lengths using the numeric bar codes in Appendix G Numeric Bar Codes For example to decode only Codabar symbols containing either 2 or 14 characters select Codabar Two Discrete Lengths then scan 0 2 1 and then 4 To correct an error or to change the selection scan Cancel on page G 2 e Length Within Range Select this option to decode a Codabar symbol with a specific length range Select lengths using numeric bar codes in Appendix G Numeric Bar Codes For example to decode Codabar symbols containing between 4 and 12 characters first scan Codabar Length Within Range Then scan 0 4 1 and 2 enter a leading zero for single digit numbers To correct an error or change the selection scan Cancel on page G 2 e Any
102. occurs J NOTE Wien the pager motor is enabled and the scanner is in the Intellistand the pager motor disables until the scanner is removed from the Intellistand Scan a bar code below to enable or disable the pager motor If enabled scan the appropriate bar code to set the period of time in which to vibrate the scanner see Decode Pager Motor Duration below Pager Motor Disable 0 Pager Motor Enable 1 Decode Pager Motor Duration Parameter 626 SSI F1h 72h 150 msec 15 200 msec 20 User Preferences amp Miscellaneous Options 4 13 Decode Pager Motor Duration continued 250 msec 25 300 msec 30 400 msec 40 500 msec 50 600 msec 60 750 msec 75 4 14 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide Night Mode For DS4308 HC Only The Night Mode feature allows the user to easily switch to a quiet mode in order to use the pager motor with the beeper off Enter and exit Night Mode in one of two ways e If Night Mode Trigger is enabled you can use the trigger to toggle between entering and exiting Night Mode To do this point the digital scanner away from a bar code and pull the trigger until the beam goes off Continue to pull the trigger fo
103. of view e Select Black to indicate that the border must be black such as a printed rectangular border e Select White to indicate that the border must be white e g paper edge on a dark background e Select Advanced Edge Detection AED to capture a region defined by edges of any color and potentially broken This parameter is only used in Free Form and Linked modes None 0 Black 1 White 2 Advanced Edge Detection AED 3 Intelligent Document Capture 12 15 IDC Delay Time Parameter Name DocCap_DELAY Parameter 830 SSI F2h 3Eh Set the delay for capturing a document after a trigger pull Decoding a bar code aborts this delay This parameter only applies in Free Form mode Scan the bar code below followed by three bar codes from Appendix G Numeric Bar Codes in the range of 000 to 200 decimal in units of 10 msec The default is 000 IDC Delay Time IDC Zoom Limit Parameter Name Sig MIN PERCENT Parameter 651 SSI F1h 8Bh Set the minimal zoom percentage value of a form for it to be considered for capture This controls the quality of the captured form The IDC firmware rejects capturing a form unless the width is at least the DC Zoom Limit percentage of the DC Width parameter For example if you set this parameter to 100 and DC Width to 150 the form mus
104. or Enable 978 979 Supplemental Mode in Decode UPC EAN JAN Supplementals on page 11 12 11 24 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide UCC Coupon Extended Code Parameter 85 SSI 55h Enable this parameter to decode UPC A bar codes starting with digit 5 EAN 13 bar codes starting with digit 99 and UPC A GS1 128 Coupon Codes UPCA EAN 13 and GS1 128 must be enabled to scan all types of Coupon Codes Enable UCC Coupon Extended Code 1 Disable UCC Coupon Extended Code 0 V NOTE See UPC EAN JAN Supplemental Redundancy on page 11 15 to control autodiscrimination of the GS1 128 right half of a coupon code Coupon Report Parameter 730 SSI F1h DAh Select an option to determine which type of coupon format to support e Select Old Coupon Format to support UPC A GS1 128 and EAN 13 GS1 128 e Select New Coupon Format as an interim format to support UPC A GS1 DataBar and EAN 13 GS1 DataBar If you select Autodiscriminate Format the digital scanner supports both Old Coupon Format and New Coupon Format Old Coupon Format 0 New Coupon Format 1 Autodiscriminate Coupon Format 2
105. parameters for a bar code reading system by scanning bar code menus SDK Software Development Kit Self Checking Code A symbology that uses a checking algorithm to detect encoding errors within the characters of a bar code symbol Shared Key Shared Key authentication is an algorithm where both the AP and the MU share an authentication key SHIP Symbol Host Interface Program SID System Identification code An identifier issued by the FCC for each market It is also broadcast by the cellular carriers to allow cellular devices to distinguish between the home and roaming service Soft Reset See Warm Boot Space The lighter element of a bar code formed by the background between bars Specular Reflection The mirror like direct reflection of light from a surface which can cause difficulty decoding a bar code Standard Trigger Mode The digital scanner uses this mode when lifted off the counter or removed from the wall mount In this mode aim the digital scanner at a bar code and pull the trigger to decode Start Stop Character A pattern of bars and spaces that provides the scanner with start and stop reading instructions and scanning direction The start and stop characters are normally to the left and right margins of a horizontal code STEP Symbol Terminal Enabler Program Subnet A subset of nodes on a network that are serviced by the same router See Router Subnet Mask A 32 bit number used to separate the network and host sec
106. pattern 617 nm LED Illumination 660 nm LEDs Field of View 36 H x 22 5 V Vertical x Horizontal Roll 0 360 Pitch 65 or greater Yaw 60 or greater Symbology Decode Capability 1D UPC EAN UPC EAN with supplementals Bookland EAN ISSN UCC Coupon Extended Code Code 128 GS1 128 ISBT 128 ISBT Concatenation Code 39 Code 39 Full ASCII Trioptic Code 39 Code 32 Code 93 Code 11 Interleaved 2 of 5 Discrete 2 of 5 Codabar MSI Chinese 2 of 5 Matrix 2 of 5 Korean 3 of 5 GS1 DataBar variants 2D PDF417 MicroPDF417 Composite Codes TLC 39 Data Matrix Maxicode QR Code MicroQR Aztec Han Xin Postal US Postnet US Planet UK Postal Japan Post Australia Post Royal Mail 4 State Customer KIX Code Dutch UPU 4 State Postal FICS Post US4 USPS 4 State Postal Post US3 Typical Working Distance See Decode Ranges on page 2 12 Motion Tolerances Up to 30 in 76 2 cm per second 3 8 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide Table 3 2 Technical Specifications Continued Item Description Interfaces Supported USB RS 232 RS 485 IBM 46xx keyboard wedge SSI The scanner supports the following protocols over USB HID Keyboard default mode SNAPI COM Port Emulation IBM SurePOS Yellowstone IBM Handheld IBM Tabletop OPOS USB CDC SSI over USB CDC The scanner supports the following protocols over RS232 Standard Wincor Nixdorf ICL Fujits
107. pattern that encloses a signature area on a document and allows the scanner to capture a signature Notational Conventions The following conventions are used in this document Unless stated otherwise DS4308 refers to both the DS4308 and DS4308P configurations Italics are used to highlight the following e Chapters and sections in this and related documents e Dialog box window and screen names e Drop down list and list box names e Check box and radio button names Bold text is used to highlight the following e Key names on a keypad e Button names on a screen bullets indicate e Action items e Lists of alternatives e Lists of required steps that are not necessarily sequential Sequential lists e g those that describe step by step procedures appear as numbered lists Throughout the programming bar code menus asterisks are used to denote default parameter settings Indicates Default Baud Rate 9600 Feature Option xix XX DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide Related Documents e DS4308 Series Quick Start Guide p n MNO00328A01 provides general information for getting started with the DS4308 digital scanner and includes basic set up and operation instructions e DS4308P Series Quick Start Guide p n MN000883A01 provides general information for getting started with the DS4308P pedestal scanner and includes
108. pixel addresses For example for a 4 row x 8 column image in the extreme bottom right section of the image set the following values Top 796 Bottom 799 Left 1272 Right 1279 To set the crop to pixel address scan each pixel address bar code below followed by four numeric bar codes representing the value Leading zeros are required For example to crop the top pixel address to 3 scan 0 0 0 3 See Appendix G Numeric Bar Codes for numeric bar codes The defaults are Top 0 Bottom 799 Left 0 Right 1279 NOTE The digital scanner has a cropping resolution of 4 pixels Setting the cropping area to less than 4 pixels vV after resolution adjustment see Image Size Number of Pixels on page 5 12 transfers the entire image Top Pixel Address 0 799 Decimal Left Pixel Address 0 1279 Decimal Bottom Pixel Address 0 799 Decimal Right Pixel Address 0 1279 Decimal 5 12 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide Image Size Number of Pixels Parameter 302 SSI FOh 2Eh This option alters image resolution before compression Multiple pixels are combined to one pixel resulting in a smaller image containing the original content with reduced resolution Select one of the following values p
109. sizes for the same form as long as the center of the bar code is the same when the bar code s length changes From this coordinate system the IDC area is determined using four parameters offsets in x and y IDC X Coordinate IDC Y Coordinate to the region s top left corner and width and height IDC Width IDC Height If the capture area is relatively large as compared to the bar code area the calculation to obtain the capture area is prone to significant errors A recommended solution is to enclose the form with a single black lined rectangular border a box which is not in contact with any other line on the outside of the form although it can be connected to lines on the inside of the form When the DC Find Box Outline is set the firmware searches for the box and does not decode if any edges are broken such as by a protruding thumb The DC Zoom Limit parameter controls the quality of the captured form The IDC firmware rejects capturing a form unless the width is at least the DC Zoom Limit percentage of the DC Width parameter For example if IDC Zoom Limit is set to 100 and DC Width is set to 150 the form must be at least 300 pixels wide before it is captured each unit module is scaled to two pixels Intelligent Document Capture 12 3 The DC Maximum Rotation parameter controls the maximum rotation any edge of the form can have in relation to the scanner s horizontal or vertical axis IDC Operating Mode Free Form or Li
110. slot in the digital scanner s base For the DS4308P tip the scanner forward in its base to best access the slot Figure 1 3 Removing the Cable DS4308 and DS4308P 2 Carefully slide out the cable 3 Follow the steps for Installing the Interface Cable to connect a new cable Connecting Power if required If the host does not provide power to the digital scanner connect an external power supply 1 Plug the power supply into the power jack on the interface cable 2 Plug the other end of the power supply into an AC outlet Configuring the Digital Scanner To configure the digital scanner use the bar codes included in this manual or use the 123Scan configuration program See Chapter 4 User Preferences amp Miscellaneous Options and Chapter 11 Symbologies for information about programming the digital scanner using bar code menus See Chapter 15 123Scan2 for information on using this configuration program Also see each host specific chapter to set up connection to a specific host type Getting Started 1 5 Accessories The digital scanner ships with the DS4308 Quick Start Guide The following required accessories must be ordered e Interface cable for the appropriate interface e Shielded connector cable e g p n CBA U21 S07 ZAR when connecting via USB Refer to Solution Builder for guidance about cables JS NOTE f upgrading an LS2208 or LS4208 to a DS4308 the shielded connector cable must be used
111. the IBM 46XX interface cable to the appropriate port on the host typically Port 9 3 The digital scanner automatically detects the host interface type but there is no default setting Scan the port address by scanning the appropriate bar code from Port Address on page 9 4 4 To modify any other parameter options scan the appropriate bar codes in this chapter V NOTE The only required configuration is the port address The IBM system typically controls other digital scanner parameters IBM 468X 469X Interface 9 3 IBM Parameter Defaults Table 9 1 lists the defaults for IBM host parameters To change any option scan the appropriate bar code s provided in the Parameter Descriptions section beginning on page 9 4 lt J NOTE See Appendix A Standard Default Parameters for all user preferences hosts symbologies and miscellaneous default parameters Table 9 1 BM Host Default Table Page Parameter Default Number IBM 468X 469X Host Parameters Port Address None Selected 9 4 Convert Unknown to Code 39 Disable 9 5 Ignore Beep Directive Enable Ignore 9 5 Ignore Configuration Directive Enable Ignore 9 6 9 4 DS 4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide IBM 468X 469X Host Parameters Port Address This parameter sets the IBM 468X 469X port used E NOTE Scanning one of these bar codes enables the RS 485 interface on the digital scanner S None Selected
112. the host computer 15 2 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide 123Scan Requirements e Host computer with Windows XP SP2 or Windows 7 e Scanner e USB cable For more information on123Scan go to http www motorolasolutions com 123Scan For a 1 minute tour of 123Scan go to http www motorolasolutions com scannerhowtovideos To download 123Scan software and access the Help file integrated in the utility go to http support symbol com support product 123Scan2 html Scanner SDK Other Software Tools and Videos Tackle all your scanner programming needs with our diversified set of software tools Whether you need to simply stage a device or develop a fully featured application with image and data capture as well as asset management these tools help you every step of the way To download any of the free tools listed below go to www motorolasolutions com scannersoftware e 123Scan2 configuration utility described in this chapter e Scanner SDK for Windows e How to videos e Virtual COM port driver e OPOS driver e JPOS driver e Scanner user documentation Introduction Advanced Data Formatting ADF is a means of customizing data before transmission to the host device Use ADF to edit scan data to suit requirements Implement ADF by scanning a related series of bar codes which program the scanner with ADF rules For information and programming bar codes for ADF refer to the Advanced Data Formattin
113. the trigger until the beam goes off and then continue pulling the trigger for an additional 5 seconds Note that pulling the trigger an additional 5 seconds after decoding a bar code has no affect When entering Night Mode the pager motor vibrates When exiting Night Mode the scanner emits 2 short beeps Enable Night Mode Trigger 1 Disable Night Mode Trigger 0 Night Mode Toggle For DS4308 HC Only To toggle between entering and exiting Night Mode without using the trigger scan this bar code This functions regardless of the state of the Night Mode Trigger parameter When scanning this bar code the Pager Motor vibrates when entering Night Mode and the scanner emits 2 short beeps when exiting Night Mode Toggle Night Mode 4 16 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide Low Power Mode Parameter 128 SSI 80h This parameter determines whether or not the digital scanner enters low power mode after a decode attempt If disabled power remains on after each decode attempt Disable Low Power Mode 0 Enable Low Power Mode 1 User Preferences amp Miscellaneous Options 4 17 Time Delay to Low Power Mode Parameter 146
114. this option to decode only Code 128 symbols containing either of two selected lengths Select lengths using the numeric bar codes in Appendix G Numeric Bar Codes For example to decode only Code 128 symbols containing either 2 or 14 characters select Code 128 Two Discrete Lengths then scan 0 2 1 and then 4 To correct an error or change the selection scan Cancel on page G 2 e Length Within Range Select this option to decode a Code 128 symbol with a specific length range Select lengths using numeric bar codes in Appendix G Numeric Bar Codes For example to decode Code 128 symbols containing between 4 and 12 characters first scan Code 128 Length Within Range Then scan 0 4 1 and 2 enter a leading zero for single digit numbers To correct an error or change the selection scan Cancel on page G 2 e Any Length Select this option to decode Code 128 symbols containing any number of characters within the digital scanner s capability Symbologies 11 27 Set Lengths for Code 128 continued Code 128 One Discrete Length Code 128 Two Discrete Lengths Code 128 Length Within Range Code 128 Any Length 11 28 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide Enable Disable GS1 128 formerly UCC EAN 128 Parameter 14 SSI OEh To enable or disable GS1 128 scan the appropriate bar code below Enable GS1 128 1 Disable GS1 128 0
115. to match host device requirements 1 Stop Bit 1 2 Stop Bits 2 SSI Interface 7 15 Software Handshaking Parameter 159 SSI 9Fh This parameter offers control of data transmission in addition to the control hardware handshaking offers Hardware handshaking is always enabled you cannot disable it e Disable ACK NAK Handshaking When this option is selected the digital scanner neither generates nor expects ACK NAK handshaking packets e Enable ACK NAK Handshaking When this option is selected after transmitting data the digital scanner expects either an ACK or NAK response from the host The digital scanner also ACKs or NAKs messages from the host The digital scanner waits up to the programmable Host Serial Response Time out to receive an ACK or NAK If the digital scanner does not get a response in this time it resends its data up to two times before discarding the data and declaring a transmit error Disable ACK NAK 0 Enable ACK NAK 1 7 16 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide Host RTS Line State Parameter 154 SSI 9Ah This parameter sets the expected idle state of the Serial Host RTS line The SSI Interface is used with host applications which also implement the SSI protocol However you can use the digital scanner in a scan and transmit
116. value to host When using these methods the Windows host must select the corresponding IME to accept the CJK character See Unicode CJK Decode Setup with Windows Host on page D 7 e Japanese Unicode Output e Simplified Chinese GBK Code Output e Simplified Chinese Unicode Output zs Korean Unicode Code Output e Traditional Chinese Big5 Code Output Windows XP e Traditional Chinese Big5 Code Output Windows 7 e Traditional Chinese Unicode Code Output Windows XP e Traditional Chinese Unicode Code Output Windows 7 J NOTE The Unicode emulate output method depends on the host system Windows XP or Windows 7 Universal CJK Output 0 Japanese Unicode Output 34 for Japanese Unicode Output select Simplified Chinese Unicode IME on the Windows host D 4 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide CJK Output Method to Windows Host continued Chinese Simplified GBK Output 1 Chinese Simplified Unicode Output 2 Korean Unicode Output 50 for Korean Unicode Output select Simplified Chinese Unicode IME on the Windows host Chinese Traditional Big5 Output Windows XP 17 Chinese Traditional Big5 Output Windows 7 19
117. various functions or activate different features This chapter describes imaging preference features and provides programming bar codes for selecting these features J NOTE Only the Symbol Native API SNAPI with Imaging interface supports image capture See to enable this host The digital scanner ships with the settings in also see for all host device and miscellaneous defaults If the default values suit requirements programming is not necessary To set feature values scan a single bar code or a short bar code sequence The settings are stored in non volatile memory and are preserved even when you power down the digital scanner J NOTE Most computer monitors allow scanning the bar codes directly on the screen When scanning from the screen be sure to set the document magnification to a level where you can see the bar code clearly and bars and or spaces are not merging To return all features to default values scan the Throughout the programming bar code menus asterisks indicate default values a Feature Option Indicates Default Enable Image Capture Illumination 2 Option Value 2 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide Scanning Sequence Examples In most cases scanning one bar code sets the parameter value For example to disable image capture illumination scan the Disable Image Capture Illumination bar code under Image Capture Illumination on page 5 5 The digital scanner issues a fast
118. warble beep and the LED turns green signifying a successful parameter entry Other parameters require scanning several bar codes See these parameter descriptions for this procedure Errors While Scanning Unless otherwise specified to correct an error during a scanning sequence just re scan the correct parameter Imaging Preferences Parameter Defaults Table 5 1 lists the defaults for imaging preferences parameters To change the default values scan the appropriate bar codes in this guide These new values replace the standard default values in memory To recall the default parameter values scan Restore Defaults on page 4 5 S NOTE See Appendix A Standard Default Parameters for all user preferences hosts symbologies and miscellaneous default parameters Table 5 1 Imaging Preferences Parameter Defaults Parameter a SSI Number Default Page Number Number Imaging Preferences Operational Modes N A N A N A 5 4 Image Capture Illumination 361 FOh 69h Enable 5 5 Image Capture Autoexposure 360 FOh 68h Enable 5 5 Fixed Exposure 567 F4h Fih 37h 100 5 6 Fixed Gain 568 F1h 38h 50 5 6 Gain Exposure Priority for Snapshot 562 Eih 32h Autodetect 5 7 Mode Snapshot Mode Timeout 323 FOh 43h 0 30 seconds 5 8 Snapshot Aiming Pattern 300 FOh 2Ch Enable 5 9 Silence Operational Mode Changes 1293 F8h 05h ODh Disable do not silence 5 9 Image Cropping 301 FOh 2Dh Disable 5 10 Crop to Pixel Addresse
119. when connected to a new host To return all features to default values see Throughout the programming bar code menus asterisks indicate E default values Indicates Default High Volume Feature Option 0 ae Option Value 4 2 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide Scanning Sequence Examples In most cases scanning one bar code sets the parameter value For example to set the beeper tone to high scan the High Frequency beeper tone bar code listed under Beeper Tone on page 4 10 The digital scanner issues a fast warble beep and the LED turns green signifying a successful parameter entry Other parameters such as Serial Response Time Out or Data Transmission Formats require scanning several bar codes See these parameter descriptions for this procedure Errors While Scanning Unless otherwise specified to correct an error during a scanning sequence just re scan the correct parameter User Preferences Miscellaneous Options Parameter Defaults Table 4 1 lists defaults for user preferences parameters To change the default values e Scan the appropriate bar codes in this guide These new values replace the standard default values in memory To recall the default parameter values see Default Parameters on page 4 5 e Configure the digital scanner using the 123Scan configuration program see Chapter 15 123Scan2 J NOTE See Appendix A Standard Default Param
120. which the DS4308P detects object motion and then triggers while in presentation mode Full Range 1 Medium Range 3 Short Range 8 4 24 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide Picklist Mode Parameter 402 SSI FOh 92h Picklist mode enables the digital scanner to decode only bar codes that are aligned under the LED aiming dot Select one of the following picklist modes for the digital scanner e Disabled Always Picklist mode is always disabled e Enabled in Hand Held Mode Picklist mode is enabled in hand held mode Disabled Always 0 Enabled in Hand Held Mode 1 J NOTE Picklist Mode temporarily overrides the Disable Decode Aiming Pattern parameter You can not disable the decode aiming pattern when Picklist Mode is enabled User Preferences amp Miscellaneous Options 4 25 Continuous Bar Code Read Parameter 649 SSI F1h 89h Enable this to report every bar code while the trigger is pulled lt J NOTE Symbol Technologies strongly recommends enabling Picklist Mode on page 4 24 with this feature Disabling Picklist Mode can cause accidental decodes when more than one bar code is in the digital scanner s field of view Disable Continuous Bar Code Read 0 Enable Cont
121. 07 F7 5008 F8 5009 F9 5010 F 10 5011 F11 5012 F 12 5013 F 13 5014 F 14 5015 F15 5016 F 16 5017 F17 5018 F 18 5019 F 19 5020 F 20 5021 F 21 5022 F 22 5023 F 23 5024 E 24 ASCII Character Sets H 11 Table H 6 Numeric Key Standard Default Table Numeric Keypad Keystroke 6042 6043 6044 Undefined 6045 6046 6047 6048 0 6049 1 6050 2 6051 3 6052 4 6053 5 6054 6 6055 7 6056 8 6057 9 6058 Enter 6059 Num Lock H 12 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide Table H 7 Extended Keypad Standard Default Table Extended Keypad Keystroke 7001 Break 7002 Delete 7003 Pg Up 7004 End 7005 Pg Dn 7006 Pause 7007 Scroll Lock 7008 Backspace 7009 Tab 7010 Print Screen 7011 Insert 7012 Home 7013 Enter 7014 Escape 7015 Up Arrow 7016 Dn Arrow 7017 Left Arrow 7018 Right Arrow Introduction CapCode a signature capture code is a special pattern that encloses a signature area on a document and allows a scanner to capture a signature There are several accepted patterns that allow automatic identification of different signatures on the same form For example on the federal tax return 1040 form there are three signature areas one each for two joint filers and one for a professional preparer By using different patterns a program can correctly identify all three
122. 08P Hands Free Scanning To operate the DS4308P in hands free mode 1 Ensure the scanner is properly connected to the host see the appropriate host chapter for information on host connections 2 Place the scanner on the countertop or in the optional wall mount 3 Adjust the scan angle by swiveling the scanner forward or backward in its base Figure 2 7 Adjusting the DS4308P 4 Present the bar code to the scanner The scanner turns on illumination Upon successful decode the scanner beeps and the LED momentarily shuts off For more information about beeper and LED definitions see Table 2 1 and Table 2 2 a Figure 2 8 Scanning with the DS4308P 2 10 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide Scanning in Hand Held Mode Pick up the digital scanner The aiming dot displays 1 Ensure the aiming dot is centered on the bar code See Aiming below Figure 2 9 Centering the Aiming Dot on the Bar Code DS4308 and DS4308P 2 Press and hold the trigger until either a The digital scanner reads the bar code The digital scanner beeps the LED flashes and the aiming dot turns off Or b The digital scanner does not read the bar code and the aiming dot turns off 3 Release the trigger Aiming When scanning the digital scanner projects a red LED dot which allows positioning the bar code within its field of view See Decode Ranges on page 2 12 for the proper distance to achieve between the digital s
123. 1 1028 B CTRL 1029 C CTRL 1030 D CTRL 6 1031 E CTRL 1032 Space Space 1033 IA 1034 B R 1035 IC 1036 JD 1037 E 1038 IF amp 1039 IG 1040 H 1041 N 1042 IJ 5 1043 IK 1044 IL F 1045 1046 1047 JO 1048 0 0 1049 1 1 1050 2 2 1051 3 3 1052 4 4 1053 5 5 1054 6 6 The keystroke in bold transmits only if you enable Function Key Mapping on page 6 11 Otherwise the unbolded keystroke transmits 6 20 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide Table 6 2 USB Prefix Suffix Values Continued Full ASCII Code 39 Prefix Suffix Value Keystroke Encode Char acter 1055 1056 1057 1058 IZ 1059 F 1060 G 1061 H 1062 l v 1063 J 1064 V 1065 1066 1067 1068 1069 1070 1071 1072 I O mi mM ojlo I oi 71 m oj O w gt Gi 1073 1074 1075 1076 1077 1078 1079 1080 1081 1082 A O V O Z Z T A A O V O Z Z T A 1083 1The keystroke in bold transmits only if you enable Function Key Mapping on page 6 11 Otherwise the unbolded keystroke transmits Wa n USB Interface 6 21 Table 6 2 USB Prefix Suffix Values Continued Full ASCII Code 39 Prefix Suffix Value Encode Character Keystroke
124. 1 1 Symbology Parameter Defaults Continued Parameter SSI Page Parameter Number Number Default Number Macro PDF Flush Macro PDF Buffer N A N A N A 11 93 Abort Macro PDF Entry N A N A N A 11 93 11 8 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide Enable Disable All Code Types To disable all symbologies scan Disable All Code Types below This is useful when enabling only a few code types Scan Enable All Code Types turn on enable all code types This is useful when you want to read all codes or when you want to disable only a few code types Disable All Code Types Enable All Code Types Symbologies 11 9 UPC EAN Enable Disable UPC A Parameter 1 SSI 01h To enable or disable UPC A scan the appropriate bar code below Enable UPC A 1 Disable UPC A 0 Enable Disable UPC E Parameter 2 SSI 02h To enable or disable UPC E scan the appropriate bar code below Enable UPC E 1 Disable UPC E 0 11 10 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide Enable Disable UPC E1 Parameter 12 SSI OCh UPC E1 is disabled by default To enable or disable UPC E1 scan the appropriate bar code below J NOTE UPC E1 is not a UCC Uniform Code Council approved symbo
125. 1 4 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide Table 11 1 Symbology Parameter Defaults Continued GE See iere Datani Nair Code 39 Security Level 750 Fih EEh Security Level 1 11 38 Code 39 Reduced Quiet Zone 1209 F8h 04h BQh Disable 11 39 Code 93 Code 93 9 09h Enable 11 40 Set Length s for Code 93 26 27 1Ah 1Bh 1 to 55 11 40 Code 11 Code 11 10 OAh Disable 11 42 Set Lengths for Code 11 28 29 1Ch 1Dh 4 to 55 11 42 Code 11 Check Digit Verification 52 34h Disable 11 44 Transmit Code 11 Check Digit s 47 2Fh Disable 11 45 Interleaved 2 of 5 ITF Interleaved 2 of 5 ITF 6 06h Enable 11 46 Set Lengths for 2 of 5 22 23 16h 17h 6 to 55 11 46 2 of 5 Check Digit Verification 49 3th Disable 11 48 Transmit 2 of 5 Check Digit 44 2Ch Disable 11 49 Convert 2 of 5 to EAN 13 82 52h Disable 11 49 2 of 5 Security Level 1121 F8h 04h 61h Security Level 1 11 50 2 of 5 Reduced Quiet Zone 1210 F8h 04h BAh Disable 11 51 Discrete 2 of 5 DTF Discrete 2 of 5 5 05h Disable 11 52 Set Length s for D 2 of 5 20 21 14h 15h 1 to 55 11 52 Codabar NW 7 Codabar 7 07h Enable 11 54 Set Lengths for Codabar 24 25 18h 19h 4 to 55 11 54 CLSI Editing 54 36h Disable 11 56 NOTIS Editing 55 37h Disable 11 56 Codabar Upper or Lower Case Start 855 F2h 57h Upper Case Stop Characters Detection MSI MSI 11 OBh Disable 11 58 Set Leng
126. 1 Symbology Parameter Defaults Continued Parameter EE ien EE e UPC E Preamble 35 23h System Character 11 19 UPC E1 Preamble 36 24h System Character 11 21 Convert UPC E to A 37 25h Disable 11 22 Convert UPC E1 to A 38 26h Disable 11 22 EAN 8 JAN 8 Extend 39 27h Disable 11 23 Bookland ISBN Format 576 Fih 40h ISBN 10 11 23 UCC Coupon Extended Code 85 55h Disable 11 24 Coupon Report 730 Fih DAh New Coupon 11 24 Format ISSN EAN 617 Fih 69h Disable 11 25 Code 128 Code 128 8 08h Enable 11 26 Set Length s for Code 128 209 210 D1h D2h 1 to 55 11 26 GS1 128 formerly UCC EAN 128 14 OEh Enable 11 28 ISBT 128 84 54h Enable 11 28 ISBT Concatenation 577 F1h 41h Autodiscriminate 11 29 Check ISBT Table 578 F1h 42h Enable 11 30 ISBT Concatenation Redundancy 223 DFh 10 11 30 Code 128 Security Level 751 F1h EFh Security Level 1 11 31 Code 128 Reduced Quiet Zone 1208 F8h 04h B8h Disable 11 32 Ignore Code 128 lt FNC4 gt 1254 F8h 04h E6h Disable 11 32 Code 39 Code 39 0 00h Enable 11 33 Trioptic Code 39 13 ODh Disable 11 33 Convert Code 39 to Code 32 86 56h Disable 11 34 Italian Pharmacy Code Code 32 Prefix 231 E7h Disable 11 34 Set Length s for Code 39 18 19 12h 13h 1 to 55 11 35 Code 39 Check Digit Verification 48 30h Disable 11 36 Transmit Code 39 Check Digit 43 2Bh Disable 11 36 Code 39 Full ASCII Conversion 17 11h Disable 11 37 1
127. 11 25 reduced quiet Zone 11 17 supplemental AIM ID format 11 16 supplemental redundancy 11 15 supplementals 0 0 00 11 12 UCC coupon extended code 11 24 UPGEA EE 11 9 UPC A preamble 11 19 UPCE vernost aaaea a at ak ads 11 9 UPC E preamble 11 20 HRCGSET saccra dase se Bad nade near 11 10 UPC E1 preamble 11 21 USB CONNECHON 26803 aoa se eae tee ee ee a 6 2 default parameters 6 3 parameters NENNEN eee eae 6 5 V video formats 00000 cece eee eae 5 23 video view Inder 5 23 frame SiZe A AE Ed AE a A 5 24 image SIZE 2 kk ee 5 24 W wall mounting s ressora ns cece ee ee 2 8 Index 10 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide A Aperture The opening in an optical system defined by a lens or baffle that establishes the field of view API An interface by means of which one software component communicates with or controls another Usually used to refer to services provided by one software component to another usually via software interrupts or function calls Application Programming Interface See API ASCII American Standard Code for Information Interchange A 7 bit plus parity code representing 128 letters numerals punctuation marks and control characters It is a standard data transmission code in the U S Autodiscrimination The ability of an interface controller to determine the code type of a scan
128. 11 48 2 of 5 convert to EAN 13 11 49 2 of 5 reduced quiet Zone 11 51 2 of 5 security level 11 50 2 of 5 transmit check digit 11 49 IBM 468X 469X convert unknown to code 39 9 5 default parameters 9 3 ignore bar code configuration directive 9 6 ignore beep directive 9 5 port address 2 0000 eee eee 9 4 IDC aspect EE 12 9 bits per pixel 12 10 border type 12 14 captured image brighten 12 12 captured image sharpen 12 13 delay time 12 15 file format selector 12 9 find box outline 2 12 11 beet w ech eae 12 8 JPEG quality 12 10 maximum rotation 12 16 maximum text length 12 12 minimum text length 12 11 operating mode 12 5 symbology 12 6 WICK EEN 12 8 X coordinate 12 7 Y coordinate 12 7 zoom limit 0002020eeaee 12 15 ignore code 128 fnc4 00 00 11 32 illumination 4 31 5 5 illumination brightness 4 32 image brightness target white 5 13 image cropping 5 10 image enhancement 5 15 image file format 5 16 5 20 image resolution 5 12 image rotation 0 2 00 cee eee ee 5 17 intercharacter gap size 11 92 interleaved 20f5 00 e eee eae 11 46 convert to E
129. 11 84 EE EELER EEEEAEEEREE E EE SEA 11 84 COR INV SES E ee 11 85 DENI sarana n E a A a A a E O 11 85 EE A E E N E E E E E T 11 86 Aztec Inverse an ebe sees eed 11 86 elef dl 11 87 Table of Contents xiii Han Xin WAVEISE E 11 87 Symbology Specific Security Levels csictectenedineitsnasrmciassetieboubtencndacmnlastiladtenddaniscentinckdianienahaatiennes 11 88 Redundancy EE 11 88 Securty TEE 11 90 1D Quiet Zone Level A 11 91 Intercharacter Gap SZE AAA 11 92 Report Version ee 11 92 Macro POF Features rarere nni a a E a E E E A aan eat eee 11 93 Flush Macro Butter 11 93 Abort Macro PDF e EE 11 93 Chapter 12 Intelligent Document Capture idee tre EE 12 1 Whe IDC PiOCCSS EE 12 1 Bar Code Acceptance Test o cccccccscccscceeceeeceeeceeccnecceccceeccecceeeceeeceseceeeceeeeeseneeeeeseneeeeeeeeneeegs 12 2 Capture Region RTE EE 12 2 Image Post PIO Ces EE 12 3 Data TRANSMISSION WEE 12 3 PC Application and Programming Support cccccceecccecceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 12 3 Parameters KEE Ee 12 4 IDC Operating IWS EE 12 5 IDC SYMP OlOGY vce hacericsceasvinaonicvesdacanislon tienen reek selucencendccas EN TAA NENANA VAENE N ES 12 6 IDC X Coordinate eee 12 7 IDC Y Coordinate arrens aE EE E aE ad aa RNE avis then ENN R 12 7 IDC dt WE 12 8 IDG H ight miraire rnana A REEERE ENEE A E a i EN E E iaa 12 8 IDG ASDGGE ta ennen a EE A E a a 12 9 IDC File Format Selector cccccccccccecccee
130. 128 3 0 mil N A N A 1 0 in 2 5 cm 3 0 in 7 6 cm Code 39 3 0 mil 1 5 in 3 8 cm 5 4 in 13 7 cm 0 5 in 1 3 cm 5 8 in 14 6 cm 5 0 mil 0 0 in 0 0 cm 11 0 in 27 9cm 0 0 in 0 0 cm 10 0 in 25 4 cm 20 0 mil 0 0 in 0 0 cm 53 0 in 134 6 cm 0 0 in 0 0 cm 30 0 in 76 2 cm 100 UPC 13 0 mil 0 0 in 0 0 cm 28 0 in 71 1cm 0 0 in 0 0 cm 16 5 in 41 9 cm PDF 417 6 6 mil 1 1 in 2 8 cm 8 0 in 20 3 cm 0 2 in 0 5 cm 7 8 in 19 7 cm MicroPDF 4 0 mil N A N A 1 0 in 2 5 cm 4 7 in 11 9 cm Data Matrix 5 mil N A N A 1 2 in 3 0 cm 3 5 in 8 9 cm 7 5 mil N A N A 1 0 in 2 5 cm 6 5 in 16 5 cm 10 0 mil 2 0 in 5 1 cm 9 0 in 22 9 cm 0 8 in 1 9 cm 8 2 in 20 8 cm QR Code 10 0 mil 1 1 in 2 8 cm 8 5 in 21 6 cm 0 0 in 0 0 cm 7 0 in 17 8 cm 20 0 mil 0 9 in 2 3 cm 16 2 in 41 1cm 0 5in 1 3 cm 11 0 in 27 9 cm Introduction This chapter provides suggested digital scanner maintenance troubleshooting technical specifications and signal descriptions pinouts Maintenance General Scanner Maintenance Cleaning the scan window is required A dirty window can affect scanning accuracy e Do not allow abrasive material to touch the window e Remove any dirt particles with a damp cloth e Wipe the window using a tissue moistened with approved cleanser listed below e Do not spray water or other cleaning liquids directly into the window In addition to the cleaning requirements above healthcare conf
131. 13 JAN 13 3 03h Enable 11 11 Bookland EAN 83 53h Disable 11 11 Decode UPC EAN JAN 16 10h Ignore 11 12 Supplementals 2 and 5 digits User Programmable 000 11 15 Supplementals 579 F1h 43h Supplemental 1 580 F1h 44h Supplemental 2 UPC EAN JAN Supplemental 80 50h 10 11 15 Redundancy Decode UPC EAN JAN 672 Fih AOh Combined 11 16 Supplemental AIM ID UPC Reduced Quiet Zone 1289 F8h 05h 09h Disable 11 17 Transmit UPC A Check Digit 40 28h Enable 11 17 Transmit UPC E Check Digit 41 29h Enable 11 18 Transmit UPC E1 Check Digit 42 2Ah Enable 11 18 UPC A Preamble 34 22h System Character 11 19 UPC E Preamble 35 23h System Character 11 20 UPC E1 Preamble 36 24h System Character 11 21 Convert UPC E to A 37 25h Disable 11 22 Convert UPC E1 to A 38 26h Disable 11 22 EAN 8 JAN 8 Extend 39 27h Disable 11 23 Bookland ISBN Format 576 F1h 40h ISBN 10 11 23 UCC Coupon Extended Code 85 55h Disable 11 24 Coupon Report 730 Eih DAh New Coupon Format 11 24 A 8 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide Table A 1 Parameter Defaults Continued GE idee Dreier Darni Nahr ISSN EAN 617 Fih 69h Disable 11 25 Code 128 Code 128 8 08h Enable 11 26 Set Length s for Code 128 209 210 D1h D2h 1 to 55 11 26 GS 1 128 formerly 14 OEh Enable 11 28 UCC EAN 128 ISBT 128 84 54h Enable 11 28 ISBT Concatenation 577 F1h 41h Autodiscriminate 11 29 Check ISBT Table 5
132. 1D Quiet Zone Level on page 11 91 Enable Code 39 Reduced Quiet Zone 1 Disable Code 39 Reduced Quiet Zone 0 11 40 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide Code 93 Enable Disable Code 93 Parameter 9 SSI 09h To enable or disable Code 93 scan the appropriate bar code below Enable Code 93 1 Disable Code 93 0 Set Lengths for Code 93 Parameter L1 26 SSI 1Ah L2 27 SSI 1Bh The length of a code refers to the number of characters i e human readable characters including check digit s the code contains Set lengths for Code 93 to any length one or two discrete lengths or lengths within a specific range The default is 1 to 55 e One Discrete Length Select this option to decode only Code 93 symbols containing a selected length Select the length using the numeric bar codes in Appendix G Numeric Bar Codes For example to decode only Code 93 symbols with 14 characters scan Code 93 One Discrete Length then scan 1 followed by 4 To correct an error or to change the selection scan Cancel on page G 2 e Two Discrete Lengths Select this option to decode only Code 93 symbols containing either of two selected lengths Select lengths using the numeric bar codes in Appendix G Numeric Bar Cod
133. 2 Z 1123 P 1124 oO i 1125 R 5 1126 S s The keystroke in bold transmits only if you enabled Function Key Mapping on page 10 8 Otherwise the unbolded keystroke transmits 10 16 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide Table 10 3 Keyboard Wedge ALT Key Character Set ALT Keys Keystroke 2065 ALTA 2066 ALT B 2067 ALT C 2068 ALT D 2069 ALTE 2070 ALT F 2071 ALT G 2072 ALT H 2073 ALT 2074 ALT J 2075 ALT K 2076 ALTL 2077 ALT M 2078 ALTN 2079 ALT O 2080 ALT P 2081 ALT Q 2082 ALTR 2083 ALTS 2084 ALTT 2085 ALT U 2086 ALT V 2087 ALT W 2088 ALT X 2089 ALT Y 2090 ALT Z Keyboard Wedge Interface 10 17 Table 10 4 Keyboard Wedge GUI Key Character Set GUI Keys Keystrokes 3000 Right Control Key 3048 GUI 0 3049 GUI 1 3050 GUI 2 3051 GUI 3 3052 GUI 4 3053 GUI5 3054 GUI6 3055 GUI 7 3056 GUI 8 3057 GUI 9 3065 GUIA 3066 GUIB 3067 GUI C 3068 GUID 3069 GUIE 3070 GUI F 3071 GUI G 3072 GUI H 3073 GUII 3074 GUI J 3075 GUI K 3076 GUIL 3077 GUIM 3078 GUI N 3079 GUI O 3080 GUI P 3081 GUI Q 3082 GUI R 3083 GUIS 10 18 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide Table 10 4 Keyboard Wedge GUI Key Character Set Continued GUI Keys Keystrokes 3084 GUIT 3085 GUI U 3086 G
134. 39 Coupon Code GS1 DataBar Family Matrix 2 of 5 UCC Composite TLC 39 C Alo D Z Z TF A S T 0 70 m o OF Di gt Chinese 2 of 5 E 2 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide Table Ei Symbol Code Characters Continued Code Character Code Type V Korean 3 of 5 ISSN EAN PDF417 Macro PDF417 Micro PDF417 H Aztec Aztec Rune POO Data Matrix P01 QR Code MicroQR P02 Maxicode P03 US Postnet P04 US Planet P05 Japan Postal P06 UK Postal P08 Netherlands KIX Code PO9 Australia Post POA USPS 4CB One Code Intelligent Mail POB UPU FICS Postal POX Signature Capture AIM Code Identifiers Programming Reference E 3 Each AIM Code Identifier contains the three character string Jem where c m Flag Character ASCII 93 Code Character see Table E 2 Modifier Character see Table E 3 Table E 2 Aim Code Characters Code Character Code Type A Code 39 Code 39 Full ASCII Code 32 Code 128 ISBT 128 ISBT 128 Concatenated GS1 128 Coupon Code 128 portion Data Matrix mia UPC EAN Coupon UPC portion GS1 DataBar Family Codabar Code 93 IIO ml o Code 11 Interleaved 2 of 5 m PDF417 Macro PDF417 Micro PDF417 TLC 39 MSI QR Code MicroQR Discrete 2 of 5 IATA 2 of 5 c o ojl Maxicode N Aztec Aztec Rune Ee Bookland
135. 3h 69h 7013 lt CR gt lt LF gt 4 37 Suffix 1 Value 98 104 62h 68h 7013 lt CR gt lt LF gt 4 37 Suffix 2 Value 100 106 64h 6Ah Scan Data Transmission Format 235 EBh Data as is 4 38 FN1 Substitution Values 103 109 67h 6Dh 7013 lt CR gt lt LF gt 4 39 Transmit No Read Message 94 5E Disable 4 40 Unsolicited Heartbeat Interval 1118 F8h 04h 5Eh Disable 4 41 Imaging Preferences Operational Modes N A N A N A 5 4 Image Capture Illumination 361 FOh 69h Enable 5 5 Image Capture Autoexposure 360 FOh 68h Enable 5 5 Fixed Exposure 567 F4h F1h 37h 100 5 6 Fixed Gain 568 F1h 38h 50 5 6 Gain Exposure Priority for 562 Fth 32h Autodetect 5 7 Snapshot Mode Snapshot Mode Timeout 323 FOh 43h 0 30 seconds 5 8 Snapshot Aiming Pattern 300 FOh 2Ch Enable 5 9 Silence Operational Mode 1293 F8h 05h ODh Disable Do Not Silence 5 9 Changes Image Cropping 301 FOh 2Dh Disable 5 10 Crop to Pixel Addresses 315 F4h FOh 3Bh 0 top 5 11 316 F4h FOh 3Ch 0 left 317 F4h FOh 3Dh 799 bottom 318 F4h FOh 3Eh 1279 right Image Size Number of Pixels 302 FOh 2Eh Full 5 12 Image Brightness Target White 390 FOh 86h 180 5 13 JPEG Image Options 299 FOh 2Bh Quality 5 13 JPEG Target File Size 561 F1h 31h 160 kB 5 14 Table A 1 Parameter Defaults Continued A 4 DS amp 4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide D EU ved Dreis Darni Naa ter JPEG Qu
136. 50 cesta gee nay daa yates dee ve B 5 EE B 5 Czech Programmer 2 0000 B 5 Czech QWERTY 0 00 ee eee ee eae B 5 Danish ict eae donde tesa EE B 5 Dutch Netherlands 20005 B 6 Eetontag 0 2 c 44 00a0bdge abled dosed dear B 6 Faeroese B 6 FINNISH 3 cae haces ee Se Bhat we heidi B 6 French Canada 2000 XP B 7 French Canada 95 98 B 6 French France 000000 cee eee eee B 6 French International B 6 Ee CT WEEN B 7 Gema A 64 434 edad ke de ede AE Me teed thas B 7 Greek B 7 Greek 220 Latin 2000 2000 B 7 Greek 319 Latin 0 00000 000 B 7 Greek 220 ee dE d daa eoed Ae B 8 Greek 319 0000 cee es B 8 Greek Latin B 7 Greek Polytonic 0 00 eee ee eae B 8 Hebrew Israel 2220200 cee eee B 8 Hungarian B 8 Hungarian_101KEY 000 B 8 IRISH EE B 9 Islandic ses aana aiaa ere d a a ewes B 8 Italian B 9 Italian 142 rareori eye ase EN ENN NN E B 9 Japanese ASCII 2 0 0 00 00 ce ee ee B 9 Kazakh 2 5 44 aad epee tnd Sie Ak Ein ged dase B 9 Korean ASCII 0 eee B 9 B 10 KUIZ 4 ee Ont eel Sr SEA hate ne Keo B 10 Latin American B 10 Latvian scenes Bar ENER adeeb alta B 10 Latvian QWERTY esaa aaan aaaea B 10 Lithuanian EE B 10 Lithuanian DM B 10 Macedonian FYROM B 11 Maltese 47KEY
137. 5006 F6 5007 F7 5008 F8 5009 F9 5010 F10 5011 F11 5012 F12 5013 F13 5014 F14 5015 F15 5016 F16 5017 F17 5018 F18 5019 F19 5020 F20 5021 F21 5022 F22 5023 F23 5024 F24 USB Interface 6 27 Table 6 6 USB Numeric Keypad Character Set Numeric Keypad Keystroke 6042 6043 6044 undefined 6045 6046 6047 6048 0 6049 1 6050 2 6051 3 6052 4 6053 5 6054 6 6055 7 6056 8 6057 9 6058 Enter 6059 Num Lock 6 28 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide Table 6 7 USB Extended Keypad Character Set Extended Keypad Keystroke 7001 Break 7002 Delete 7003 PgUp 7004 End 7005 Pg Dn 7006 Pause 7007 Scroll Lock 7008 Backspace 7009 Tab 7010 Print Screen 7011 Insert 7012 Home 7013 Enter 7014 Escape 7015 Up Arrow 7016 Down Arrow 7017 Left Arrow 7018 Right Arrow Introduction This chapter describes the system requirements of the Simple Serial Interface SSI which provides a communications link between Symbol Technologies decoders e g scan engines slot scanners hand held scanners two dimensional scanners hands free scanners and RF base stations and a serial host It provides the means for the host to control the decoder or scanner Communications All communication between the digital scanner and host occurs over the hardware interface lines using the
138. 6 6 1055 7 7 1056 8 8 1057 H H 1058 IZ 1059 F A 1060 G lt 1061 H 1062 l gt 1063 J 1064 V 1065 A A 1066 B B 1067 C C 1068 D D 1069 E E 1070 F F 1071 G G 1072 H H 1073 1074 J J 1075 K K 1076 L L 1077 M M 1078 N N 1079 O O 1080 P P 1081 Q Q 1The keystroke in bold transmits only if you enabled Function Key Mapping on page 10 8 Otherwise the unbolded keystroke transmits 10 14 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide Table 10 2 Keyboard Wedge ASCII Character Set Continued Full ASCII Code 39 ASCII Value Encode Character Keystroke 1082 R R 1083 S S 1084 T T 1085 U U 1086 V V 1087 W W 1088 A X 1089 Y Y 1090 Z Z 1091 Deh 1092 L 1093 DM 1094 N d 1095 O A 1096 DM 1097 A a 1098 B b 1099 C c 1100 D d 1101 E e 1102 F f 1103 G g 1104 H h 1105 l i 1106 J j 1107 K k 1108 L 1109 M m 1110 N n 1The keystroke in bold transmits only if you enabled Function Key Mapping on page 10 8 Otherwise the unbolded keystroke transmits Keyboard Wedge Interface 10 15 Table 10 2 Keyboard Wedge ASCII Character Set Continued ASCII Value Full ASCII Code 39 Encode Char acter Keystroke 1111 0 1112 P 1113 Q i 1114 R 1115 S 7 1116 T g 1117 U 7 1118 V S 1119 RO S 1120 7X 1121 7 112
139. 78 F1h 42h Enable 11 30 ISBT Concatenation 223 DFh 10 11 30 Redundancy Code 128 Security Level 751 Fih EFh Security Level 1 11 31 Code 128 Reduced Quiet Zone 1208 F8h 04h B8h Disable 11 32 Ignore Code 128 lt FNC4 gt 1254 F8h 04h E6h Disable 11 32 Code 39 Code 39 0 00h Enable 11 33 Trioptic Code 39 13 ODh Disable 11 33 Convert Code 39 to Code 32 86 56h Disable 11 34 Italian Pharmacy Code Code 32 Prefix 231 E7h Disable 11 34 Set Length s for Code 39 18 19 12h 13h 1 to 55 11 35 Code 39 Check Digit Verification 48 30h Disable 11 36 Transmit Code 39 Check Digit 43 2Bh Disable 11 36 Code 39 Full ASCII Conversion 17 11h Disable 11 37 Code 39 Security Level 750 F1h EEh Security Level 1 11 38 Code 39 Reduced Quiet Zone 1209 F8h 04h B9h Disable 11 39 Code 93 Code 93 9 09h Enable 11 40 Set Length s for Code 93 26 27 1Ah 1Bh 1 to 55 11 40 Standard Default Parameters A 9 Table A 1 Parameter Defaults Continued Pets aie Dese perou Here Code 11 Code 11 10 OAh Disable 11 42 Set Lengths for Code 11 28 29 1Ch 1Dh 4 to 55 11 42 Code 11 Check Digit Verification 52 34h Disable 11 44 Transmit Code 11 Check Digit s 47 2Fh Disable 11 45 Interleaved 2 of 5 ITF Interleaved 2 of 5 ITF 6 06h Enable 11 46 Set Lengths for 2 of 5 22 23 16h 17h 6 to 55 11 46 2 of 5 Check Digit Verification 49 31h Disable
140. 789 lt gt JNP e OCR B Limited 0123456789 lt gt ACENPSTVX e OCR B ISBN 10 Digit Book Numbers 0123456789 gt BCEINPSXz e OCR B ISBN 10 or 13 Digit Book Numbers 0123456789 gt BCEINPSXz e OCR B Travel Document Version 1 TD1 3 Line ID Cards 0123456789 lt ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRS TUVWXYZ e OCR B Travel Document Version 2 TD2 2 Line ID Cards 0123456789 lt ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ e OCR B Travel Document 2 or 3 Line ID Cards Auto Detect 1 0123456789 lt gt ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ N e OCR B Passport 0123456789 lt ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZN e OCR B Visa Type A 0123456789 lt ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRS TUVWXYZ e OCR B Visa Type B 0123456789 lt ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZN e OCR B ICAO Travel Documents This allows reading either TD1 TD2 Passport Visa Type A or Visa Type B without switching between these options It automatically recognizes the travel document read To choose a variant scan one of the following bar codes Selecting the following OCR B variants automatically sets the appropriate OCR Lines on page 13 12 These five variants invoke extensive special algorithms and checking for that particular document type Variant OCR Lines Setting Passport 2 TD1 ID Cards 3 TD2 ID Cards 2 Visa Type A 2 Visa Type B 2 Selecting one of the ISBN Book Numbers automatically applies the appropriate ISBN checksum so you do not need to set this OCR B Variant continued OCR Programming 13 7 For the bes
141. 88 F1h 4Ch Inverse Autodetect 11 83 Maxicode 294 FOh 26h Disable 11 84 QR Code 293 FOh 25h Enable 11 84 QR Inverse 587 F1h 4Bh Regular 11 85 MicroQR 573 F1h 3Dh Enable 11 85 Aztec 574 F1h 3Eh Enable 11 86 Aztec Inverse 589 F1h 4Dh Inverse Autodetect 11 86 Han Xin 1167 F8h 04h 8Fh Disable 11 87 Han Xin Inverse 1168 F8h 04h 90h Regular 11 87 Symbology Specific Security Levels Redundancy Level 78 4Eh 1 11 88 Security Level 77 4Dh 1 11 90 1D Quiet Zone Level 1288 F8h 05h 08h 1 11 91 Intercharacter Gap Size 381 FOh 7Dh Normal 11 92 Report Version 11 92 Macro PDF Flush Macro PDF Buffer N A N A N A 11 93 Abort Macro PDF Entry N A N A N A 11 93 A 12 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide Table A 1 Parameter Defaults Continued GE EH Drais Darni Naa kar Intelligent Document Capture IDC IDC Operating Mode 594 F1h 52h Off 12 5 IDC Symbology 655 F1h 8Fh 001 12 6 IDC X Coordinate 596 F4h F1h 54h 151 12 7 IDC Y Coordinate 597 F4h F1h 55h 050 12 7 IDC Width 598 F1h 56h 0300 12 8 IDC Height 599 F1h 57h 0050 12 8 IDC Aspect 595 F1h 53h 000 12 9 IDC File Format Selector 601 F1h 59h JPEG 12 9 IDC Bits Per Pixel 602 F1h 5Ah 8 BPP 12 10 IDC JPEG Quality 603 F1h 5Bh 065 12 10 IDC Find Box Outline 727 F1h D7h Disable 12 11 IDC Minimum Text Length 656 F1h 90h 00 12 11 IDC Maximum Text Length 657 F1h 91h 00 12 12 IDC Captur
142. 8859 2 Latin 2 Central European ISO 8859 3 Latin 3 South European ISO 8859 4 Latin 4 North European ISO 8859 5 Cyrillic C 12 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide Country Code Pages Continued ISO 8859 6 Arabic ISO 8859 7 Greek ISO 8859 8 Hebrew ISO 8859 9 Latin 5 Turkish ISO 8859 10 Latin 6 Nordic Country Code Pages C 13 Country Code Pages Continued ISO 8859 11 Thai ISO 8859 13 Latin 7 Baltic ISO 8859 14 Latin 8 Celtic ISO 8859 15 Latin 9 ISO 8859 16 Latin 10 South Eastern European C 14 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide Country Code Pages Continued UTF 8 UTF 16LE UTF 16 Little Endian UTF 16BE UTF 16 Big Endian Mac CP10000 Roman Introduction This appendix describes control parameters for CUK Chinese Japanese Korean bar code decode through USB HID Keyboard Emulation mode lt J NOTE Because ADF does not support CJK character processing there is no format manipulation for CJK output D 2 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide CJK Control Parameters Unicode Output Control Parameter 973 For a Unicode encoded CJK bar code select one of the following options for unicode output e Universal Output to Unicode and MBCS Application
143. A 14 17 Date Format N A N A CCYYMMDD 14 18 No Separator N A N A N A 14 19 Send Keystroke N A N A N A Control Characters 14 20 Keyboard Characters 14 24 Parsing Rule Example N A N A N A 14 39 Embedded Drivers License N A N A N A 14 43 Parsing ADF Example A 14 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide Introduction This chapter provides instructions for programming the keyboard to interface with a USB or keyboard wedge host The host powers the scanner For host setup information see and To select a code page for the country keyboard type see Throughout the programming bar code menus default values are indicated with asterisks ei Feature Option indicates Default US English North American B 2 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide USB and Keyboard Wedge Country Keyboard Types Country Codes Scan the bar code corresponding to the keyboard type For a USB host this setting applies only to the USB Keyboard HID device If the keyboard type is not listed see Emulate Keypad on page 6 9 for the USB HID host For a keyboard wedge host see Alternate Numeric Keypad Emulation on page 10 6 J NOTE Wien changing USB country keyboard types the digital scanner automatically resets and issues the standard startup beep sequences J NOTE For best results when using international keyboards enable Quick Keypad Emulation on page 6 10 IMPORTANT 1 Some country keyboard bar co
144. ALT X 2089 ALT Y 2090 ALT Z 6 24 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide Table 6 4 USB GUI Key Character Set GUI Key Keystroke 3000 Right Control Key 3048 GUI 0 3049 GUI 1 3050 GUI 2 3051 GUI 3 3052 GUI 4 3053 GUI5 3054 GUI6 3055 GUI 7 3056 GUI 8 3057 GUI 9 3065 GUIA 3066 GUIB 3067 GUI C 3068 GUID 3069 GUIE 3070 GUI F 3071 GUI G 3072 GUI H 3073 GUI 3074 GUI J 3075 GUIK 3076 GUI L 3077 GUI M 3078 GUI N 3079 GUI O 3080 GUI P 3081 GUI Q Note GUI Shift Keys The Apple iMac keyboard has an apple key on either side of the space bar Windows based systems have a GUI key to the left of the left ALT key and to the right of the right ALT key USB Interface 6 25 Table 6 4 USB GUI Key Character Set Continued GUI Key Keystroke 3082 GUIR 3083 GUIS 3084 GUIT 3085 GUI U 3086 GUI V 3087 GUI W 3088 GUI X 3089 GUI Y 3090 GUI Z Note GUI Shift Keys The Apple iMac keyboard has an apple key on either side of the space bar Windows based systems have a GUI key to the left of the left ALT key and to the right of the right ALT key 6 26 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide Table 6 5 USB F Key Character Set F Keys Keystroke 5001 F1 5002 F2 5003 F3 5004 F4 5005 F5
145. AN 13 11 49 11 50 interleaved 2 of 5 lengths 11 46 inverse 1D EEN 11 67 ISBT 128 teste Ee AT aia 11 28 ISBT concatenation 11 29 11 30 ISBT concatenation redundancy 11 30 ISSN EAN 2 220 200 0 cece ee 11 25 Japan postal 22200005 11 76 JPEG image options 5 5 13 JPEG quality and size 5 14 JPEG target file size 5 14 keyboard wedge alternate numeric keypad emulation 10 6 caps lock override 004 10 7 default table 10 3 host typeS EEN EEN 10 4 ignore unknown characters 10 4 intra keystroke delay 10 5 keystroke delay 10 5 quick keypad emulation 10 6 simulated caps lock 10 7 Korean 30f5 22 02 ccc eee cece EER 11 66 low light scene detection 4 33 low power mode 4 16 MARZO D seroren iadhte ENERE EREA 11 63 matrix 2 of 5 check digit 11 65 matrix 2 of 5 lengths 11 63 11 64 MAXICOdS AE NN EEN NEE i ier Ees 11 84 microPDF417 2200 eee ee eee 11 81 MICKOQOR scene etd outa eee creda a a 11 85 mobile phone display mode 4 29 motion detect range 4 23 motion tolerance 4 34 movement sensitivity 4 34 MSI estat oid agit d weeded ae e ia 11 58 MSI check digit algorithm 11 61 MSI check digits 11 60 MSI lengths 0 0 000 eee eee
146. Begin New Drivers License Parse Rule on page 14 4 2 Scan any of the field bar codes on the following pages or Send Keystroke Control Characters and Keyboard Characters on page 14 20 to complete the parsing rule 3 After entering the entire rule scan Save Drivers License Parse Rule on page 14 4 to save the rule J NOTE Only ONE driver s license parsing rule may be stored in memory at any time Saving a new rule replaces the prior rule To abort the programming sequence at any time during programming scan Quit Entering Driver s License Rule on page 14 4 Any previously saved rule is retained To erase a programmed saved rule scan Erase Driver s License Parse Rules on page 14 4 Embedded Driver s License Parsing Criteria Code Type After specifying the fields and their order for the parsed driver s license you can also apply standard ADF rules to the parsed data using the Parsed Driver s License criterion bar code in the Advanced Data Formatting Programmer Guide J NOTE Only create standard ADF rules on parsed driver s license data when configured for Embedded Driver s License Parsing See Embedded Driver s License Parsing ADF Example on page 14 43 for a sample ADF rule using this code type criterion 14 4 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide Driver s License Parse Field Bar Codes Begin New Driver s License Parse Rule Save Driver s License Parse Rule Quit Entering Driver s License Rule
147. Capture 1 Verifies a bar code is appropriate to use as an IDC anchor or link See 2 Determines the rectangular region to capture as an image See 3 Processes the captured image See 4 Transmits the data See 12 2 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide Bar Code Acceptance Test Upon decoding a bar code the decoder checks to ensure that the bar code fits the description of a bar code that anchors or links to an IDC form To be accepted as an IDC bar code e The symbology must be enabled in the IDC symbology parameter and enabled for decode in the decoder The IDC firmware allows enabling between zero and eight symbologies simultaneously Code 128 Code 39 Interleaved 2 of 5 Discrete 2 of 5 Codabar PDF417 Data Matrix and EAN 128 e The decoded data must satisfy the values set in the DC Minimum Text Length and DC Maximum Text Length parameters To disable either of these checks set the value to zero If the bar code does not satisfy both requirements it is sent as a normal non IDC decode An IDC bar code is required when IDC Operating Mode on page 12 5 is set to Anchored or Linked Free Form operating mode does not require a bar code but transmits decoded data if one is found and satisfies the requirements If no bar code is decoded the document capture process starts but can be subject to the following condition specify a non zero value for the DC Delay Time on page 12 15 The decoder must wait for at
148. Configuration via 123Scan Unpacking Remove the digital scanner from its packing and inspect it for damage If the scanner was damaged in transit contact support See page xx for information KEEP THE PACKING It is the approved shipping container use this to return the equipment for servicing Getting Started 1 3 Setting Up the Digital Scanner Installing the Interface Cable 1 Insert the interface cable modular connector into the interface cable port on the rear of the digital scanner until you hear a click For the DS4308P tip the scanner forward in its base to best access the port Low medium high beeps sound indicating the scanner is operational Cable interface port Interface cable modular connector clip Interface cable modular connector Figure 1 2 Installing the Cable DS4308 and DS4308P 0 IMPORTANT Insert the cable into the cable interface port until a click sounds When connecting the DS4308 using a USB cable a shielded connector cable is required e g p n CBA U21 S07ZAR If upgrading an LS2208 or LS4208 to a DS4308 use the shielded connector cable 2 Gently tug the cable to ensure the connector is secure 3 Connect the other end of the interface cable to the host see the specific host chapter for information on host connections 1 4 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide Removing the Interface Cable 1 Press the cable s modular connector clip through the access
149. DS4308 DS4308P DIGITAL SCANNER DS4308 DS4308P DIGITAL SCANNER PRODUCT REFERENCE GUIDE MNO00327A01 Revision A August 2014 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide No part of this publication may be reproduced or used in any form or by any electrical or mechanical means without permission in writing This includes electronic or mechanical means such as photocopying recording or information storage and retrieval systems The material in this manual is subject to change without notice The software is provided strictly on an as is basis All software including firmware furnished to the user is on a licensed basis We grant to the user a non transferable and non exclusive license to use each software or firmware program delivered hereunder licensed program Except as noted below such license may not be assigned sublicensed or otherwise transferred by the user without our prior written consent No right to copy a licensed program in whole or in part is granted except as permitted under copyright law The user shall not modify merge or incorporate any form or portion of a licensed program with other program material create a derivative work from a licensed program or use a licensed program in a network without written permission The user agrees to maintain our copyright notice on the licensed programs delivered hereunder and to include the same on any authorized copies it makes in whole or in part The user ag
150. Disable UK Postal 0 11 76 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide Transmit UK Postal Check Digit Parameter 96 SSI 60h Select whether to transmit UK Postal data with or without the check digit Transmit UK Postal Check Digit 1 Do Not Transmit UK Postal Check Digit 0 Japan Postal Parameter 290 SSI FOh 22h To enable or disable Japan Postal scan the appropriate bar code below Enable Japan Postal 1 Disable Japan Postal 0 Symbologies 11 77 Australia Post Parameter 291 SSI FOh 23h To enable or disable Australia Post scan the appropriate bar code below Enable Australia Post 1 Disable Australia Post 0 11 78 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide Australia Post Format Parameter 718 SSI F1h CEh To select one of the following formats for Australia Post scan the appropriate bar code below e Autodiscriminate or Smart mode Attempt to decode the Customer Information Field using the N and C Encoding Tables S NOTE This option increases the risk of misdecodes because the encoded data format does not specify the Encoding T
151. E ee GERS peel Character 1028 B FS 1029 C GS 1030 D RS 1031 E US 1032 Space Space 1033 IA 1034 B 1035 IC 1036 D 1037 IE 1038 IF amp 1039 IG 1040 H 1044 N 1042 IJ i 1043 IK 1044 IL 1045 1046 1047 1O 1048 0 0 1049 1 1 1050 2 2 1051 3 3 1052 4 4 1053 5 5 1054 6 6 1055 7 7 1056 8 8 1057 9 9 1058 IZ RS 232 Interface 8 21 Table 8 4 Prefix Suffix Values Continued a ae Code 39 GC EE ASCII Character 1059 F 1060 G lt 1061 H x 1062 l 7 1063 J 1064 V 1065 A A 1066 B B 1067 C C 1068 D D 1069 E E 1070 F F 1071 G G 1072 H H 1073 1074 J J 1075 K K 1076 L L 1077 M M 1078 N N 1079 O O 1080 P P 1081 Q Q 1082 R R 1083 S S 1084 T T 1085 U U 1086 V V 1087 W Ww 1088 D Xx 1089 Y Y 8 22 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide Table 8 4 Prefix Suffix Values Continued sa tele Code 39 ERE ee EES SE ASCI Character 1090 Z Z 1091 K 1092 L 1093 M 1094 N 1095 0 T 1096 W 1097 A a 1098 B b 1099 C 2 1100 D d 1101 E e 1102 F f 1103 G g 1104 H 1105 l i 1106 J j 1107 K k 1108 L l 1109 M m 1110 N i 1111 O ai 1112 P P 1113 Q q 1114 R d 1115 S s 1116 T t 1117 U e 1118 V y 1119 W n 1120 X x RS 232 Int
152. Enable Ignore Bar Code Configuration Directive Introduction This chapter describes how to set up a keyboard wedge interface with the digital scanner With this interface the digital scanner is connected between the keyboard and host computer and translates bar code data into keystrokes The host computer accepts the keystrokes as if they originated from the keyboard This mode adds bar code reading functionality to a system designed for manual keyboard input Keyboard keystrokes are simply passed through Throughout the programming bar code menus asterisks E indicate default values i dicaiae default Send Bar Codes with Unknown Characters Feature Option S NOTE Most computer monitors allow scanning the bar codes directly on the screen When scanning from the screen be sure to set the document magnification to a level where you can see the bar code clearly and bars and or spaces do not merge 10 2 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide Connecting a Keyboard Wedge Interface Power supply if required Male DIN connector Keyboard Female DIN connector connector Figure 10 1 Keyboard Wedge Connection with Y cable To connect the keyboard wedge interface Y cable lt J NOTE Interface cables vary depending on configuration The connectors illustrated in Figure 10 1 are examples only The connectors may be different than those i
153. FNC1 in second or sixth position ECI protocol implemented MaxiCode 0 Symbol in Mode 4 or 5 1 Symbol in Mode 2 or 3 2 Symbol in Mode 4 or 5 ECI protocol implemented 3 Symbol in Mode 2 or 3 ECI protocol implemented in secondary message Programming Reference E 7 Table E 3 Modifier Characters Continued Code Type QR Code Option Model 1 symbol Model 2 MicroQR symbol ECI protocol not implemented Model 2 symbol ECI protocol implemented Model 2 symbol ECI protocol not implemented FNC1 implied in first position Model 2 symbol ECI protocol implemented FNC1 implied in first position Model 2 symbol ECI protocol not implemented FNC1 implied in second position Model 2 symbol ECI protocol implemented FNC1 implied in second position Aztec Aztec symbol Aztec Rune symbol E 8 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide Code 39 123ABC UPC EAN UPC A 100 0 u 67890 5 F 2 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide EAN 13 100 6789 012 Code 128 23456789 Interleaved 2 of 5 12345678901231 Sample Bar Codes F 3 GS1 DataBar 14 V NOTE DataBar 14 must be enabled to read the bar code below see GS1 DataBar 14 on page 11 68 7612341562341 a PDF417 Data Matrix ZS Maxicode H Ze ot aad ME KE SE E DA Mr L eh XN R Ke KT et F 4 DS4308 DS4308
154. Format Cancel 4 38 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide Scan Data Transmission Format Parameter 235 SSI EBh To change the scan data format scan one of the following eight bar codes corresponding to the desired format J NOTE f using this parameter do not use ADF rules to set the prefix suffix To set values for the prefix and or suffix see Prefix Suffix Values on page 4 37 Data As Is 0 lt DATA gt lt SUFFIX 1 gt 1 lt DATA gt lt SUFFIX 2 gt 2 lt DATA gt lt SUFFIX 1 gt lt SUFFIX 2 gt 3 lt PREFIX gt lt DATA gt 4 User Preferences amp Miscellaneous Options 4 39 Scan Data Transmission Format continued lt PREFIX gt lt DATA gt lt SUFFIX 1 gt 5 lt PREFIX gt lt DATA gt lt SUFFIX 2 gt 6 lt PREFIX gt lt DATA gt lt SUFFIX 1 gt lt SUFFIX 2 gt 7 FN1 Substitution Values Key Category Parameter 103 SSI 67h Decimal Value Parameter 109 SSI 6Dh The wedge
155. It is the protocol used for upgrading firmware downloading software and remote booting of diskless devices Tolerance Allowable deviation from the nominal bar or space width Transmission Control Protocol Internet Protocol See TCP IP Trivial File Transfer Protocol See TFTP TSR See Terminate and Stay Resident Glossary 10 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide U UDP User Datagram Protocol A protocol within the IP protocol suite that is used in place of TCP when a reliable delivery is not required For example UDP is used for real time audio and video traffic where lost packets are simply ignored because there is no time to retransmit If UDP is used and a reliable delivery is required packet sequence checking and error notification must be written into the applications UPC Universal Product Code A relatively complex numeric symbology Each character consists of two bars and two spaces each of which is any of four widths The standard symbology for retail food packages in the United States V Visible Laser Diode VLD A solid state device which produces visible laser light W Warm Boot A warm boot restarts the mobile computer by closing all running programs All data that is not saved to flash memory is lost Tell Us What You Think We d like to know what you think about this Manual Please take a moment to fill out this questionnaire and fax this form to 631 627 7184 or mail to Symbol
156. L describes how to program the DS4308 DL digital scanner to read and use the data contained in the 2D bar codes on US driver s licenses and AAMVA compliant ID cards Chapter 15 123Scan2 provides information on the PC based digital scanner configuration tool 123Scan Chapter 16 Advanced Data Formatting briefly describes ADF a means of customizing data before transmission to the host device and includes a reference to the ADF Programmer Guide Appendix A Standard Default Parameters provides a table of all host devices and miscellaneous scanner defaults Appendix B Country Codes provides bar codes for programming the country keyboard type for the USB keyboard HID device and the keyboard wedge host Appendix C Country Code Pages provides bar codes for selecting code pages for the country keyboard type Appendix D CJK Decode Control describes control parameters for Unicode CJK Chinese Japanese Korean bar code decode through USB HID Keyboard Emulation mode About This Guide Appendix E Programming Reference provides a table of AIM code identifiers ASCII character conversions and keyboard maps Appendix F Sample Bar Codes includes sample bar codes of various code types Appendix G Numeric Bar Codes includes the numeric bar codes to scan for parameters requiring specific numeric values Appendix H ASCII Character Sets provides ASCII character value tables Appendix I Signature Capture Code describes CapCode a special
157. Length IDC Captured Image Brighten Parameter Name Sg BRIGHTEN Parameter 654 SSI F1h 8Eh Enable Captured Image Brighten to make image brightness uniform and enhance contrast such that a large percent of the background pixels is made completely white a smaller percentage of pixels is made completely black if the program determines there is no danger of enhancing the contrast of a very bland area J NOTE This parameter is also used for Signature Capture Disable Captured Image Brighten 0 Enable Captured Image Brighten 1 Intelligent Document Capture 12 13 IDC Captured Image Sharpen Parameter Name Sig SHARPEN Parameter 658 SSI F1h 92h Enable this to enhance the sharpness of the image z NOTE This parameter is also used for Signature Capture Disable Captured Image Sharpen 0 Enable Captured Image Sharpen 1 12 14 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide IDC Border Type Parameter Name DocCap_BORDER Parameter 829 SSI F2h 3Dh Select the style of border used to determine the outline of the capture region in Free Form and Linked modes e Select None to capture the largest rectangular region within the field
158. Length Scan this option to decode Codabar symbols containing any number of characters within the digital scanner s capability Symbologies 11 55 Set Lengths for Codabar continued Codabar One Discrete Length Codabar Two Discrete Lengths Codabar Length Within Range Codabar Any Length 11 56 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide CLSI Editing Parameter 54 SSI 36h Enable this parameter to strip the start and stop characters and insert a space after the first fifth and tenth characters of a 14 character Codabar symbol Enable this feature if the host system requires this data format lt J NOTE Symbol length does not include start and stop characters Enable CLSI Editing 1 Disable CLSI Editing 0 NOTIS Editing Parameter 55 SSI 37h Enable this parameter to strip the start and stop characters from a decoded Codabar symbol Enable this feature if the host system requires this data format Enable NOTIS Editing 1 Disable NOTIS Editing 0 Symbologies 11 57 Codabar Upper or Lower Cas
159. Light Assist Scene Detection Motion Tolerance Hand Held Trigger 858 F2h 5Ah More Motion Tolerance 4 34 Mode Only Movement Sensitivity DS4308P Only 1300 F8h 05h High 4 34 14h Object Detection Method 857 F2h 59h IR Sensor Detection 4 35 DS4308P Only Miscellaneous Options Enter Key N A N A N A 4 36 Transmit Code ID Character 45 2Dh None 4 36 Prefix Value 99 105 63h 69h 7013 lt CR gt lt LF gt 4 37 Suffix 1 Value 98 104 62h 68h 7013 lt CR gt lt LF gt 4 37 Suffix 2 Value 100 106 64h 6Ah Scan Data Transmission Format 235 EBh Data as is 4 38 FN1 Substitution Values 103 109 67h 6Dh 7013 lt CR gt lt LF gt 4 39 Transmit No Read Message 94 5E Disable 4 40 Unsolicited Heartbeat Interval 1118 F8h 04h Disable 4 41 5Eh 1 Parameter number decimal values are used for programming via RSM commands 2 SSI number hex values are used for programming via SSI commands User Preferences amp Miscellaneous Options 4 5 User Preferences Default Parameters The digital scanner can be reset to two types of defaults factory defaults or custom defaults Scan the appropriate bar code below to reset the digital scanner to its default settings and or set the digital scanner s current settings as the custom default e Restore Defaults Resets all default parameters as follows e If custom default values were configured see Write to Custom Defaults the custom default values are set for all parameters each time the
160. Mode Changes Parameter 1293 SSI F8h 05h ODh Enable this feature to silence the beeper when switching between operational modes e g from Decode Mode to Snapshot Mode Silence Operational Mode Changes Enable 1 Do Not Silence Operational Mode Changes Disable 0 5 10 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide Image Cropping Parameter 301 SSI FOh 2Dh This parameter crops a captured image Select Disable Image Cropping to present the full 1200 x 800 pixels Select Enable Image Cropping to crop the image to the pixel addresses set in Crop to Pixel Addresses on page 5 11 Enable Image Cropping 1 Disable Image Cropping Use Full 1200 x 800 Pixels 0 Imaging Preferences 5 11 Crop to Pixel Addresses Parameter 315 SSI F4h FOh 3Bh Top Parameter 316 SSI F4h FOh 3Ch Left Parameter 317 SSI F4h F0h 3Dh Bottom Parameter 318 SSI F4h FOh 3Eh Right If you selected Enable Image Cropping set the pixel addresses from 0 0 to 1279 x 799 to crop to Columns are numbered from 0 to 1279 rows from 0 to 799 Specify four values for Top Left Bottom and Right where Top and Bottom correspond to row pixel addresses and Left and Right correspond to column
161. P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide OR Code US Postnet las lach dl Diadsvalliadiabaalll O123456784 UK Postal Dea fe feg patt ped peg lg mpl lli CPOLABCDLAEB Numeric Bar Codes For parameters requiring specific numeric values scan the appropriately numbered bar code s 0 1 2 3 4 G 2 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide Numeric Bar Codes continued 5 6 7 8 9 Cancel To correct an error or change a selection scan the bar code below Cancel Table H 1 ASCII Value Table 1000 U CTRL 2 1001 A CTRL A 1002 B CTRL B 1003 C CTRL C 1004 D CTRL D 1005 E CTRL E 1006 F CTRL F 1007 G CTRL G 1008 H CTRL H BACKSPACE 1009 I CTRL HORIZONTAL TAB 1010 J CTRL J 1011 K CTRL K 1012 L CTRL L 1013 M CTRL M ENTER 1014 N CTRL N 1015 O CTRL O H 2 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide Table H 1 ASCII Value Table Continued Full ASCII Code 39 ASCII Value Encode Char Keystroke 1016 P CTRL P 1017 Q CTRLQ 1018 R CTRLR 1019 S CTRL S 1020 T CTRL T 1021 U CTRL U 1022 V CTRL V 1023 w CTRL W 1024 X CTRL X 1025 Y CTRL Y 1026 Z CTRL Z 1027 YA CTRL 1028 B CTRL 1029 C CTRL 1030 D CTRL 6 1031 E CTRL 1032 Space Space 1033 IA 1034 B 1035 IC
162. Pin outs Pin USB RS 232 Keyboard Wedge IBM 1 Short to Pin 6 Reserved 1M Resistor to Pin 8 2M Resistor to Pin 8 2 Power Power Power Power 3 Ground Ground Ground Ground 4 Reserved TXD KBD_CLK IBM_TXD 5 D RXD TERM_DATA IBM_RXD 6 Short to Pin 1 RTS KBD_DATA IBM_DIR 7 D CTS TERM_CLK Reserved 8 Reserved Reserved 1M Resistor to Pin 1 2M Resistor to Pin 1 9 EAS EAS EAS EAS 10 EAS EAS EAS EAS SHELL Shield Shield Shield Shield Introduction You can program the digital scanner to perform various functions or activate different features This chapter describes each user preference feature and provides programming bar codes for selecting these features The digital scanner ships with the settings shown in also see for all defaults If the default values suit requirements programming is not necessary To set feature values scan a single bar code or a short bar code sequence The settings are stored in non volatile memory and are preserved even when the digital scanner is powered down ff NOTE Most computer monitors allow scanning the bar codes directly on the screen When scanning from the screen be sure to set the document magnification to a level where you can see the bar code clearly and bars and or spaces are not merging If not using a USB cable select a host type see each host chapter for specific host information after the power up beeps sound This is only necessary upon the first power up
163. Processing Parameter 514 SSI F1h 02h This option is enabled by default to optimize decode performance on 1D bar codes including damaged and poor quality symbols Disable this only if you experience time delays when decoding 2D bar codes or in detecting a no decode Enable Fuzzy 1D Processing 1 Disable Fuzzy 1D Processing 0 4 28 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide Decode Mirror Images Data Matrix Only Parameter 537 SSI F1h 19h Select an option for decoding mirror image Data Matrix bar codes e Always decode only Data Matrix bar codes that are mirror images e Never do not decode Data Matrix bar codes that are mirror images e Auto decode both mirrored and unmirrored Data Matrix bar codes Never 0 Always 1 Auto 2 User Preferences amp Miscellaneous Options 4 29 Mobile Phone Display Mode Parameter 716 SSI Fih CCh This mode improves bar code reading performance off mobile phones and electronic displays Select Enhanced in hand held hands free or both modes or select Normal Mobile Phone Display Mode Normal Mobile Phone Display Mode 0 Enhanced in Hand Held Mode 1 Enhanced in Hands Free Mode 2
164. RS 232 interface cable to the cable interface port on the digital scanner see nstalling the Interface Cable on page 1 3 2 Connect the other end of the RS 232 interface cable to the serial port on the host 3 Connect the power supply to the serial connector end of the RS 232 interface cable Plug the power supply into an appropriate outlet 4 The digital scanner automatically detects the host interface type and uses the default setting If the default does not meet your requirements select another RS 232 host type by scanning the appropriate bar code from RS 232 Host Types on page 8 6 5 To modify any other parameter options scan the appropriate bar codes in this chapter RS 232 Interface 8 3 RS 232 Parameter Defaults Table 8 1 lists the defaults for RS 232 host parameters To change any option scan the appropriate bar code s provided in the RS 232 Host Parameters section beginning on page 8 4 lt J NOTE See Appendix A Standard Default Parameters for all user preferences hosts symbologies and miscellaneous default parameters Table 8 41 RS 232 Host Default Table Parameter Default SE RS 232 Host Parameters RS 232 Host Types Standard 8 6 Baud Rate 9600 8 8 Parity Type None 8 9 Stop Bits 1 Stop Bit 8 10 Data Bits 8 Bit 8 10 Check Receive Errors Enable 8 11 Hardware Handshaking None 8 11 Software Handshaking None 8 13 Host Serial Response Time out 2 Sec 8 15 RTS
165. Reference Guide JPEG Target File Size Parameter 561 SSI F1h 31h Type Word Range 5 350 This parameter defines the target JPEG file size in terms 1 Kilobytes 1024 bytes The default value is 160 kB which represents 160 Kilobytes CAUTION JPEG compress may take 10 to 15 seconds based on the amount of information in the target image Scanning JPEG Quality Selector default setting on page 5 13 produces a compressed image that is consistent in quality and compression time To set the JPEG Target File Size parameter scan JPEG Target File Size below followed by three numeric bar codes representing the value Leading zeros are required For example to set an image file size value of 99 scan 0 9 9 in Appendix G Numeric Bar Codes JPEG Target File Size 3 digits JPEG Quality and Size Value JPEG Quality Parameter 305 SSI FOh 31h If you selected JPEG Quality Selector scan the JPEG Quality Value bar code followed by 3 bar codes from Appendix G Numeric Bar Codes corresponding to a value from 5 to 100 where 100 represents the highest quality image JPEG Quality Value Default 065 5 100 Decimal Imaging Preferences 5 15 Image Enhancement Parameter 564 SSI F1h 34h This parameter configures the digital scanner s Image Enhance feature This feature uses a combination of edge sharpening and contrast enhancement to produce an ima
166. Reference Guide Table E 3 Modifier Characters Continued Code Type PDF417 Micro PDF417 0 Option Value Option Reader set to conform to protocol defined in 1994 PDF417 symbology specifications Note When this option is transmitted the receiver cannot reliably determine whether ECls have been invoked or whether data byte 92p c has been doubled in transmission Reader set to follow the ECI protocol Extended Channel Interpretation All data characters 92 are doubled Reader set for Basic Channel operation no escape character transmission protocol Data characters 92 are not doubled Note When decoders are set to this mode unbuffered Macro symbols and symbols requiring the decoder to convey ECI escape sequences cannot be transmitted The bar code contains a GS1 128 symbol and the first codeword is 903 907 912 914 915 The bar code contains a GS1 128 symbol and the first codeword is in the range 908 909 The bar code contains a GS1 128 symbol and the first codeword is in the range 910 911 Example A PDF417 bar code ABCD with no transmission protocol enabled is transmitted as JL2ZABCD Data Matrix 0 ECC 000 140 not supported 1 ECC 200 2 ECC 200 FNC 1 in first or fifth position 3 ECC 200 FNC1 in second or sixth position 4 ECC 200 ECI protocol implemented 5 ECC 200 FNC1 in first or fifth position ECI protocol implemented 6 ECC 200
167. Set Up DS4308 DL 14 13 AAMVA Parse Field Bar Codes continued AKA Middle Name Initial AKA Name Suffix AKA Name Prefix AKA Birth Date Issue Timestamp Number of Duplicates Medical Codes 14 14 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide AAMVA Parse Field Bar Codes continued Organ Donor Nonresident Customer ID Weight Range Document Discriminator Country Federal Commission Codes Driver s License Set Up DS4308 DL 14 15 AAMVA Parse Field Bar Codes continued Place of Birth Audit Information Inventory Control Race Ethnicity Std Vehicle Class S td Endorsements Std Restrictions 14 16 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide AAMVA Parse Field Bar Codes continued Class Description Endorsement Description Restrictions Description Height in Inches Height in Centimeters Parser Version ID Bar Codes Include this field to emit embedded parser software version identification Parser Version ID
168. The Code 39 buffer was erased Low high beeps A successful transmission of buffered data Macro PDF 2 low beeps MPDF sequence buffered 2 long low beeps File ID error A bar code not in the current MPDF sequence was scanned 3 long low beeps Out of memory There is not enough buffer space to store the current MPDF symbol 4 long low beeps Bad symbology Scanned a 1D or 2D bar code in a MPDF sequence a duplicate MPDF label a label in an incorrect order or trying to transmit an empty or illegal MPDF field 5 long low beeps Flushing MPDF buffer Low high beeps Flushing an already empty MPDF buffer Fast warble beep Aborting MPDF sequence Host Specific USB only Low medium high beeps upon scanning a USB device type Communication with the host must be established before the digital scanner can operate at the highest power level Low medium high beeps occur more than once The USB host can put the digital scanner in a state where power to the scanner is cycled on and off more than once This is normal and usually happens when the PC cold boots RS 232 only 1 short high beep A lt BEL gt character is received and Beep on lt BEL gt is enabled 2 4 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide LED Definitions In addition to beep sequences the digital scanner uses a two color LED to indicate status Table 2 2 defines
169. Traditional Unicode 3 Microsoft New Phonetic IME 2002a 5 B Chinese Traditional Alphanumeric Led Chinese Traditional Array Chinese Traditional Big5 Code Chinese Traditional ChangJie Z Chinese Traditional Dag j Chinese Traditional Phonetic YJ Chinese Traditional Quick e Select Big5 input on Windows XP Chinese Traditional Big5 Code Chinese Traditional Big5 Code DI Chinese Traditional Alphanumeric Chinese Traditional Array e DI Chinese Traditional Big5 Code V B Chinese Traditional ChangJie B Chinese Traditional Davi Chinese Traditional Phonetic EI Chinese Traditional Quick Chinese Traditional Unicode Chinese Taiwan B Chinese Traditional New Phonetic e Select Unicode Big5 input on Windows 7 Chinese Traditional New Quick This option support both Unicode and Big5 input amp Chinese Traditional US Keyboard Chinese Traditional ChangJie J Chinese Traditional DaYi version 6 0 7 EE Chinese Traditional Array version 6 0 10 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide Symbol Code Identifiers Table E 1 Symbol Code Characters UPC A UPC E UPC E1 EAN 8 EAN 13 Code 39 Code 32 Codabar Code 128 ISBT 128 ISBT 128 Concatenated Code 93 Interleaved 2 of 5 Discrete 2 of 5 or Discrete 2 of 5 IATA Code 11 MSI GS1 128 Bookland EAN Trioptic Code
170. UI V 3087 GUI W 3088 GUI X 3089 GUI Y 3090 GUI Z Table 10 5 Keyboard Wedge F Key Character Set F Keys Keystroke 5001 F1 5002 F2 5003 F3 5004 F4 5005 F5 5006 F6 5007 F7 5008 F8 5009 F9 5010 F10 5011 F11 5012 F12 5013 F13 5014 F14 5015 F15 5016 F16 5017 F17 5018 F18 5019 F19 5020 F20 5021 F21 Keyboard Wedge Interface 10 19 Table 10 5 Keyboard Wedge F Key Character Set Continued F Keys Keystroke 5022 F22 5023 F23 5024 F24 Table 10 6 Keyboard Wedge Numeric Keypad Character Set Numeric Keypad Keystroke 6042 R 6043 6044 undefined 6045 6046 6047 6048 0 6049 1 6050 2 6051 3 6052 4 6053 5 6054 6 6055 7 6056 8 6057 9 6058 Enter 6059 Num Lock 10 20 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide Table 10 7 Keyboard Wedge Extended Keypad Character Set Extended Keypad Keystroke 7001 Break 7002 Delete 7003 Pg Up 7004 End 7005 Pg Dn 7006 Pause 7007 Scroll Lock 7008 Backspace 7009 Tab 7010 Print Screen 7011 Insert 7012 Home 7013 Enter 7014 Escape 7015 Up Arrow 7016 Dn Arrow 7017 Left Arrow 7018 Right Arrow Introduction This chapter describes symbology features and provides programming bar codes for selecting these features Before programming follow
171. Ware HandshakiNg WEE 8 13 Host Serial Response Time out ccccccccccceeeee eee e eee ee eee eee e cece eens eee e eee eeeegeeeegeeedeesesseeeeeeeeeeeeees 8 15 EAR 8 16 Been ON BEL 8 16 Inter haracter Delay eet 8 17 Nixdorf Beep LED Options 0 0 cccccccccccncccecceecceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeenees 8 18 Ignore ane ee 8 18 ASCII Character Set for HG 232 8 19 Chapter 9 IBM 468X 469X Interface mn we ye 0 odo WEE 9 1 Connecting to an IBM 468X 469X Host e eecccceceeeeeeesceeeeeeeeeeeeeessceeeneseeeeseenssenseeeeeeenenseneeneeees 9 2 IBM Parameter Defaults 2ccci2accttwccsicbeet ested Qt cere sees te hs acini eid ete 9 3 IBM 468X 469X Host Parameters oo cece ccc ccccceecseeeecsueecesueeeeueeseuueeeeueeeeuueeeeuausesuaeeeuaeeeeaaeeeaaeeeaaa 9 4 EG EE Ek eh een 9 4 Convert Unknown to Code 209 9 5 ele Beep DIFSCHVG EE 9 5 Ignore Bar Code Configuration RE 9 6 ix DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide Chapter 10 Keyboard Wedge Interface eet Mie EE 10 1 Connecting a Keyboard Wedge Interface cc ccccscecencceeeneeeeseeeeeeneeeeneeeneeneeeeneeeeeeseneeeeeneneeneneees 10 2 Keyboard Wedge Parameter Defaults ccasawsinncars ssactuseaveniadiiecarnadnnsaerasteniauareniatsamaensad amended tana 10 3 Keyboard Wedge Host Parameters savec ici sicastscontsnactuassvbnicassisunneteessad cedesentosdabuncanndaeabnedtnraddeseassnaiiens 10 4 Keyboard Wed
172. Windows 1253 Windows 1253 Greek Polytonic Windows 1253 Country Code Pages C 3 Table C 1 Country Code Page Defaults Country Keyboard Code Page Default Hebrew Israel Windows 1255 Hungarian Windows 1250 Hungarian_101KEY Windows 1250 Icelandic Windows 1252 Irish Windows 1252 Italian Windows 1252 Italian 147 Windows 1252 Japanese ASCII Windows 1252 Japanese Shift JIS Windows 932 Shift JIS Kazakh Windows 1251 Korean ASCII Windows 1252 Korean Hangul Windows 949 Hangul Kyrgyz Cyrillic Windows 1251 Latin America Windows 1252 Latvian Windows 1257 Latvian QWERTY Windows 1257 Lithuanian Windows 1257 Lithuanian _IBM Windows 1257 Macedonian FYROM Windows 1251 Maltese _47KEY Windows 1252 Mongolian Cyrillic Windows 1251 Norwegian Windows 1252 Polish_214 Windows 1250 Polish Programmer Windows 1250 Portuguese Brazil Windows 1252 Portuguese Brazilian ABNT Windows 1252 Portuguese Brazilian ABNT2 Windows 1252 Portuguese Portugal Windows 1252 Romanian Romanian Legacy Windows 1250 Windows 1250 Romanian Standard Windows 1250 C 4 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide Table C 1 Country Code Page Defaults Country Keyboard Code Page Default Romanian Programmer Windo
173. a field of like characters Template Valid data Valid data Invalid data 99991 1234A 12345 1234 lt Optional Alpha 2 When this option appears in the template string the data validator accepts an alpha character if present Optional characters are not allowed as the first character s in a field of like characters 2 Template Valid data Valid data Invalid data AAAA2 ABCDE WXYZ ABCD6 Alpha or Digit 3 The data validator requires an alphanumeric character in this position to validate the incoming data 3 Template Valid data Valid data Invalid data 33333 12ABC WXY34 12AB lt OCR Programming 13 17 Any Including Space amp Reject 4 The template accepts any character in this position including space and reject Rejects are represented as an underscore _ in the output This is a good selection for troubleshooting 4 Template Valid data Valid data 99499 12534 34_98 Any except Space amp Reject 5 5 The template accepts any character in this position except a space or reject Template Valid data Valid data Invalid data 55999 A 123 7456 A BCD Optional Digit 7 When this option appears in the template string the template accepts a numeric character if present Optional characters are not allowed as the first character s in a field of like characters 7 Template Valid data Valid data Invalid data 99977 12345 789 789AB 13 18 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference
174. able this to invert upper and lower case characters on the bar code as if the Caps Lock state is enabled on the keyboard This inversion occurs regardless of the keyboard s Caps Lock state Note that this only applies to alpha characters J NOTE Simulated Caps Lock applies to ASCII characters only Enable Caps Lock On S Disable Caps Lock On Caps Lock Override Enable this on AT or AT Notebook hosts to preserve the case of the data regardless of the state of the Caps Lock key Therefore an A in the bar code transmits as an A regardless of the setting of the keyboard s Caps Lock key Enable Caps Lock Override Disable Caps Lock Override J NOTE f both Simulated Caps Lock and Caps Lock Override are enabled Caps Lock Override takes precedence 10 8 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide Convert Wedge Case Enable this to convert all bar code data to the selected case V NOTE Convert Case applies to ASCII characters only Convert to Upper Case Convert to Lower Case TN rt o Conve Function Key Mapping ASCII values under 32 are normally sent as control key sequences see Table 10 2 on page 10 17 Enable this parameter to send the keys in bold in place of the standard key mapping Table entries that do not have a bold entry remain the same whether or not you enable this parameter Enabl
175. able used for encoding e Raw Format Output raw bar patterns as a series of numbers 0 through 3 e Alphanumeric Encoding Decode the Customer Information Field using the C Encoding Table e Numeric Encoding Decode the Customer Information Field using the N Encoding Table For more information on Australia Post Encoding Tables refer to the Australia Post Customer Barcoding Technical Specifications available at http www auspost com au Autodiscriminate 0 Raw Format 1 Alphanumeric Encoding 2 Numeric Encoding 3 Symbologies 11 79 Netherlands KIX Code Parameter 326 SSI FOh 46h To enable or disable Netherlands KIX Code scan the appropriate bar code below Enable Netherlands KIX Code 1 Disable Netherlands KIX Code 0 USPS 4CB One Code Intelligent Mail Parameter 592 SSI F1h 50h To enable or disable USPS 4CB One Code Intelligent Mail scan the appropriate bar code below Enable USPS 4CB One Codel Intelligent Mail 1 Disable USPS 4CB One CodelIntelligent Mail 0 11 80 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide UPU FICS Postal Parameter 611 SSI F1h 63h To enable or disable UPU FICS Postal scan the appropriate bar code below Enable UPU FICS Postal 1 Disable UPU FICS Postal 0
176. after cleaning with a soft non abrasive cloth to prevent streaking 5 Allow the unit to air dry before use Monthly Deen Cleaning Maintenance Keep your scanner in good working order with a regular comprehensive cleaning routine to remove the natural build up of dirt that occurs with everyday use on connectors and the scanner exit window as well as the main surfaces of the device 1 Housing Follow the instructions for daily cleaning and disinfecting above to give the housing a general cleaning 2 Scanner window Wipe the scanner window with a lens tissue or other material suitable for cleaning optical material such as eyeglasses 3 Scanner connector a Dip the cotton portion of a cotton tipped applicator in isopropyl alcohol b Rub the cotton portion of the cotton tipped applicator back and forth across the connector on the scanner Do not leave any cotton residue on the connector c Repeat at least 3 times d Use the cotton tipped applicator dipped in alcohol to remove any grease and dirt near the connector area e Use a dry cotton tipped applicator and repeat steps c d and e do not apply alcohol as directed in any of these steps Troubleshooting Table 3 1 Troubleshooting Problem The aiming pattern does not appear when pressing the trigger Maintenance amp Technical Specifications Possible Causes No power to the digital scanner 3 3 Possible Solutions If the configuration requires a po
177. age The image is re sampled about one output pixel per input pixel for Free Form or Linked modes and two pixels per module in Anchored mode The image is compressed and transmitted in one of the standard image formats selected by the DC File Format Selector IDC Bits Per Pixel and IDC JPEG Quality parameters Note that it may take several seconds for post processing to complete depending on the size of the captured region the options enabled and the decoder model Data Transmission After processing the captured image it is assembled with the decoded bar code data if applicable into an ISO IEC 15434 style packet and transmitted to the host The decoder issues the standard decode beep and the trigger can be released Be sure the USB Device Type on page 6 5 is set to Symbol Native API SNAPI with Imaging Interface PC Application and Programming Support For a sample application running on the Microsoft Windows operating system contact your Symbol Technologies representative This application displays bar code data and or captured images from Intelligent Document Capture enabled decoders and allows setting and reading IDC parameters Complete source code and documentation are also provided for developing custom applications The application includes documentation for the ISO IEC 15434 format as used by the IDC firmware and C code to process it 12 4 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide Parameters This
178. ained in a message Character Set Those characters available for encoding in a particular bar code symbology Check Digit A digit used to verify a correct symbol decode The scanner inserts the decoded data into an arithmetic formula and checks that the resulting number matches the encoded check digit Check digits are required for UPC but are optional for other symbologies Using check digits decreases the chance of substitution errors when a symbol is decoded Codabar A discrete self checking code with a character set consisting of digits 0 to 9 and six additional characters Code 128 A high density symbology which allows the controller to encode all 128 ASCII characters without adding extra symbol elements Code 3 of 9 Code 39 A versatile and widely used alphanumeric bar code symbology with a set of 43 character types including all uppercase letters numerals from 0 to 9 and 7 special characters and space The code name is derived from the fact that 3 of 9 elements representing a character are wide while the remaining 6 are narrow Code 93 An industrial symbology compatible with Code 39 but offering a full character ASCII set and a higher coding density than Code 39 Glossary 3 Code Length Number of data characters in a bar code between the start and stop characters not including those characters Cold Boot A cold boot restarts the mobile computer and erases all user stored records and entries
179. ality and Size Value 305 FOh 31h 65 5 14 Image Enhancement 564 F1h 34h Low 1 5 15 Image File Format Selection 304 FOh 30h JPEG 5 16 Image Rotation 665 F1h 99h 0 5 17 Bits per Pixel BPP 303 FOh 2Fh 8 BPP 5 18 Signature Capture 93 5Dh Disable 5 19 Signature Capture Image File 313 FOh 39h JPEG 5 20 Format Selection Signature Capture Bits per Pixel 314 FOh 3Ah 8 BPP 5 21 BPP Signature Capture Width 366 F4h FOh GER 400 5 22 Signature Capture Height 367 F4h FOh 6Fh 100 5 22 Signature Capture JPEG Quality 421 FOh A5h 65 5 22 Video Mode Format Selector 916 F2h 94h JPEG 5 23 Video View Finder 324 FOh 44h Disable 5 23 Target Video Frame Size 328 FOh 48h 2200 bytes 5 24 Video View Finder Image Size 329 FOh 49h 1700 bytes 5 24 USB Host Parameters USB Device Type N A N A USB Keyboard HID 6 5 Symbol Native API SNAPI N A N A Enable 6 7 Status Handshaking USB Keystroke Delay N A N A No Delay 6 7 USB CAPS Lock Override N A N A Disable 6 8 USB Ignore Unknown N A N A Enable 6 8 Characters USB Convert Unknown to N A N A Disable 6 9 Code 39 Emulate Keypad N A N A Enable 6 9 Emulate Keypad with Leading N A N A Enable 6 10 Zero Quick Keypad Emulation N A N A Enable 6 10 USB ENT Substitution N A N A Disable 6 11 Function Key Mapping N A N A Disable 6 11 Standard Default Parameters A 5 Table A 1 Parameter Defaults Continued SE aes
180. and USB HID keyboard hosts support a FN1 Substitution feature Enabling this substitutes any FN1 character 0x1b in an EAN128 bar code with a value This value defaults to 7013 Enter Key When using host commands to set the FN1 substitution value set the key category parameter to 1 then set the 3 digit keystroke value See the ASCII Character Set table for the current host interface for the desired value To select a FN1 substitution value via bar code menus Set FN1 Substitution Value 2 Locate the keystroke desired for FN1 Substitution in the ASCII Character Set table for the current host interface Enter the 4 digit ASCII Value by scanning each digit in Appendix G Numeric Bar Codes 1 Scan the bar code below To correct an error or change the selection scan Cancel To enable FN1 substitution for USB HID keyboard scan the Enable FN1 Substitution bar code on page 4 39 4 40 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide Transmit No Read Message Parameter 94 SSI 5Eh Scan a bar code below to select whether or not to transmit a No Read message Enable this to transmit the characters NR when a successful decode does not occur before trigger release or the Decode Session Timeout expires See Decode Session Timeout on page 4 26 Disable this to send nothing to the host if a symbol does not decode of NOTE f you enable Transmit No Read and also e
181. ange Corded Nova White DS4308 Area Imager Standard Range Corded Twilight Black DS4308 Area Imager Driver s License DL Parsing Corded Nova White DS4308 Area Imager DL Parsing Corded Twilight Black DS4308 Area Imager High Density Corded Twilight Black DS4308 Area Imager High Density DL Parsing Corded Twilight Black DS4308 Area Imager Healthcare Corded HC White DS4308 Area Imager High Density Corded Checkpoint EAS Twilight Black DS4308 Area Imager High Density DL Parsing Corded Checkpoint EAS Twilight Black DS4308 Area Imager with Integrated Presentation Stand Standard Range Corded Twilight Black DS4308 Area Imager with Integrated Presentation Stand DL Parsing Corded Twilight Black DS4308 Area Imager with Integrated Presentation Stand Standard Range Corded Checkpoint EAS Twilight Black DS4308 Area Imager with Integrated Presentation Stand DL Parsing Corded Checkpoint EAS Twilight Black xviii DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide Chapter Descriptions Topics covered in this guide are as follows Chapter 1 Getting Started provides a product overview unpacking instructions and cable connection information Chapter 2 Data Capture provides beeper and LED definitions techniques involved in scanning bar codes general instructions and tips about scanning and decode ranges Chapter 3 Maintenance amp Technical Specifications provides suggested digital scanner ma
182. anian Programmer Win 7 or higher Russian Russian Typewriter Serbian Latin Serbian Cyrillic Slovak B 14 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide Country Codes Continued Slovak QWERTY Slovenian Spanish Spanish Variation Swedish Swiss French Swiss German Country Codes B 15 Country Codes Continued Tatar Thai Kedmanee Turkish F Turkish Q UK English Ukrainian US Dvorak B 16 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide Country Codes Continued US Dvorak Left US Dvorak Right US International Uzbek Vietnamese Introduction This chapter provides bar codes for selecting code pages for the country keyboard type selected in If the default code page in is appropriate for your selected country keyboard type you do not need to scan a country code page bar code J NOTE ADF rules can also specify a code page based on the symbology and other ADF criteria Refer to the Advanced Data Formatting Programmer Guide Country Code Page Defaults lists the code page default for each country keyboard Table C 1 Country Code Page Defaults US English North Amer
183. antmnasaiagatidbacnnctesen a aa OE A TEANNEN R as 7 14 Stop EE 7 14 Software Handshaking BEE 7 15 FOSURTS LING State resli oree geen Ee Ne DEE Ea a a e E E EAEE 7 16 Decode Data Packet Fommat cette eee e eee e eee eeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeeeeetegeegeeseeseeeseeeeeee 7 16 Host Serial Response Time out ce cece eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeaaeeaaeaasaaaaeeaaaeaaeeaaeeaaeeaeeeaeeaaeeaes 7 17 Host Character Time out ccec cece cece cece eee ceee cece cece ee eeeeeeaeeeeeeeesaeesaseeeseeseaeseeeseesaaeaaaeaaeeaaeeaaeees 7 18 Muftpacket Option eee 7 19 Interpacket TE 7 20 Event Reporting cciticrcicscschcansaceanaeaatnide ieacacned aanactaabaeiaws halen tccananessewndounndednndedsey cananedeneeremiemaleineeadnaseos 7 21 Decode EVent O 7 21 Boot Up EVeIt EE 7 22 Parameter Event cccsccsccssccssceecceecnsaeeeeceaeceaeceeccaecceeceaecceeceecceeeceeeeeseceeeeeeeeeeseneeeneeeeseneseess 7 22 Chapter 8 RS 232 Interface lite Tele te EH 8 1 Connecting an RS 232 ut 8 2 RS 232 Parameter Defaults cccccccecceeceeeceeeeeee cece E EEKE EARE EE eae rE a e E E E 8 3 RS 232 Host Parameters cccccccccccceceee cece eect cette eee eee ee EEE e needed eee dette teeta nent eens ene eeeeeeeeeee 8 4 RS 232 Host Ty Pe stincctesrests acre sdacastawsnsctacnnikicayaelvchts cninitcten KANENN eke ANE EEEa 8 6 EIERE 8 8 Parity E 8 9 Stop Bit Select ENNEN 8 10 REIH 8 10 Check Receive Errors AAA 8 11 Hardware Handshaking EE 8 11 Soft
184. beep sequences V NOTE Select IBM Hand Held USB to disable data transmission when an IBM register issues a Scan Disable command Aim illumination and decoding is still permitted Select IBM OPOS IBM Hand Held USB with Full Scan Disable to completely shut off the digital scanner when an IBM register issues a Scan Disable command including aim illumination decoding and data transmission USB Keyboard HID IBM Table Top USB IBM Hand Held USB IBM OPOS IBM Hand Held USB with Full Scan Disable 6 6 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide USB Device Type continued Simple COM Port Emulation USB CDC Host SSI over USB CDC Symbol Native API SNAPI with Imaging Interface Symbol Native API SNAPI without Imaging Interface Jf NOTE Before selecting USB CDC Host install the CDC INF file on the host to ensure the digital scanner does not stall during power up due to a failure to enumerate USB If the digital scanner stalls to recover it 1 Install the CDC INF file or 2 After power up hold the trigger for 10 seconds which allows the digital scanner to power up using an alternate USB configuration Upon power up scan another USB Device Type USB Interface 6 7 Symbol Native API SNAPI Status Handshaking After selecting a SNAPI interface as the USB device type select whether to enable or disable status handshaking Enable SNAPI Status Handshaking
185. canner and a bar code Figure 2 10 Aiming Dot If necessary the digital scanner turns on its red illumination LEDs to illuminate the target bar code Data Capture 2 11 To scan a barcode center the symbol and ensure the entire symbol is within the rectangular area formed by the illumination LEDs 1D bar code 2D bar code v Il Aiming Dot Figure 2 11 Scanning Orientation with Aiming Dot The digital scanner can also read a bar code presented within the aiming dot not centered The top examples in Figure 2 12 show acceptable aiming options while the bottom examples can not be decoded ei WIR 7 Hen Figure 2 12 Acceptable Aiming DK WII DK Figure 2 13 Incorrect Aiming The aiming dot is smaller when the digital scanner is closer to the symbol and larger when it is farther from the symbol Scan symbols with smaller bars or elements mil size closer to the digital scanner and those with larger bars or elements mil size farther from the digital scanner The digital scanner beeps to indicate that it successfully decoded the bar code For more information on beeper and LED definitions see Table 2 1 and Table 2 2 2 12 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide Decode Ranges Table 2 3 DS4308 Decode Ranges DS4308 SR DS4308 HD Bar Code Type Symbol Density Typical Working Ranges Typical Working Ranges Near Far Near Far Code
186. ceeeceee cette eect tence eee e eee cent eens eet nananana arenaene neern n eneee nte nt 12 9 IDG Bits Per El eer EE 12 10 IDC JPEG fer le 12 10 IDC Find Box el E 12 11 IDC Minimum Text Length Ee 12 11 IDC Maximum Text Length EE 12 12 IDC Captured Image Brighten WEE 12 12 IDC Captured Image Sharpen cccccccececcceeee eee e eee e eee e eee e eens tees tees ede neer aens arenaene reer aee rrenen nt 12 13 IDC B rder Type EE 12 14 IDC Delay Uu EE 12 15 IDC ZOOM Litt 2 2 ee mean anai eia aieneka Ei aaia 12 15 IDC Maximum Rotation cccccccccccce cece cece terete erent n E on E Ea Eaa 12 16 QUICK EE 12 17 Sample IDC Setup 12 17 IDC Ree 12 18 Other le Te EE 12 19 Ouick Start Fom 2 0 ceeccceecccececcececccceeccaeeecauececaueecauececaeeeeaucecaueesaueeesaueeeaueesaueesaueesauesesaeeeesanees 12 19 XIV DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide Chapter 13 OCR Programming Tuuten WEE 13 1 OCR Parameter Defaults scscciecc cscs ccachescaivicavaiecostxcass scdesendesebeceaiacasenccedacces eh ones sesasexcevancaresnacsehonsesehans 13 2 OCR Programming SE wt 13 3 Enable Disable OCR A aasesenesrueerneerinerrnnrrinriinriinnikntnk ennie rtnn rtnn n AERA AR RAAE RARER AAEE RAE RARER AR EAn E nnanet 13 3 OCRA Vaani EE 13 3 Enable Disable OCR B asasesineerneerneernierinnriinriinriknnkkn artenn tann tennt nnn AE REAREA AERAREEAEERAAER EAER A AEEA Ernane 13 5 OCRE IDEA 13 6 Enable Disable MICR EIB 13 9 Enable
187. ceive errors 8 11 data bits 2 000000005 8 10 default table 0 005 8 3 hardware handshaking 8 11 8 12 host serial response time out 8 15 host types EE kee ee ene 8 6 intercharacter delay 8 17 DANY ag eee sd ee eats oie ak erat aes 8 9 RTS line state 0 8 16 software handshaking 8 13 8 14 stop bit select 8 16 Stop DIIS ne doce anaes ada ead ate PRS SE 8 10 lu ETC F 1 scan data options 4 38 security level 11 90 set defaults 4 5 signature Capture 5 19 signature capture height 5 22 signature capture JPEG quality 5 22 signature capture width 5 22 silence operational mode changes 5 9 snapshot aiming pattern 5 9 Index 4 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide snapshot mode timeout 5 8 SSI baud fate NEEN a A 7 12 check parity eroderes antrat 7 14 data packet format 7 16 host character timeout 7 18 host RTS line state 7 16 host serial response time out 7 17 interpacket delay 045 7 20 multipacket option 7 19 Pally i 22 eae eho an ie alae i E 7 13 selecting 0e cece eee eee 7 11 software handshaking 7 15 stop bit seier 7 14 suppress
188. cessed in random order and quickly written and read Reflectance Amount of light returned from an illuminated surface Resolution The narrowest element dimension which is distinguished by a particular reading device or printed with a particular device or method RF Radio Frequency ROM Read Only Memory Data stored in ROM cannot be changed or removed Router A device that connects networks and supports the required protocols for packet filtering Routers are typically used to extend the range of cabling and to organize the topology of a network into subnets See Subnet RS 232 An Electronic Industries Association EIA standard that defines the connector connector pins and signals used to transfer data serially from one device to another Glossary 8 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide S Scan Area Area intended to contain a symbol Scanner An electronic device used to scan bar code symbols and produce a digitized pattern that corresponds to the bars and spaces of the symbol Its three main components are 1 Light source laser or photoelectric cell illuminates a bar code 2 Photodetector registers the difference in reflected light more light reflected from spaces 3 Signal conditioning circuit transforms optical detector output into a digitized bar pattern Scanning Mode The scanner is energized programmed and ready to read a bar code Scanning Sequence A method of programming or configuring
189. ck digit using the numeric keypad in the Advanced Data Formatting Guide The default is 1 OCR Check Digit OCR Programming 13 25 OCR Check Digit Multiplier Parameter 700 SSI F1h BCh This option sets OCR check digit multipliers for the character positions For check digit validation each character in scanned data has an equivalent weight used in the check digit calculation DS4308 OCR ships with the following weight equivalents 0 0 A 10 K 20 U 30 1 1 B 11 L 21 V 31 2 2 C 12 M 22 W 32 3 3 D 13 N 23 X 33 4 4 E 14 O 24 Y 34 5 5 F 15 P 25 Z 35 6 6 G 16 Q 26 Space 0 7 7 H 17 R 27 8 8 1 18 S 28 9 9 J 19 T 29 All other characters are equivalent to one 1 You can define the multiplier string if it is different from the default 121212121212 default 123456789A for ISBN Product Add Right to Left See OCR Check Digit Validation on page 13 26 For example ISBN 0 2 0 1 1 8 3 9 9 4 Multiplier 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 Product 0 18 0 7 6 40 12 27 18 4 Product add 0 18 0 7 6 40 12 27 18 4 132 ISBN uses modulo 11 for its check digit In this case 132 is divisible by 11 so it passes the check digit To set the check digit multiplier scan the following bar code then scan numbers and letters to form the multiplier string from the alphanumeric keyboard in the Advanced Data Formatting Guide Then scan End of Message in the Advanced Data Formatting Gu
190. code Control INTOCUCHION EE D 1 CJK Control Parameters cicictite cdaiacidceiiilevidiclinedsveeses coediticel E VEEE AR EE ETE E E EEKE EE D 2 Unicode Output Control 2 2 2 2 cccccccccccccccecceccceeeeeeceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeteeeneeenei D 2 CJK Output Method to Windows Host 00 ccccccceeeeeceeceeeeeaeeaaeeaeceaaeeaaeeaeeaaecaeceaeseaeceaeeeaeeeaeeas D 3 Non CJK UTF Bar Code Output 2 0 2 ccccccccccccccncccecceecceecceeeeeecceeceeeceeeceeeceseceeseeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeess D 5 Unicode CJK Decode Setup with Windows Host c cccecceeeeeeeeeee eee e eee eeeeeeeeseeeeneeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeees D 7 Setting Up the Windows Registry Table for Unicode Universal Output cceeceeeeeeeeeees D 7 Adding CJK IME on Windows siiccccuatsiicariccanadimteccheteeensteuneste cbdutesearerenievelemeudaiusbereanaraviaddeebsnieats D 7 Selecting the Simplified Chinese Input Method on the Host ccccscccscceeceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees D 8 Selecting the Traditional Chinese Input Method on the Host 0 00 00 eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeennteeeeeeeeeeeees D 9 Appendix E Programming Reference Symbol Code PAS d E 1 AIM Code leet EE E 3 Appendix F Sample Bar Codes EEGEN F 1 URGE WE F 1 WPCA OOF ee F 1 Ne WEED ebe hb dE Eed F 2 CODE ee F 2 ue 72x EE F 2 ENEE EE F 3 Ld OD ca EE F 3 REIH dEr EENEG F 3 WE deele EE F 3 OR COG ee ces apices nash abe sscinSesanteset tesentsustheisiadss tec ANEAN rE EAEE EASE I
191. continuously beeping when a symbol is left in the digital scanner s field of view The bar code must be out of the field of view for the timeout period before the digital scanner reads the same consecutive symbol It is programmable in 0 1 second increments from 0 0 to 9 9 seconds The default interval is 0 5 seconds To select the timeout between decodes for the same symbol scan the bar code below then scan two numeric bar codes from Appendix G Numeric Bar Codes that correspond to the desired interval in 0 1 second increments Timeout Between Decodes Same Symbol User Preferences amp Miscellaneous Options 4 27 Timeout Between Decodes Different Symbols Parameter 144 SSI 90h Use this option in presentation mode or Continuous Bar Code Read to control the time the digital scanner is inactive between decoding different symbols It is programmable in 0 1 second increments from 0 1 to 9 9 seconds The default is 0 1 seconds To select the timeout between decodes for different symbols scan the bar code below then scan two numeric bar codes from Appendix G Numeric Bar Codes that correspond to the desired interval in 0 1 second increments J NOTE Timeout Between Decodes Different Symbols cannot be greater than or equal to the Decode Session Timeout Timeout Between Decodes Different Symbols Fuzzy 1D
192. ct Reference Guide Then in order to limit the full name to 15 characters create the following ADF rule 1 Begin New Rule 2 Criterion Parsed Driver s License 3 Action Send Next 15 Characters 4 Save Rule For a license belonging to Michael Williams the parsed data is Williams Michael and Williams Micha after applying the previous ADF rule Introduction 123Scan is an easy to use PC based software tool that enables rapid customized setup of Symbol Technologies scanners 123Scan uses a wizard tool to guide users through a streamlined set up process Settings are saved ina configuration file that can be distributed via e mail electronically downloaded via a USB cable or used to generate a sheet of scannable programming bar codes Additionally 123Scan can upgrade scanner firmware check online to enable support for newly released products generate a collection of multi setting bar codes if the number of settings is very large stage a large number of scanners simultaneously generate reports with asset tracking information and create custom products Communication with 123Scan2 To communicate with the 123Scan program which runs on a host computer running a Windows XP SP2 or Windows 7 operating system use a USB cable to connect the scanner to
193. cters output as the following representative characters Y outputs as f A outputs as c JP outputs as h J NOTE Enable OCR A before setting this parameter If disabling OCR A set the variant to its default OCR A Full ASCIl OCR A Full ASCII 0 OCR A Reserved 1 1 OCR A Reserved 2 2 OCR A Banking 3 OCR Programming 13 5 Enable Disable OCR B Parameter 681 SSI F1h A9h To enable or disable OCR B scan one of the following bar codes J NOTE OCR is not as secure as a bar code To decrease OCR misdecodes and speed OCR reading set an accurate OCR template and character subset and use a check digit See OCR Subset on page 13 13 and OCR Template on page 13 15 J NOTE All OCR fonts are disabled by default Enabling OCR can slow bar code decoding Enabling more than one OCR font could also slow OCR decoding and impact OCR decoding accuracy Enable OCR B 1 Disable OCR B 0 13 6 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide OCR B Variant Parameter 685 SSI F1h ADh OCR B has the following variants Selecting the most appropriate font variant affects performance and accuracy e OCR B Full ASCII 1 0123456789 lt gt ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ N e OCR B Banking 0123456
194. curs because the handshaking applies only to packeted data In this example the packeted_decode parameter is disabled Decoder Host Data is captured ASCII data gt by decoder ACK NAK Disabled and Packeted DECODE_DATA In this example ACK NAK does not occur even though packeted_decode is enabled because the ACK NAK handshaking parameter is disabled Decoder 1 Data is captured DECODE_DATA gt Host by decoder message sent SSI Interface 7 5 ACK NAK Disabled and Unpacketed ASCII Data Data captured by the digital scanner is sent to the host Decoder 1 Data is captured ASCII data sent Host by decoder Communication Summary RTS CTS Lines All communication must use RTS CTS handshaking as described in the Simple Serial Interface Programmer s Guide p n 72 40451 xx If hardware handshaking is disabled or bypassed the WAKEUP command must be sent prior to all other communications or the first byte of a communication message may be lost during the digital scanner wakeup sequence ACK NAK Option Enable or disable ACK NAK handshaking This handshaking is enabled by default and Symbol Technologies recommends leaving it enabled Disabling this handshaking can cause communication problems as handshaking is the only acknowledgment that a message was received and if it was received correctly ACK NAK is not used with unpacketed decode data regardless of whether or not it is enabled Number o
195. d Message on page 4 40 the digital scanner appends the code ID for Code 39 to the NR message Symbol Code ID Character 2 AIM Code ID Character 1 None 0 User Preferences amp Miscellaneous Options 4 37 Prefix Suffix Values Key Category Parameter P 99 S1 98 S2 100 SSI P 63h S1 62h S2 64h Decimal Value Parameter P 105 S1 104 S2 106 SSI P 69h S1 68h S2 6GAh You can append a prefix and or one or two suffixes to scan data for use in data editing To set a value for a prefix or suffix scan a four digit number i e four bar codes from Appendix G Numeric Bar Codes that corresponds to that value SeeAppendix H ASCII Character Sets for the four digit codes When using host commands to set the prefix or suffix set the key category parameter to 1 then set the 3 digit decimal value See Appendix H ASCII Character Sets for the four digit codes The default prefix and suffix value is 7013 lt CR gt lt LF gt the Enter key To correct an error or change a selection scan Cancel on page G 2 J NOTE To use Prefix Suffix values first set the Scan Data Transmission Format on page 4 38 Scan Prefix 7 Scan Suffix 1 6 Scan Suffix 2 8 Data
196. d the code must have a leading zero and a valid EAN 13 check digit Convert 2 of 5 to EAN 13 Enable 1 Do Not Convert 2 of 5 to EAN 13 Disable 0 11 50 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide l 2 of 5 Security Level Parameter 1121 SSI F8h 04h 61h Interleaved 2 of 5 bar codes are vulnerable to misdecodes particularly when 2 of 5 Lengths is set to Any Length The digital scanner offers four levels of decode security for Interleaved 2 of 5 bar codes There is an inverse relationship between security and digital scanner aggressiveness Increasing the level of security can reduce scanning aggressiveness so select only the level of security necessary e 2 of 5 Security Level 0 This setting allows the digital scanner to operate in its most aggressive state while providing sufficient security in decoding most in spec bar codes e 2 of 5 Security Level 1 A bar code must be successfully read twice and satisfy certain safety requirements before being decoded This default setting eliminates most misdecodes e 2 of 5 Security Level 2 Select this option with greater bar code security requirements if Security Level 1 fails to eliminate misdecodes e 12 of 5 Security Level 3 If you selected Security Level 2 and misdecodes still occur select this security level The highest safety req
197. de 2 22 cccccceccee cece cece eee ee eect ee ee eee e ete ae eee seeaeaaaeeaeeaaaeeaseaaeeaaeeesaeeeaeneea 11 24 COUPON Report EE 11 24 Table of Contents xi ISSN BAIN EE 11 25 Code KEE 11 26 Eridble Disable Code 128 escher eege 11 26 Set Lengths for Code 128 gebeten 11 26 Enable Disable GS1 128 formerly UCCEAN 1201 11 28 Enable Disable E E geed EE 11 28 ISBT Concatenation ee 11 29 Check bo od ORM ege 11 30 ISBT COnGatenialion NEE in e 11 30 OS 128 Securty EE 11 31 Code 128 Reduced Quiet Zone EE 11 32 ignore Code Ke e 11 32 COJ E 11 33 Enable Disable Code 39 eesutegr S egeggekEgeegee Eder ENEE ANNEKE NANNAN EEKi 11 33 Enable Disable Trioptic Code 20 11 33 Convert Code 39 to Code 32 EE 11 34 Code 2 EE 11 34 Set Lengths for Code BEE 11 35 Code 39 Check Digit Verification ME 11 36 Transmit Code 39 Check E 11 36 Code 39 Full ASCII Conversion E 11 37 Code 39 Security Level EE 11 38 Code 39 Reduced Quiet Zone esiiccctsecsacsissertcvensgcadnuueddectennmuravkicacntvndceyennauanesudrenddxaddureoctiedueeueayy 11 39 EE aeaa e ee 11 40 Eridble Disable Code 92 EE 11 40 Set Lengths for Eegeregie 11 40 COGS EE 11 42 Code EE 11 42 Set Lengths for Code EEN 11 42 Code 11 Check Digit Verification eege ER 11 44 Transmit Code 11 Check RE 11 45 Interleaved 20f 5 TFE girir tirto a ee eee renee er ee er er ere 11 46 Enable Disable Interleaved EE 11 46 Set Lengths for Interleaved 2 of 5 EE 11 46 2 of 5 Check Digit Verification acireamna
198. de s provided in this chapter J NOTE See Appendix A Standard Default Parameters for all user preferences symbologies and miscellaneous default parameters Table 6 1 USB Interface Parameter Defaults Parameter Default mane USB Host Parameters USB Device Type USB Keyboard HID 6 5 Symbol Native API SNAPI Status Handshaking Enable 6 7 USB Keystroke Delay No Delay 6 7 USB CAPS Lock Override Disable 6 8 USB Ignore Unknown Characters Enable 6 8 USB Convert Unknown to Code 39 Disable 6 9 Emulate Keypad Enable 6 9 Emulate Keypad with Leading Zero Enable 6 10 Quick Keypad Emulation Enable 6 10 USB ENT Substitution Disable 6 11 6 4 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide Table 6 1 USB Interface Parameter Defaults Continued Parameter Default SE Function Key Mapping Disable 6 11 Simulated Caps Lock Disable 6 12 Convert Case None 6 12 USB Static CDC Enable 6 13 Ignore Beep Enable Ignore 6 14 Ignore Bar Code Configuration Enable Ignore 6 14 USB Polling Interval 3 msec 6 15 USB Fast HID Enable 6 16 IBM Specification Version Version 2 2 6 17 USB Interface 6 5 USB Host Parameters USB Device Type Select the desired USB device type To select a country keyboard type for the USB Keyboard HID host see Appendix B Country Codes J NOTE When changing USB Device Types the digital scanner automatically resets and issues the standard startup
199. de symbol Most UPC EAN codes are used over a range of magnifications e g from 0 80 to 2 00 of nominal NVM Non Volatile Memory O ODI See Open Data Link Interface Open Data Link Interface ODI Novell s driver specification for an interface between network hardware and higher level protocols It supports multiple protocols on a single NIC Network Interface Controller It is capable of understanding and translating any network information or request sent by any other ODI compatible protocol into something a NetWare client can understand and process Open System Authentication Open System authentication is a null authentication algorithm P PAN Personal area network Using Bluetooth wireless technology PANs enable devices to communicate wirelessly Generally a wireless PAN consists of a dynamic group of less than 255 devices that communicate within about a 33 foot range Only devices within this limited area typically participate in the network Parameter A variable that can have different values assigned to it PC Card A plug in expansion card for laptop computers and other devices also called a PCMCIA card PC Cards are 85 6mm long x 54 mm wide and have a 68 pin connector There are several different kinds s Type l 3 3 mm high use RAM or Flash RAM s Type Il 5 mm high use modems LAN adaptors e Type Ill 10 5 high use Hard Disks PCMCIA Personal Computer Memory Card Interface Association See PC Card
200. de types are specific to certain Windows Operating Systems A i e XP and Win 7 or higher Bar codes requiring a specific Windows OS are noted so in their bar code captions 2 Use the French International bar code for Belgian French keyboards US English North American US English Mac Albanian Arabic 101 Arabic 102 Country Codes B 3 Country Codes Continued Arabic 102 AZERTY Azeri Latin Azeri Cyrillic Belarusian Bosnian Latin Bosnian Cyrillic Bulgarian Latin B 4 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide Country Codes Continued Bulgarian Cyrillic Typewriter Bulgarian Windows XP Typewriter Win 7 or higher Canadian French Win Canadian French Legacy Canadian Multilingual Standard Chinese ASCII Country Codes B 5 Country Codes Continued Chinese Simplified Chinese Traditional For CJK keyboard types see Appendix D CJK Decode Control Croatian Czech Czech Programmer Czech QWERTY Danish B 6 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide Country Codes Continued Dutch Netherlands Faeroese French France French Canada 95 98 Estonian Finnish French International Belgian French Country Codes B 7 Country Codes Continued French Canada 2000 XP Note that there is also a country code bar code for Canadian Multilingual Standard on page B 4 Be sure to ee
201. des If you enable ACK NAK handshaking the following occurs The host sends a PARAM_SEND message The digital scanner cannot interpret the message The digital scanner CMD_NAKs the message The host resends the message The digital scanner receives the message successfully responds with CMD_ACK and implements parameter changes 7 4 DS amp 4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide Transfer of Decode Data The Decode Data Packet Format parameter controls how decode data is sent to the host Set this parameter to send the data in a DECODE_DATA packet Clear this parameter to transmit the data as raw ASCII data e NOTE When transmitting decode data as raw ASCII data ACK NAK handshaking does not apply regardless of the state of the ACK NAK handshaking parameter ACK NAK Enabled and Packeted Data The digital scanner sends a DECODE_DATA message after a successful decode The digital scanner waits for a programmable time out for a CMD_ACK response If it does not receive the response the digital scanner tries to send two more times before issuing a host transmission error H the digital scanner receives a CMD_NAK from the host it may attempt a retry depending on the cause field of the CMD_NAK message 1 DECODE_DATA gt Decoder Host Data is captured 2 by decoder 2 CMD_ACK message sent ACK NAK Enabled and Unpacketed ASCII Data Even though the ACK NAK handshaking is enabled no handshaking oc
202. disable this mode Enable GS1 128 Emulation Mode for UCC EAN Composite Codes 1 Disable GS1 128 Emulation Mode for UCC EAN Composite Codes 0 11 74 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide Postal Codes US Postnet Parameter 89 SSI 59h To enable or disable US Postnet scan the appropriate bar code below Enable US Postnet 1 Disable US Postnet 0 US Planet Parameter 90 SSI 5Ah To enable or disable US Planet scan the appropriate bar code below Enable US Planet 1 Disable US Planet 0 Symbologies 11 75 Transmit US Postal Check Digit Parameter 95 SSI 5Fh Select whether to transmit US Postal data which includes both US Postnet and US Planet with or without the check digit Transmit US Postal Check Digit 1 Do Not Transmit US Postal Check Digit 0 UK Postal Parameter 91 SSI 5Bh To enable or disable UK Postal scan the appropriate bar code below Enable UK Postal 1
203. divided by 10 leaves a remainder of 9 Digit Add Right to Left Simple Remainder 6 13 30 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide Health Industry HIBCC43 This is the health industry module 43 check digit standard The check digit is the modulus 43 sum of all the character values in a given message and is printed as the last character in a given message Example Supplier Labelling Data Structure A123BJC5D6E71 Sum of values 41 10 14 2 34 11 194 12 5 13 6 14 7 1 145 Divide 145 by 43 The quotient is 3 with a remainder of 16 The check digit is the character corresponding to the value of the remainder see Table 13 2 which in this example is 16 or G The complete Supplier Labelling Data Structure including the check digit therefore is A123BJC5D6E71G Table 13 2 Table of Numeric Value Assignments for Computing HIBC LIC Data Format Check Digit 0 0 9 9 EA R 27 36 1 1 A 10 J 19 S 28 37 2 2 B 11 K 20 T 29 Space 38 3 3 C 12 L 21 U 30 39 4 4 D 13 M 22 V 31 40 5 5 E 14 N 23 W 32 41 6 6 F 15 O 24 X 33 42 7 7 G 16 P 25 Y 34 8 8 H 17 Q 26 Z 35 Health Industry HIBCC43 9 OCR Programming 13 31 Inverse OCR Parameter 856 SSI F2h 58h Inverse OCR is white or light words on a black or dark background Select
204. e x Disable Keyboard Wedge Interface 10 9 FN1 Substitution Enable this to replace FN1 characters in an EAN128 bar code with a user selected keystroke see EN Substitution Values on page 4 39 Enable nm Disable Send Make and Break Enable this to prevent sending the scan codes for releasing a key Send Make and Break Scan Codes Send Make Scan Code Only lt J NOTE Windows based systems must use Send Make and Break Scan Codes 10 10 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide Keyboard Maps Refer to the following keyboard maps for prefix suffix keystroke parameters To program the prefix suffix values see the bar codes on page 4 37 Co aes DT DEET a EE ee eee ee eee UUH L JO ILL K Figure 10 2 BM PS2 Type Keyboard Keyboard Wedge Interface 10 11 ASCII Character Set for Keyboard Wedge NOTE Code 39 Full ASCII interprets the bar code special character preceding a Code 39 character and assigns an ASCII character value to the pair For example if you enable Code 39 Full ASCII and scan B it transmits as b J as and V as Scanning ABC I outputs the keystroke equivalent of ABC gt Table 10 2 Keyboard Wedge ASCII Character Set Full ASCII Code 39 ASCII Value Encode Character Keystroke 1001 A CTRLA 1002 B CTRLB 1003 C CTRL
205. e BOOTP A protocol for remote booting of diskless devices Assigns an IP address to a machine and may specify a boot file The client sends a bootp request as a broadcast to the bootp server port 67 and the bootp server responds using the bootp client port 68 The bootp server must have a table of all devices associated MAC addresses and IP addresses bps See Bits Per Second Byte On an addressable boundary eight adjacent binary digits 0 and 1 combined in a pattern to represent a specific character or numeric value Bits are numbered from the right 0 through 7 with bit O the low order bit One byte in memory is used to store one ASCII character C CDRH Center for Devices and Radiological Health A federal agency responsible for regulating laser product safety This agency specifies various laser operation classes based on power output during operation CDRH Class 1 This is the lowest power CDRH laser classification This class is considered intrinsically safe even if all laser output were directed into the eye s pupil There are no special operating procedures for this class CDRH Class 2 No additional software mechanisms are needed to conform to this limit Laser operation in this class poses no danger for unintentional direct human exposure Character A pattern of bars and spaces which either directly represents data or indicates a control function such as a number letter punctuation mark or communications control cont
206. e scciicsisecotexcensascascdesstsccarnesansnicontsceneevassecontpecarnexensudeintnonseeasencners 1 4 Connecting Power if required E 1 4 Configuring the Digital Scanner EE 1 4 Lee e EEN 1 5 Chapter 2 Data Capture iise te EE 2 1 Beeper Definitions cccccccccccccceee cece cece eter eee eee e eter eee e ener ett eet ented tate ta eae ended sege see eaeaeeeaeneas 2 2 LED DEFINITIONS gerici crena E EENE EEE EEN AEN e 2 4 ScanNiN EE 2 5 Scanning in Hands Free Presentation Mode DS4308 oo eee eeeeetee tere ee eeentaeeeeeeeeeeeea 2 5 Scanning in Hands Free Presentation Mode DS4308P 00 cence eee eeeeeeettaeeeeeeeeeeees 2 8 Scanning in e Elo Ge DE Ne TE 2 10 AMINO WE 2 10 Decode Ranges vi DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide Chapter 3 Maintenance amp Technical Specifications dree ee EE 3 1 Maintenance ersan a EE A deed ege Aen 3 1 General Scanner Maintenance ccccccccccececccececeeeceeeceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeess 3 1 Healthcare Scanner Maintenance cccceceeeeeeeeecesceeeeeeaaeeaeeeaaeaaaaaaaaaaaeeaaeeaaeeaeeeaeeeaaeeaeeeas 3 1 TrouDleSNOOtINg eene eege 3 3 Report Software Version Bar Code ccceeeseeeeeeeeceeeeeeaeeeaaaaaaeaaaeaaaeaaeeaaesaaeceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeaes 3 6 Technical Specifications 3 7 Digital Scanner Signal RTE ne EE 3 9 Chapter 4 User Preferences amp Miscellaneous Options IntrodUCHON EE 4 1 Scanning
207. e 11 58 MSI transmit check digit 11 60 Netherlands KIX code 11 79 numeric bar codes 00 0c eee eee G 2 object detection method 4 35 OCR check digit 13 24 check digit multiplier 13 25 check digit validation 13 26 default table 13 2 inverse OCH 13 31 IEN 13 12 maximum characters 13 13 MICRE13B 0 0 0 0 cc eee eee 13 9 minimum character 13 12 OGREA asec ced el SE wm ach EE ge E 13 3 OCR A variant 220055 13 3 OCR B REENEN AE aided Sage ate ed 13 5 OCHRBvarant aana aaan aaa 13 6 orientation 13 10 parameters 13 3 quiet zone 13 14 SUDSEL as eee thts skp ee A a 13 13 template 2200000 ee eee 13 15 US currency serial number 13 10 pager motor 0c eee eee eee 4 12 parameter scanning 00e ee ee 4 6 parser version ID 14 16 PDF prioritization 4 30 PDF prioritization timeout 4 30 PDF4 18 EEN 11 81 picklist mode 4 24 post decode illumination 4 32 postal 11 74 prefix suffix values 4 37 presentation mode field of view 4 31 QR code ebe Er eg orii a 11 84 QR inverse 20 000 eee eee 11 85 quiet zone level 11 91 redundancy level 000 eau 11 88 report version 11 92 RS 232 baud rate 2c esau eta dye na ee has yes 8 8 beep on bel 8 16 check re
208. e ACK NAK with ENQ This combines the two previous options For re transmissions of data due to a NAK from the host an additional ENQ is not required e XON XOFF An XOFF character turns the digital scanner transmission off until the scanner receives an XON character There are two situations for XON XOFF e The digital scanner receives an XOFF before has data to send When the scanner has data to send it waits up to Host Serial Response Time out for an XON character before transmission If it does not receive the XON within this time the digital scanner issues an error indication and discards the data e The digital scanner receives an XOFF during a transmission Data transmission then stops after sending the current byte When the digital scanner receives an XON character it sends the rest of the data message The digital scanner waits indefinitely for the XON 8 14 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide Software Handshaking continued None ACK NAK ENQ ACK NAK with ENQ XON XOFF RS 232 Interface 8 15 Host Serial Response Time out This parameter specifies how long the digital scanner waits for an ACK NAK or CTS before determining that a transmission error occurred This only applies when in one of the ACK NAK software handshaking modes or RTS CTS hardware handshaking mode Kags Min
209. e Brazilian ABNT Portuguese Brazilian ABNT2 Default code page CP1252 Missing character Country keyboard type Azeri Latin Default code page CP1254 Missing characters CJK Decode Control D 7 Unicode CJK Decode Setup with Windows Host This section describes how to set up CJK decode with a Windows host Setting Up the Windows Registry Table for Unicode Universal Output To support the Unicode universal output method set up the Windows host registry table as follows 1 Select Start gt Run gt regedt32 to start the registry editor 2 Under HKEY_Current_User Control Panel Input Method set EnableHexNumpad to 1 as follows HKEY_CURRENT_USER Control Panel Input Method EnableHexNumpad 1 If this key does not exist add it as type REG_SZ string value 3 Reboot the computer to implement the registry change Adding CJK IME on Windows To add the desired CJK input language 1 Click Start gt Control Panel 2 Ifthe Control Panel opens in category view select Switch to Classic View in the top left corner 3 Select Regional and Language Options 4 Click the Language tab 5 Under Supplemental Language Support select the Install Files for East Asian Languages check box if not already selected and click Apply This may require a Windows installation CD to install the required files This step ensures that the East Asian Languages CJK are available 6 Under Text Services and Input Language click Details
210. e Linked mode captures an image whose size and position are determined by a rectangular border on the page The IDC firmware requires that a bar code is present in order to capture an image decodes it and uses it to adjust the image to the upright orientation Other Suggestions Hold the decoder at an angle up down or side to side to the page instead of perpendicular to it The IDC firmware de skews and adjusts the brightness enabled by default to produce a quality image when the decoder is held at less than ideal conditions symbol IDC 128 x S S el OC s i Q Y S Intelligent Doc Figure 12 1 Quick Start Form 12 20 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide Introduction This chapter describes how to set up the digital scanner for OCR programming The digital scanner can read 6 to 60 point OCR typeface It supports font types OCR A OCR B MICR E13B and US Currency Serial Number OCR is not as secure as a bar code To decrease OCR misdecodes and speed OCR reading set an accurate OCR template and character subset and use a check digit All OCR fonts are disabled by default Enabling OCR can slow bar code decoding Enabling more than one OCR font could also slow OCR decoding and impact OCR decoding accuracy Throughout the programming bar code menus asterisks indicate default values kee Indicates Default Disable OCR A Feature Option
211. e Start Stop Characters Detection Parameter 855 SSI F2h 57h Select whether to detect upper case or lower case Codabar start stop characters Lower Case 1 Upper Case 0 11 58 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide MSI Enable Disable MSI Parameter 11 SSI OBh To enable or disable MSI scan the appropriate bar code below Enable MSI 1 Disable MSI 0 Set Lengths for MSI Parameter L1 30 SSI 1Eh L2 31 SSI 1Fh The length of a code refers to the number of characters i e human readable characters including check digit s the code contains Set lengths for MSI to any length one or two discrete lengths or lengths within a specific range The default is 4 to 55 e One Discrete Length Select this option to decode only MSI symbols containing a selected length Select the length using the numeric bar codes in Appendix G Numeric Bar Codes For example to decode only MSI symbols with 14 characters scan MSI One Discrete Length then scan 1 followed by 4 To correct an error or to change the selection scan Cancel on page G 2 e Two Discrete Lengths Select this option to decode only MSI symbols containing either of two selected lengths Select lengths using the numeric bar codes in Appendix G Numeric Bar Codes For example to decode only MSI symbols containing eit
212. e aggressively in terms of quiet zone e 2 The digital scanner only requires one side EB end of bar code for decoding e 3 The digital scanner decodes anything in terms of quiet zone or end of bar code 1D Quiet Zone Level 0 0 4D Quiet Zone Level 1 1 1D Quiet Zone Level 2 2 1D Quiet Zone Level 3 3 11 92 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide Intercharacter Gap Size Parameter 381 SSI FO0h 7Dh The Code 39 and Codabar symbologies have an intercharacter gap that is typically quite small Due to various bar code printing technologies this gap can grow larger than the maximum size allowed preventing the digital scanner from decoding the symbol If this problem occurs scan the Large Intercharacter Gaps parameter to tolerate these out of specification bar codes Normal Intercharacter Gaps 06h Large Intercharacter Gaps OAh Report Version Scan the bar code below to report the version of software installed in the digital scanner Report Software Version Symbologies 11 93 Macro PDF Features Macro PDF is a special feature for concatenating multiple PDF symbols into one file The digital scanner
213. e bar codes from Appendix G Numeric Bar Codes in the range of 000 to 255 The default is 000 IDC Aspect IDC File Format Selector Parameter Name DocCap_FMT Parameter 601 SSI F1h 59h Select a document capture file format appropriate for your system BMP TIFF or JPEG The decoder stores captured areas in the selected format JPEG 1 BMP 3 TIFF 4 12 10 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide IDC Bits Per Pixel Parameter Name DocCap_BPP Parameter 602 SSI F1h 5Ah Select the number of significant bits per pixel BPP to use when capturing an image Select 1 BPP for a black and white image 4 BPP to assign 1 of 16 grey levels to each pixel or 8 BPP to assign 1 of 256 levels of grey to each pixel J NOTE The decoder ignores these settings for JPEG file formats which only support 8 BPP 1 BPP 0 4 BPP 1 83 BPP 2 IDC JPEG Quality Parameter Name DocCap_JPEG_Qual Parameter 603 SSI F1h 5Bh Set the amount of JPEG compression to perform on the captured image Higher numbers produce a better quality image but larger files Scan the bar code below followed by three bar codes from Appendix G Numeric Bar Codes in the range of 005 to 100 decimal The default is 065 IDC JPEG Quality Intelligent Document Capture 12
214. e digital scanner s gooseneck Intellistand seamlessly accommodates both counter top and hand held use Whether in hands free presentation or hand held mode the digital scanner ensures comfort and ease of use for extended periods of time Figure 1 1 DS4308 and DS4308P Digital Scanner 1 2 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide Interfaces The DS4308 digital scanner supports USB connection to a host The digital scanner autodetects a USB host and defaults to the HID keyboard interface type Select other USB interface types by scanning programming bar code menus This interface supports the following international keyboards for Windows environment North America German French French Canadian Spanish Italian Swedish UK English Portuguese Brazilian and Japanese Standard RS 232 connection to a host Scan bar code menus to set up communication of the digital scanner with the host Connection to IBM 468X 469X hosts Scan bar code menus to set up communication of the digital scanner with the IBM terminal Keyboard Wedge connection to a host The host interprets scanned data as keystrokes Scan bar code menus to set up communication of the digital scanner with the host This interface supports the following international keyboards for Windows environment North America German French International French Canadian French Belgian Spanish Italian Swedish UK English Brazilian Portuguese and Japanese
215. e eee e ett ea tee e eet eeneeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeee 11 69 GS1 DataBar Eet AE 11 70 COMPOSE eege Eeer EE 11 71 Composite C C are a castes tessa lis een gine A 11 71 Composite CC AIB EEEE 11 71 Composite TL C 39 WE 11 72 UPC Composite Mode 11 72 Composite Beep Mode E 11 73 GS1 128 Emulation Mode for UCC EAN Composite Codes nsssneeseeseeeseeereeereerreerreerreenreene 11 73 Postal COGS siccceccscccssivcscescncdeeetadanadavixves tiie gege deeg EENS esta ceeestshassaaas 11 74 ME Heer 11 74 eege deene Dee EE EES 11 74 Transmit US Postal Check E e UE 11 75 UK e EE 11 75 Transmit UK Postal Check DI UE 11 76 El EI WEE WEE 11 76 Australia POSi acrins rarna eee itis eed eee 11 77 A stralia Post Format sisctscccdeceaceisascsacdeaenachasshavaasetugseanasbasassttwnccdsadsansadeafes SEET E 11 78 Netherlands Al 11 79 USPS 4CB One Code Intelligent Mail 0 cceceesecceeeeeeeeseeeeceeeeee ee eeseeecessaeeeeeseeseeeeneneeenene 11 79 UPU FICS ee CIR 11 80 SEENEN eegener eee ee 11 81 Enable Disable PDF41 7 AEN 11 81 Enable Disable MicroPDF41 7 cccccccccccccecceeeeseeesececeececeeeueeeecececeeseesaesaseaceeeeeeseesaeaaaeeeeeeees 11 81 Code 128 Emulation cccccccesseccceceeccecceaeeeeeceeeeeecsesseesseceeeesessesseuseceeeeeeesesseseasaeeeeeeesaeees 11 82 Data Matrix EE 11 83 Data Matrix Inverse ccccccceccccccccceceessessececeeeesceeeesseceseeeeseseaeeeaeesceeeeeesesaessauaeceseesessesaeaeesseeeeees 11 83 EK ee e EE
216. eats 14 7 HUPATT nnnnsnnnnnnnnnnnrrrrnrnrnrn 11 81 Australia post 11 77 QR code 11 6 sees eee eee eee 11 84 Australia post format 0 11 78 QR inverse 1 1 sete eee eee 11 85 AULOEXPOSUFE 0 eee ees 5 5 EEN 11 86 A aztec inverse 000 cece ee eee 11 86 beep after good decode 4 7 AAMVA beeper duration 4 11 field parsing bar codes 14 7 SE 4 10 ACCESSOriCS 1 5 beeper volume 0eceeeeeeeeeees 4 9 interface cable 2 2000000 ee 1 5 bits per pixel 5 18 5 21 power supply 0 0 eee eee eee 1 5 bookland EAN 2025 24 reiege eege 11 11 shielded interface cable 1 3 bookland ISBN cceeceeeeeee 11 23 EEN 16 1 Cancel occ ccc ccc cece cece cece eeee G 2 invalid rule 3 5 Chinese 20f5 cc LLL LLL LLL 11 62 transmit error 3 5 codabar ccc cece LLL 11 54 advanced data formatting 3 5 16 1 codabar CLSl editing 0 00 11 56 aiming codabar lengths 11 54 orientation 2 11 codabar NOTIS editing 11 56 aiming options codabar start and stop characters 11 57 hand held decode aiming pattern 4 22 coded tege 11 42 snapshot aiming pattern 5 9 code 11 check digit verification 11 44 snapshot mode timeout 5 5 8 code 11 Jengi 11 42 video view finder a nsaan aans 5 23 code 1728 11 26
217. ed Image Brighten 654 F1h 8Eh Enable 12 12 IDC Captured Image Sharpen 658 F1h 92h Enable 12 13 IDC Border Type 829 F2h 3Dh None 12 14 IDC Delay Time 830 F2h 3Eh 000 12 15 IDC Zoom Limit 651 F1h 8Bh 000 12 15 IDC Maximum Rotation 652 F1h 8Ch 00 12 16 OCR Programming Parameters OCR A 680 F1h A8h Disable 13 3 OCR A Variant 684 F1h ACh Full ASCII 13 3 OCR B 681 F1h A9h Disable 13 5 OCR B Variant 685 F1h ADh Full ASCII 13 6 MICR E13B 682 F1h AAh Disable 13 9 US Currency 683 F1h ABh Disable 13 10 OCR Orientation 687 F1h AFh 0 13 10 OCR Lines 691 F1h B3h 1 13 12 OCR Minimum Characters 689 Fih Bth 3 13 12 Standard Default Parameters A 13 Table A 1 Parameter Defaults Continued SE iere Dee peui Hee OCR Maximum Characters 690 Fih B2h 100 13 13 OCR Subset 686 F1h AEh Selected font variant 13 13 OCR Quiet Zone 695 Fih B7h 50 13 14 OCR Template 547 F1h 23h 54R 13 15 OCR Check Digit Modulus 688 F1h BOh 1 13 24 OCR Check Digit Multiplier 700 Fih BCh 121212121212 13 25 OCR Check Digit Validation 694 F1h B6h None 13 26 Inverse OCR 856 F2h 58h Regular 13 31 DL Parsing Parameters Driver s License Parsing N A N A No Driver s License Parsing 14 2 Parsing Driver s License Data N A N A N A 14 3 Fields Drivers License Parse Field Bar N A N A N A 14 4 Codes AAMVA Parse Field Bar Codes N A N A N A 14 7 Set Default Parameter N A N A N A 14 17 Output Gender as M or F N A N A N
218. ee een Uncropped Image Size Full 1280 x 800 1 2 640 x 400 1 4 320 x 200 Full Resolution 0 1 2 Resolution 1 1 4 Resolution 3 Imaging Preferences 5 13 Image Brightness Target White Parameter 390 SSI FOh 86h Type Byte Range 1 240 This parameter sets the Target White value used in Snapshot and Video Viewfinder mode when using auto exposure White and black are defined as 240 decimal and 1 respectively Setting the value to the factory default of 180 sets the white level of the image to 180 To set the Image Brightness parameter scan Image Brightness below followed by three numeric bar codes representing the value Leading zeros are required For example to set an Image Brightness value of 99 scan 0 9 9 See Appendix G Numeric Bar Codes for numeric bar codes 180 1 Image Brightness 3 digits JPEG Image Options Parameter 299 SSI FOh 2Bh Select an option to optimize JPEG images for either size or for quality Scan the JPEG Quality Selector bar code to enter a quality value the digital scanner then selects the corresponding image size Scan the JPEG Size Selector bar code to enter a size value the digital scanner then selects the best image quality JPEG Quality Selector 1 JPEG Size Selector 0 5 14 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product
219. eeceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeesiieees 14 17 Output Gender as M or F uu eee cecccccccecceccceececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeneeeneeeneeneeesa 14 17 Dats FORMAL EE 14 18 Send Keystroke Control Characters and Keyboard Characters cccceeeceeeeeeteeeeeeeeeeeeeee 14 20 Parsing Rule Example lt scccccccutdsstacrivcestucaussimcaekcnnindanraieanncuantecea dusune biacenskealauiads dathtantasreecentevecdexaeasteds 14 39 Embedded Driver s License Parsing ADF Example cccccccssseeeeecceeseeseeeeeneeeeeseeennenneeenee 14 43 Chapter 15 123Scan2 Juge le Eer e EE 15 1 Communication with 123SCaN2 wo ccccecccceccceeecceeeeeeeeeesueueeeaueeeueeueueaeeseeesuueesaueueaeueeseueesaeeenenes 15 1 123Scan2 Requirements cccccccccecccecceeeceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeenteienees 15 2 Scanner SDK Other Software Tools and Videos 15 2 Chapter 16 Advanced Data Formatting riese EE 16 1 Table of Contents xv Appendix A Standard Default Parameters Appendix B Country Codes rie fe e B 1 USB and Keyboard Wedge Country Keyboard Types Country Codes snnssnosnsssenoseesseereeeeeeene B 2 Appendix C Country Code Pages ee GUO EE C 1 Country Code Page Defaults EE C 1 Country Code Page Bar Codes ciccdasssiciscxccatevaasdicorticcanercasttacninitennedaceuctcneaceanentatwatet Gceatkauanecccenendans C 5 Appendix D CJK De
220. eeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeseeeneeneees 7 4 Communication SUITING Vsca 2a cianeabdchnad Sas nencthonbeat actaasateenntecentadiatencttchaddsidmecedeobadhadsaumantearet causa dans 7 5 RTS CTS BE 7 5 e et ee 7 5 Number of REEL 7 5 Serial RESPONSE Time out cece cece cece cece cece eee cette eee eee e teeta ea eae taeda ee aaeeaaeeaaeeeaeeeseeeeeeeeees 7 5 RREUMOS deesdeeesdekstet eege e E E gg GES geed dee ed 7 5 Baud Rate Stop Bits Parity Response Time out ACK NAK Handshake ssnssnnenssenneennennnenn 7 6 ENOI EE 7 6 Things to Remember When Using SSI Communication cccceeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeennaeeeeeeeeeeeneee 7 6 Using Time Delay to Low Power Mode with SSI oo eeeececccceeeeeeeeeseeeceeeneeeeeeensenseeeeeeeseneseeneeees 7 7 Encapsulation of RSM Commands Responses over SSI ccccccccccececececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeens 7 8 Command Structure cccccecccecccee cece cece eee e tnne eet e eee eee eae cae taaa aaa eeaaeeeaeeeseeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeseeeeeeeneees 7 8 RESPONSE Structure cee cceccce cece cece ecee eee eae eae eae eae aaa eaaa aaa caaaeeaaeasaeesessaeeeeeeeeeeseeeseeseeeseeesseeeees 7 8 Example Transachon 7 9 Simple Serial Interface Default Parameters ccessecceeeceeceaeeeeeesaeeaaeeaaeeaeeeaeeeaaeeaeceaeeeaeeneeeess 7 10 SSI Host Parameters ENEE 7 11 Select SST HOSE EE 7 11 Table of Contents Baud EE 7 12 Eeer 7 13 Check Parity cciiicratittadntacanictactnenabchlatnaduasanc
221. efaults to Level 3 otherwise to Level 1 e Level 3 Security level reflects newly proposed GS1 standard that requires a 5 times trailing clear margin e Level 4 Security level extends beyond the standard required by GS1 This level of security requires a 5 times leading and trailing clear margin GS1 DataBar Limited Security Level 1 1 GS1 DataBar Limited Security Level 2 2 GS1 DataBar Limited Security Level 3 3 GS1 DataBar Limited Security Level 4 4 Symbologies 11 71 Composite Composite CC C Parameter 341 SSI FOh 55h Scan a bar code below to enable or disable Composite bar codes of type CC C Enable CC C 1 Disable CC C 0 Composite CC A B Parameter 342 SSI FOh 56h Scan a bar code below to enable or disable Composite bar codes of type CC A B Enable CC A B 1 Disable CC A B 0 11 72 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide Composite TLC 39 Parameter 371 SSI FOh 73h Scan a bar code below to enable or disable Composite bar codes of type TLC 39 Enable TLC39 1
222. emble the Stand To assemble the stand 1 Unscrew the wing nut from the bottom of the one piece scanner cup One piece scanner cup with flexible gooseneck e wingnut Figure 2 2 Assembling the Stand 2 Fit the bottom of the gooseneck piece into the opening on the top of the stand base 3 Tighten the wing nut underneath the base to secure the cup and neck piece to the base 4 Bend the neck to the desired position for scanning DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide Mounting the Stand optional You can attach the base of the scanner s stand to a flat surface using two screws or double sided tape not provided Two screw mount holes Double sided tape areas 3 places dimensions 1 x 2 Figure 2 3 Mounting the Stand Screw Mount 1 Position the assembled base on a flat surface 2 Screw one 10 wood screw into each screw mount hole until the base of the stand is secure see Figure 2 3 Tape Mount 1 Peel the paper liner off one side of each piece of tape and place the sticky surface over each of the three rectangular tape holders 2 Peel the paper liner off the exposed sides of each piece of tape and press the stand on a flat surface until it is secure see Figure 2 3 DataCapture 2 7 Scanning with the Stand When the digital scanner is placed in the gooseneck Intellistand it operates in continuous constant on mode where it automatically decodes a ba
223. emplate PO PN 9999 Repeat Previous R Incoming data BPN3456 PN1234 5341 Incoming data PN3456 5341 PNPN7654 Output 3456 1234 No output Output 3456 No output 7654 R This operator allows a template character to repeat one or more times allowing the capture of variable length scanned data The following examples capture two required alpha characters followed by one or more required digits Template Incoming data Output AA9R AB3 AB3 PN12345 PN12345 32RM52700 No output Scroll Until Match S S This operator steps through scanned data one character at a time until the data matches the template Template S99999 Incoming data AB3 PN12345 32RM52700 Output No Output 12345 52700 13 24 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide Multiple Templates This feature sets up multiple templates for OCR decoding To do this follow the procedure described in OCR Template on page 13 15 scan the OCR Template bar code then bar codes corresponding to numbers and letters to form the template expression then End of Message for each template in the multiple template string using a capital letter X as a separator between the templates For example set the OCR Template as 99999XAAAAA to decode OCR strings of either 12345 or ABCDE Template Examples Following are sample templates with descriptions of valid data for each definition Field Definition Description M 99977 M foll
224. en characters intercharacter gaps are not part of the code DRAM Dynamic random access memory E EAN European Article Number This European International version of the UPC provides its own coding format and symbology standards Element dimensions are specified metrically EAN is used primarily in retail Element Generic term for a bar or space Encoded Area Total linear dimension occupied by all characters of a code pattern including start stop characters and data ENQ RS 232 ENQ software handshaking is also supported for the data sent to the host ESD Electro Static Discharge Glossary 4 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide F Flash Disk An additional megabyte of non volatile memory for storing application and configuration files Flash Memory Flash memory is responsible for storing the system firmware and is non volatile If the system power is interrupted the data is not be lost FTP See File Transfer Protocol H Hard Reset See Cold Boot Host Computer A computer that serves other terminals in a network providing such services as computation database access supervisory programs and network control Hz Hertz A unit of frequency equal to one cycle per second IDE Intelligent drive electronics Refers to the solid state hard drive type IEC International Electrotechnical Commission This international agency regulates laser safety by specifying various laser operation classe
225. ent bulb Laser light is typically coherent and has a high energy density Laser Diode A gallium arsenide semiconductor type of laser connected to a power source to generate a laser beam This laser type is a compact source of coherent light Laser Scanner A type of bar code reader that uses a beam of laser light LCD See Liquid Crystal Display LED Indicator A semiconductor diode LED Light Emitting Diode used as an indicator often in digital displays The semiconductor uses applied voltage to produce light of a certain frequency determined by the semiconductor s particular chemical composition Light Emitting Diode See LED Liquid Crystal Display LCD A display that uses liquid crystal sealed between two glass plates The crystals are excited by precise electrical charges causing them to reflect light outside according to their bias They use little electricity and react relatively quickly They require external light to reflect their information to the user Glossary 6 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide M MIL 1 mil 1 thousandth of an inch Misread Misdecode A condition which occurs when the data output of a reader or interface controller does not agree with the data encoded within a bar code symbol N Nominal The exact or ideal intended value for a specified parameter Tolerances are specified as positive and negative deviations from this value Nominal Size Standard size for a bar co
226. eporting the 1D bar code in the field of view Scan the following bar code then scan four digits fromAppendix G Numeric Bar Codes that specify the timeout in milliseconds For example to enter 400 ms scan the following bar code then scan 0400 The range is 0 to 5000 ms and the default is 200 ms PDF Prioritization Timeout User Preferences amp Miscellaneous Options 4 31 Presentation Mode Field of View Parameter 609 SSI F1h 61h In presentation mode by default the digital scanner searches the larger area of the aiming pattern Full Field of View To search for a bar code in a smaller region around the aiming dot s center in order to speed search time select Small Field of View or Medium Field of View Small Field of View 0 Medium Field of View 1 Full Field of View 2 Decoding Illumination Parameter 298 SSI FOh 2Ah Selecting Enable Decoding Illumination causes the digital scanner to flash illumination to aid decoding Select Disable Decoding Illumination to prevent the digital scanner from using decoding illumination Enabling illumination usually results in superior images The effectiveness of the illumination decreases as the distance to the target increases Enable Decoding Illumination 1
227. er to capture an image decodes it and uses it to adjust the image to the upright orientation Free Form Mode Demo Set IDC Operating Mode to Free Form e Pull the trigger The decoder decodes the bar code and captures an image of the entire rectangle including the contents e Modify the values for height width x and y Pull the trigger Note that the captured image is not affected e Rotate the form clockwise so the word Capture is along the bottom edge and pull the trigger The decoder decodes the bar code and captures the same image including orientation This example also works with the form rotated counter clockwise or upside down e Cover the bar code with a small piece of paper and pull the trigger The decoder does not decode the bar code and does not re orient the captured image to the normal position i e with the Symbol logo in upper left corner What this demonstrates The Intelligent Document Capture Free Form mode captures an image whose size and position are determined by a rectangular border on the page It adjusts the image to the upright orientation if a bar code is found and decoded in the image Intelligent Document Capture 12 19 Linked Mode Demo Set IDC Operating Mode to Linked The examples from Free Form mode also work in Linked mode except that the last one with the bar code covered does not decode the bar code or capture an image What this demonstrates The Intelligent Document Captur
228. erface 8 23 Table 8 4 Prefix Suffix Values Continued gd Leslie Code 39 GC EE ASCII Character 1121 Y y 1122 Z Z 1123 P 1124 Q 1125 R 1126 S 1127 Undefined 7013 ENTER 8 24 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide Introduction This chapter describes how to set up the digital scanner with an IBM 468X 469X host Throughout the programming bar code menus asterisks C indicate default values Indicates default Disable Convert Unknown to Code 29 Feature Option J NOTE Most computer monitors allow scanning the bar codes directly on the screen When scanning from the screen be sure to set the document magnification to a level where you can see the bar code clearly and bars and or spaces are not merging 9 2 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide Connecting to an IBM 468X 469X Host Connect the digital scanner directly to the host interface Interface cable connector Figure 9 1 BM Direct Connection lt V NOTE Interface cables vary depending on configuration The connectors illustrated in Figure 9 1 are examples only The connectors may be different than those illustrated but the steps to connect the digital scanner are the same 1 Attach the modular connector of the IBM 46XX interface cable to the cable interface port on the digital scanner See nstalling the Interface Cable on page 1 3 2 Connect the other end of
229. ers first scan Code 11 Length Within Range Then scan 0 4 1 and 2 enter a leading zero for single digit numbers To correct an error or change the selection scan Cancel on page G 2 e Any Length Scan this option to decode Code 11 symbols containing any number of characters within the digital scanner s capability Symbologies 11 43 Set Lengths for Code 11 continued Code 11 One Discrete Length Code 11 Two Discrete Lengths Code 11 Length Within Range Code 11 Any Length 11 44 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide Code 11 Check Digit Verification Parameter 52 SSI 34h This feature allows the digital scanner to check the integrity of all Code 11 symbols to verify that the data complies with the specified check digit algorithm This selects the check digit mechanism for the decoded Code 11 bar code The options are to check for one check digit check for two check digits or disable the feature To enable this feature scan the bar code below corresponding to the number of check digits encoded in the Code 11 symbols Disable 0 One Check Digit 1 Two Check Di
230. es 11 84 quick start guide 000000005 1 5 R RS 232 connection 20 20 e eee eee eee 8 2 default parameters 8 3 parameters 8 4 8 6 RSM commands and responses over SSI 7 8 S sample bar codes 000 cee eee ee ees F 1 scanning AIM Ql nce hae ceeded ays So Waa dee anaes ees 2 10 EMOS aore ta Eeer 4 2 5 2 11 2 hand held mode 5 2 5 2 10 hands free mode 2 5 2 7 2 8 2 9 presentation mode 2 0 5 2 5 sequence example 4 2 5 2 11 1 security intercharacter gap size 11 92 quiet zone level 11 91 redundancy level 00 00 eae 11 88 security level 11 90 service information XX setting defaults 4 5 setup connecting a USB interface 6 2 connecting an RS 232 interface 8 2 connecting keyboard wedge interface 10 2 connecting power 1 4 connecting to an IBM 468X 469X host 9 2 installing interface cable 1 3 unpacking 1 2 shielded cable 1 3 signal descriptions 3 9 signature capture 5 19 bits per pixel 0 2 00020ee 5 21 file format selector 2 0 5 20 beet Er pd SaaS ee ee anaes OA 5 22 JPEG quality Re dena ee ga Crea eds 5 22 widder E eed Ahead daa a ores 5 22 simple serial interface baud fate NENNEN el EELER ANN 7 12 commands 20200ee eee eeeeee 7 2 communications
231. es For example to decode only Code 93 symbols containing either 2 or 14 characters select Code 93 Two Discrete Lengths then scan 0 2 1 and then 4 To correct an error or to change the selection scan Cancel on page G 2 e Length Within Range Select this option to decode a Code 93 symbol with a specific length range Select lengths using the numeric bar codes in Appendix G Numeric Bar Codes For example to decode Code 93 symbols containing between 4 and 12 characters first scan Code 93 Length Within Range Then scan 0 4 1 and 2 enter a leading zero for single digit numbers To correct an error or change the selection scan Cancel on page G 2 e Any Length Scan this option to decode Code 93 symbols containing any number of characters within the digital scanner s capability Symbologies 11 41 Set Lengths for Code 93 continued Code 93 One Discrete Length Code 93 Two Discrete Lengths Code 93 Length Within Range Code 93 Any Length 11 42 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide Code 11 Code 11 Parameter 10 SSI OAh To enable or disable Code 11 scan the appropriate bar code below Enable Code 11 1
232. es continued Mailing Address Line 1 Mailing Address Line 2 Mailing Address City Mailing Address State Mailing Address Postal Code Home Address Line 1 Home Address Line 2 Driver s License Set Up DS4308 DL 14 9 AAMVA Parse Field Bar Codes continued Home Address City Home Address State Home Address Postal Code License ID Number License Class License Restrictions License Endorsements 14 10 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide AAMVA Parse Field Bar Codes continued Height Feet and or Inches Height Centimeters Weight Pounds Weight Kilograms Eye Color Hair Color License Expiration Date Driver s License Set Up DS4308 DL 14 11 AAMVA Parse Field Bar Codes continued Birth Date Gender License Issue Date License Issue State Social Security Number Permit Class Permit Expiration Date 14 12 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide AAMVA Parse Field Bar Codes continued Permit ID Number Permit Issue Date Permit Restrictions Permit Endorsements AKA Social Security Name AKA Full Name AKA Last Name AKA First Name Driver s License
233. ess Increasing the level of security can reduce scanning aggressiveness so select only the level of security necessary e Code 39 Security Level 0 This setting allows the digital scanner to operate in its most aggressive state while providing sufficient security in decoding most in spec bar codes e Code 39 Security Level 1 This default setting eliminates most misdecodes e Code 39 Security Level 2 Select this option with greater bar code security requirements if Security Level 1 fails to eliminate misdecodes e Code 39 Level 3 If you selected Security Level 2 and misdecodes still occur select this security level to apply the highest safety requirements J NOTE Selecting this option is an extreme measure against mis decoding severely out of spec bar codes Selecting this level of security significantly impairs the decoding ability of the digital scanner If this level of security is required try to improve the quality of the bar codes Code 39 Security Level 0 0 Code 39 Security Level 1 1 Code 39 Security Level 2 2 Code 39 Security Level 3 3 Symbologies 11 39 Code 39 Reduced Quiet Zone Parameter 1209 SSI F8h 04h B9h Scan one of the following bar codes to enable or disable decoding Code 39 bar codes with reduced quiet zones If you select Enable select a
234. eters for all user preferences hosts symbologies and miscellaneous default parameters Table 4 1 User Preferences Parameter Defaults Parameter SSI Page Parameter Default Number Number Number 2 User Preferences Set Default Parameter Restore Defaults 4 5 Parameter Bar Code Scanning 236 ECh Enable 4 6 Beep After Good Decode 56 38h Enable 4 7 Direct Decode Indicator 859 F2h 5Bh Disable 4 8 Beeper Volume 140 8Ch High 4 9 Beeper Tone 145 91h Medium 4 10 Beeper Duration 628 F1h 74h Medium 4 11 Suppress Power Up Beeps 721 Fih D1h Do Not Suppress 4 11 Decode Pager Motor 613 F1h 65h Disable 4 12 Decode Pager Motor Duration 626 F1h 72h 150 msec 4 12 1 Parameter number decimal values are used for programming via RSM commands 2 SSI number hex values are used for programming via SSI commands User Preferences amp Miscellaneous Options 4 3 Table 4 1 User Preferences Parameter Defaults Continued SE Gier Number 2 Deui etd Night Mode Trigger 1215 F8h 04h Enable 4 15 BFh Night Mode Toggle N A N A N A 4 15 Low Power Mode 128 80h Disable 4 16 Time Delay to Low Power Mode 146 92h 1 Hour 4 17 Hand Held Trigger Mode 138 8Ah Auto Aim 4 19 Hands Free Mode 630 Fih 76h Enable 4 20 Hands Free Hand Held Auto Switching N A N A N A 4 20 DS4308P Only Hand Held Decode Aiming Pattern 306 FOh 32h Enable 4 21 Hands Free Presentatio
235. f Data Bits All communication with the digital scanner must use 8 bit data Serial Response Time out The Serial Response Time out parameter determines how long to wait for a handshaking response before trying again or aborting any further attempts Set the same value for both the host and digital scanner VJ NOTE You can temporarily change the Serial Response Time out when the host takes longer to process an ACK or longer data string Symbol Technologies does not recommend frequent permanent changes due to limited write cycles of non volatile memory Retries When sending data the host should resend twice after the initial send if the digital scanner does not respond with an ACK or NAK if ACK NAK handshaking is enabled or response data e g PARAM_SEND REPLY_REVISION If the digital scanner replies with a NAK RESEND the host resends the data All resent messages must have the resend bit set in the Status byte The digital scanner resends data two times after the initial send if the host fails to reply with an ACK or NAK if ACK NAK handshaking is enabled 7 6 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide Baud Rate Stop Bits Parity Response Time out ACK NAK Handshake If you use PARAM_SEND to change these serial parameters the ACK response to the PARAM_SEND uses the previous values for these parameters The new values then take effect for the next transaction Errors The digital scanner issues a communication err
236. ftware Handshaking N A N A None 8 13 Host Serial Response Time out N A N A 2 Sec 8 15 RTS Line State N A N A Low RTS 8 16 Beep on lt BEL gt N A N A Disable 8 16 Intercharacter Delay N A N A 0 msec 8 17 Nixdorf Beep LED Options N A N A Normal Operation 8 18 Ignore Unknown Characters N A N A Send Bar Code 8 18 IBM 468X 469X Host Parameters Port Address N A N A None Selected 9 4 Convert Unknown to Code 39 N A N A Disable 9 5 Ignore Beep Directive N A N A Enable Ignore 9 5 Ignore Bar Code Configuration N A N A Enable Ignore 9 6 Directive Keyboard Wedge Host Parameters Keyboard Wedge Host Type N A N A IBM AT Notebook 10 4 Ignore Unknown Characters N A N A Transmit 10 4 Keystroke Delay N A N A No Delay 10 5 Intra Keystroke Delay N A N A Disable 10 5 Alternate Numeric Keypad N A N A Enable 10 6 Emulation Quick Keypad Emulation N A N A Enable 10 6 Simulated Caps Lock N A N A Disable 10 7 Caps Lock Override N A N A Disable 10 7 Convert Wedge Case N A N A No Convert 10 8 Function Key Mapping N A N A Disable 10 8 FN1 Substitution N A N A Disable 10 9 Send Make and Break N A N A Send 10 9 Standard Default Parameters A 7 Table A 1 Parameter Defaults Continued one deiere ee perui Dee Enable Disable All Code Types 11 8 1D Symbologies UPC EAN UPC A 1 Oth Enable 11 9 UPC E 2 02h Enable 11 9 UPC E1 12 DCH Disable 11 10 EAN 8 JAN 8 4 04h Enable 11 10 EAN
237. ftware Site http Awww freebsd org cgi cvsweb cgi src lib libc regex Modified No Source Code The Source Code for this Software Package may be obtained from the Software Site identified above License BSD 4 Clause License Original BSD 1992 Henry Spencer 1992 1993 The Regents of the University of California All rights reserved This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by Henry Spencer of the University of Toronto Redistribution and use in source and binary forms with or without modification are permitted provided that the following conditions are met 1 Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer 2 Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and or other materials provided with the distribution 3 All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software must display the following acknowledgement This product includes software developed by the University of California Berkeley and its contributors 4 Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS AS IS AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED
238. g Bookland EAN bar codes see Enable Disable Bookland EAN on page 11 11 to enable Bookland EAN and select a format using Bookland ISBN Format on page 11 23 Enable 977 Supplemental Mode Enable 414 419 434 439 Supplemental Mode Enable 491 Supplemental Mode e Enable Smart Supplemental Mode applies to EAN 13 bar codes starting with any prefix listed previously e Supplemental User Programmable Type 1 applies to EAN 13 bar codes starting with a 3 digit user defined prefix Set this 3 digit prefix using User Programmable Supplementals on page 11 15 e Supplemental User Programmable Type 1 and 2 applies to EAN 13 bar codes starting with either of two 3 digit user defined prefixes Set the 3 digit prefixes using User Programmable Supplementals on page 11 15 e Smart Supplemental Plus User Programmable 1 applies to EAN 13 bar codes starting with any prefix listed previously or the user defined prefix set using User Programmable Supplementals on page 11 15 e Smart Supplemental Plus User Programmable 1 and 2 applies to EAN 13 bar codes starting with any prefix listed previously or one of the two user defined prefixes set using User Programmable Supplementals on page 11 15 NOTE To minimize the risk of invalid data transmission select either to decode or ignore supplemental characters Symbologies 11 13 Decode UPC EAN JAN Supplementals continued Decode UPC EAN JAN Only With Supplementals 1
239. g Programmer Guide p n 72E 69680 xx 16 2 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide Table A 1 Parameter Defaults User Preferences Set Default Parameter N A N A Restore Defaults Parameter Bar Code Scanning 236 ECh Enable Beep After Good Decode 56 38h Enable Direct Decode Indicator 859 F2h 5Bh Disable Beeper Volume 140 8Ch High Beeper Tone 145 91h Medium Beeper Duration 628 Fth 74h Medium Suppress Power Up Beeps 721 Fih Dih Do Not Suppress Decode Pager Motor 613 F1h 65h Disable Decode Pager Motor Duration 626 F1h 72h 150 msec Night Mode Trigger 1215 F8h 04h BFh Enable Night Mode Toggle N A N A N A Low Power Mode 128 80h Disable Time Delay to Low Power Mode 146 92h 1 Hour Hand Held Trigger Mode 138 8Ah Auto Aim Hands Free Mode 630 F1h 76h Enable Hands Free Hand Held Auto N A N A N A Switching DS4308P Only A 2 DS amp 4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide Table A 1 Parameter Defaults Continued Parameter SSI Page Parameter Number Number Darni Number Hand Held Decode Aiming 306 FOh 32h Enable 4 21 Pattern Hands Free Presentation 590 F1h 4Eh Enable Hands Free 4 22 Decode Aiming Pattern Presentation Decode Aiming Pattern on PDF Hands Free Motionless Timeout 745 F1h E9h 2 0 seconds 4 22 Hands Free Motionless Timeout DS4308P Only Motion Detect Range
240. g low beeps after a bar detected parameters are properly configured code is decoded The scanner s conversion parameters are not properly configured Conversion or format error was Change the ADF rule or change to a host detected that can support the ADF rule An ADF rule was set up with characters that can t be sent for the host selected Conversion or format error was Change the bar code or change to a host detected that can support the bar code A bar code was scanned with characters that can t be sent for that host lt J NOTE f after performing these checks the digital scanner still experiences problems contact the distributor or call Symbol Technologies support Report Software Version Bar Code When contacting Symbol Technologies support a support representative may ask you to scan the bar code below to determine the version of software installed in the digital scanner Report Software Version Maintenance amp Technical Specifications 3 7 Technical Specifications Table 3 2 Technical Specifications Item Description Physical Characteristics Dimensions DS4308 6 48 in H x 3 86 in L x 2 64 in W 16 5 cm H x 9 8 cm L x 6 7 cm W DS4308P 8 15 in H x 5 18 in L x 3 74 in W 20 7 cm H x 13 15 cm L x 9 5 cm W Weight without cable DS4308 5 71 oz 162 g DS4308P 10 6 oz 300 g Power 5 VDC 10 360 mA RMS typical Performance Characteristics Light Source Aiming
241. ge Host Types Ate Eeer 10 4 Ignore Unknown Characters nce onasisnccnucom cacanaaceiuneasaicesaeatancnacinusctaeninisnnasnlaaeamnadencnseiracteberasaniens 10 4 Keystr ke RE 10 5 Intra Keystroke IDGI EE 10 5 Alternate Numeric Keypad Emulation ccccccccseeecneceeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeceeeseneeseenseneaneneeeeees 10 6 Quick Keypad Emulation lt ccicssetiessnninerdasncnataeitercettineiarsieatedhantetinaataceatadaetectagadsamedgadadcemmeesegne 10 6 Simulated Caps LOCK rsisi aaa Eaa AEAN SERR SE EE EE E EAEEREN SE Ra RAES 10 7 Caps Lock Ovemde sisisi sianie naa nana aaa AKENE TANE EE A AEn EE Raninin EANNAN i 10 7 Convert Wedge Case ege eege drEieg eg EEGENEN ees 10 8 F nction Key Mapping E 10 8 PINT Substitution EE 10 9 Send WAS ANG Break Ze Ee 10 9 Keyboard EE 10 10 ASCII Character Set for Keyboard Wedge 222 cccccceseesseeeceeeeeeeeeensceeaeeneeeeeeeeeecenseeeeeseneenennense 10 11 Chapter 11 Symbologies lite E 11 1 Scanning Sequence Examples cccccecccecceeeceeeeeee cece cece cece ee eaaeeaeeeaeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeseseeeeeeeeeteees 11 1 Errors While Scanning EE 11 2 Symbology Parameter Defaults siiscsccrutrernersscrusccniun dag ss rdneninarndnanianseceermtncnsaastmatitenhuntensnnadhenecniaence 11 2 Enable Disable All Code Types sesciccccscainsccdceicaransnersd castcvmatecentapanennckenticassyichod uteetadentweceatsvabcecnatancnes 11 8 Be NEE 11 9 Enable Disable UpCA ee 11 9 Enable Disable UPC E sis sac
242. ge that is visually pleasing The levels of image enhancement are e Off 0 e Low 1 Default e Med 2 e High 3 Off 0 Low 1 Medium 2 High 3 5 16 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide Image File Format Selector Parameter 304 SSI FOh 30h Select an image format appropriate for the system BMP TIFF or JPEG The digital scanner stores captured images in the selected format BMP File Format 3 JPEG File Format 1 TIFF File Format 04h Imaging Preferences 5 17 Image Rotation Parameter 665 SSI F1h 99h This parameter controls the rotation of the image by 0 90 180 or 270 degrees Rotate 0 0 Rotate 90 1 Rotate 180 2 Rotate 270 3 5 18 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide Bits Per Pixel Parameter 303 SSI FOh 2Fh Select the number of significant bits per pixel BPP to use when capturing an image Select 1 BPP for a black and white image 4 BPP to assign 1 of 16 levels of grey to each pixel or 8 BPP to assign 1 of 256 levels of grey to each pixel J NOTE The digital scanner ignores these settings for JPEG file formats which only support 8 BPP The d
243. get el 5 14 JPEG Quality and Size Value sc siicstocvcacersnnvieerdecesnicxadseade neta nkscales cedorecenredessbuade cevameevanuaan ington 5 14 EENEG 5 15 Image File Format Selector veiccdcisiicasteccondicanceiavececaneacansenaaualconeslearaunsnauconiendenieestetcanthiuansxsasnetes 5 16 mage E E 5 17 Bits Per Pixel RE 5 18 Signature ee ET 5 19 Signature Capture File Format Selector c ccceeeeseeeeeeeneceeeeeneeseseeeeeeeeeeesenseeeeeeneeeeeenees 5 20 Signature Capture Bits Per Pixel egener ege EE ERe Ee 5 21 Signature Capture Width EE 5 22 Signature Capture Height EE 5 22 signature Capture JPEG Quality s cc sisisicicancesetetssaesobsscsnsndsincccti nee tednisniesesmeetsanansbacdbencdanocnise 5 22 Video Mode Format Selector xicaiicictachccniecasiantstabcoteaseneavtasbcccebeutaraeiacs uceanemeanedeesarconsexeankeuasicneens 5 23 Video nr 5 23 Target Video Frame Size ciccixicessidicatorececenennyslcentcveducddauacn nies erkccaxdslualnreubsxnensniiuendevesdgvadmaeedenkianess 5 24 Video View Finder Image EE 5 24 viii DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide Chapter 6 USB Interface ee liteto E 6 1 Connecting a USB Interface essesgeeebek ege eegene EE eEEereg 6 2 USB Parameter Defaults sisctusnadactecetcnsiinandeescuetchnatdah tater amneticanionhlnnnsauaai asec bitshaaaantatetentereteduictes 6 3 USB e UIP AIAG E 6 5 USB Device Ty NS athe Seecen ccc head deh eed ste deste a ected ea EE EOE 6 5 Symbol Native API
244. gits 2 Symbologies 11 45 Transmit Code 11 Check Digits Parameter 47 SSI 2Fh This feature selects whether or not to transmit the Code 11 check digit s Transmit Code 11 Check Digit s Enable 1 Do Not Transmit Code 11 Check Digit s Disable 0 S NOTE Code 11 Check Digit Verification must be enabled for this parameter to function 11 46 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide Interleaved 2 of 5 ITF Enable Disable Interleaved 2 of 5 Parameter 6 SSI 06h To enable or disable Interleaved 2 of 5 scan the appropriate bar code below and select an Interleaved 2 of 5 length from the following pages Enable Interleaved 2 of 5 1 Disable Interleaved 2 of 5 0 Set Lengths for Interleaved 2 of 5 Parameter L1 22 SSI 16h L2 23 SSI 17h The length of a code refers to the number of characters i e human readable characters including check digit s the code contains Set lengths for 2 of 5 to any length one or two discrete lengths or lengths within a specific range The range for Interleaved 2 of 5 lengths is 0 55 The default is 6 to 55 e One Discrete Length Select this option to decode only 2 of 5 symbols containing a selected len
245. gram the proper editing options e g UPC E to UPC A Conversion Digital scanner emits short low short medium short high beep sequence power up beep sequence more than once The USB bus may put the digital scanner in a state where power to the scanner is cycled on and off more than once Normal during host reset Digital scanner emits 4 short high beeps during decode attempt Digital scanner has not completed USB initialization Wait several seconds and scan again Digital scanner emits Low low low extra low beeps when not in use RS 232 receive error Normal during host reset Otherwise set the digital scanner s RS 232 parity to match the host setting Table 3 1 Problem Digital scanner emits low high beeps during programming Maintenance amp Technical Specifications Troubleshooting Continued Possible Causes Input error incorrect bar code or Cancel bar code was scanned 3 5 Possible Solutions Scan the correct numeric bar codes within range for the parameter programmed Digital scanner emits low high low high beeps during programming Out of host parameter storage space Scan Default Parameters on page 4 5 Out of memory for ADF rules Reduce the number of ADF rules or the number of steps in the ADF rules During programming indicates out of ADF parameter storage space Erase all rules and re program with shorter rules Digital scanne
246. gramming 13 9 Enable Disable MICR E13B Parameter 682 SSI F1h AAh To enable or disable MICR E13B scan one of the following bar codes MICR E 13B uses the following characters O24 23456 PAHIN TOAD characters Transit On Us Amount and Dash output as the following representative characters outputs as t outputs as a outputs as o nm outputs as d J NOTE OCR is not as secure as a bar code To decrease OCR misdecodes and speed OCR reading set an accurate OCR template and character subset and use a check digit See OCR Subset on page 13 13 and OCR Template on page 13 15 J NOTE All OCR fonts are disabled by default Enabling OCR can slow bar code decoding Enabling more than one OCR font could also slow OCR decoding and impact OCR decoding accuracy Enable MICR E13B 1 Disable MICR E13B 0 13 10 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide Enable Disable US Currency Serial Number Parameter 683 SSI F1h ABh To enable or disable US Currency Serial Number scan one of the following bar codes J NOTE OCR is not as secure as a bar code To decrease OCR misdecodes and speed OCR reading set an accurate OCR template and character subset and use a check digit See OCR Subset on page 13 13 and OCR Template on page 13 15 J NOTE All OCR fonts are disabled by default Enabling OCR can slow bar code decoding Enabling more than one OCR font could also slow OCR decoding and impact OCR decod
247. gth Select the length using the numeric bar codes in Appendix G Numeric Bar Codes For example to decode only 2 of 5 symbols with 14 characters scan I 2 of 5 One Discrete Length then scan 1 followed by 4 To correct an error or to change the selection scan Cancel on page G 2 e Two Discrete Lengths Select this option to decode only 2 of 5 symbols containing either of two selected lengths Select lengths using the numeric bar codes in Appendix G Numeric Bar Codes For example to decode only 2 of 5 symbols containing either 2 or 14 characters select 2 of 5 Two Discrete Lengths then scan 0 2 1 and then 4 To correct an error or to change the selection scan Cancel on page G 2 e Length Within Range Select this option to decode an 2 of 5 symbol with a specific length range Select lengths using numeric bar codes in Appendix G Numeric Bar Codes For example to decode 2 of 5 symbols containing between 4 and 12 characters first scan I 2 of 5 Length Within Range Then scan 0 4 1 and 2 enter a leading zero for single digit numbers To correct an error or change the selection scan Cancel on page G 2 e Any Length Scan this option to decode 2 of 5 symbols containing any number of characters within the digital scanner s capability z NOTE Due to the construction of the 2 of 5 symbology it is possible for a scan line covering only a portion of the code to transmit as a complete scan yielding less data than is enc
248. h 200 msec 7 18 SSI Interface 7 11 Table 7 3 SS Default Table Continued DUU Gei Teen EE Ter Multipacket Option 334 FOh AER Option 1 7 19 Interpacket Delay 335 FOh 4Fh 0 ms 7 20 Event Reporting Decode Event 256 FOh 00h Disable 7 21 Boot Up Event 258 FOh 02h Disable 7 22 Parameter Event 259 FOh 03h Disable 7 22 J NOTE SSI interprets Prefix Suffix1 and Suffix2 values listed in Table H 1 on page H 1 differently than other interfaces SSI does not recognize key categories only the 3 digit decimal value The default value of 7013 is interpreted as CR only SSI Host Parameters Select SSI Host To select SSI as the host interface scan the following bar code SSI Host 7 12 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide Baud Rate Parameter 156 SSI 9Ch Baud rate is the number of bits of data transmitted per second Set the digital scanner s baud rate to match the baud rate setting of the host device Otherwise data may not reach the host device or may reach it in distorted form Baud Rate 9600 6 Baud Rate 38 400 8 Baud Rate 115 200 11 Baud Rate 19 200 7 Baud Rate 57 600 10 Ba
249. h 8 BPP 12 10 IDC JPEG Quality DocCap_JPEG_Qual 603 F1h 5Bh 065 12 10 IDC Find Box Outline Sig_FINDBOX 727 F1h D7h Disable 12 11 IDC Minimum Text Length DocCap_MIN_TEXT 656 Fih 90h 00 12 11 IDC Maximum Text Length DocCap_MAX_TEXT 657 Fih 91h 00 12 12 IDC Captured Image Sig_BRIGHTEN 654 F1h GER Enable 12 12 Brighten IDC Captured Image Sig SHARPEN 658 F1h 92h Enable 12 13 Sharpen IDC Border Type DocCap_BORDER 829 F2h 3Dh None 12 14 IDC Delay Time DocCap_DELAY 830 F2h 3Eh 000 12 15 IDC Zoom Limit Sig_MIN_PERCENT 651 F1h 8Bh 000 12 15 IDC Maximum Rotation Sig MAX ROT 652 F1h 8Ch 00 12 16 Intelligent Document Capture 12 5 IDC Operating Mode Parameter Name DocCap_MODE Parameter 594 SSI F1h 52h Select the operating mode of the Intelligent Document Capture firmware e Off Disables the IDC feature e Anchored Requires a bar code decode The image capture region is based off this bar code e Free Form A printed border or page edge defines the image capture region A bar code is optional e Linked A printed border or page edge defines the image capture region A bar code is required Off 0 Anchored 1 Free Form 2 Linked 3 12 6 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide IDC Symbology Parameter Name DocCap_SYMBOLOGY Parameter 655 SSI F1h 8Fh Select the bar code type s to use when Document Capture mode is n
250. hapter 5 Imaging Preferences ue ee Ir RE 5 1 Scanning Sequence Examples ccccccccccccccccceecccecceccceeeeeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeesseeeeeeeeens 5 2 Errors While Scanning WEE 5 2 Imaging Preferences Parameter Defaults cccceeeeeeeesceeeeeneeeeneeeneneeeeeeeeeeneenenseeeeeeeeeneeces 5 2 imaging RS E 5 4 Operational MOdeS E 5 4 Image Capture Illumination s egeiegd eege ege eegent nb Aaen 5 5 Image Capture Autoexvpoeure ccccccceecee cece eect cette eee e eee e eee e ett e ett t dette eaten ed tendeegeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 5 5 WER ee CH 5 6 Fixed GAIN EE 5 6 Gain Exposure Priority for Snapshot Mode c cceeseccesecececenecaaeeaaeeaeeeaeeeaeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 7 Snapshot Mode Timeout c cceeececseeeseeeceeaeaeeaeeaaeeaaaeaaeeaaeeaaeeaeceaeeeaeeaaeceaeceeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeeenaeees 5 8 Snapshot Aiming Pattern tensetedosnitelastonelacitecndintiatodbhidnandneleacashi ladies hey ilemsiinedLiaatiastellaemednases 5 9 Silence Operational Mode Changes ccccccccsseeeeenneneeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeesnenseneeeeeeeeeeeeeseseeeeeeeeeereees 5 9 Image e e EE 5 10 Crop to Pixel Addresses 000 0 eee eeeeceeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeaeeeeeeeaeeaaeeaaaeaaaeaaaaaaaeaaaeaaeaaaeaaaeaaeeeaaeaaaeaaeeaaeeaaeees 5 11 Image Size Number of Pixels E 5 12 Image Brightness Target White seca ssenscetsiesasecccstcnctnsvedsantesceecbsantavgsdianndesndusnne Genes eebeextiaauenens 5 13 JPEG TEEN 5 13 JPEG Tar
251. her 2 or 14 characters select MSI Two Discrete Lengths then scan 0 2 1 and then 4 To correct an error or to change the selection scan Cancel on page G 2 e Length Within Range Select this option to decode a MSI symbol with a specific length range Select lengths using numeric bar codes in Appendix G Numeric Bar Codes For example to decode MSI symbols containing between 4 and 12 characters first scan MSI Length Within Range Then scan 0 4 1 and 2 enter a leading zero for single digit numbers To correct an error or change the selection scan Cancel on page G 2 e Any Length Scan this option to decode MSI symbols containing any number of characters within the digital scanner s capability Symbologies 11 59 Set Lengths for MSI continued i NOTE Due to the construction of the MSI symbology it is possible for a scan line covering only a portion of the code to transmit as a complete scan yielding less data than is encoded in the bar code To prevent this select specific lengths MSI One Discrete Length Two Discrete Lengths for MSI applications MSI One Discrete Length MSI Two Discrete Lengths MSI Length Within Range MSI Any Length 11 60 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide MSI Check Digits Parameter 50 SSI 32h With MSI symbols
252. herwise specified to correct an error during a scanning sequence just re scan the correct parameter Symbology Parameter Defaults Table 11 1 lists the defaults for all symbology parameters To change the default values scan the appropriate bar codes in this guide These new values replace the standard default values in memory To recall the default parameter values see Default Parameters on page 4 5 J NOTE See Appendix A Standard Default Parameters for all user preferences hosts and miscellaneous default parameters Table 11 1 Symbology Parameter Defaults PG oi SN Basi Ze Wi Enable Disable All Code Types 11 8 1D Symbologies UPC EAN UPC A 1 01h Enable 11 9 UPC E 2 02h Enable 11 9 UPC E1 12 OCh Disable 11 10 EAN 8 JAN 8 4 04h Enable 11 10 EAN 13 JAN 13 3 03h Enable 11 11 Bookland EAN 83 53h Disable 11 11 Decode UPC EAN JAN Supplementals 16 10h Ignore 11 13 2 and 5 digits User Programmable Supplementals 000 11 15 Supplemental 1 579 F1h 43h Supplemental 2 580 Fth 44h UPC EAN JAN Supplemental Redundancy 80 50h 10 11 15 Decode UPC EAN JAN Supplemental 672 F1h AOh Combined 11 16 AIM ID UPC Reduced Quiet Zone 1289 F8h 05h 09h Disable 11 17 Transmit UPC A Check Digit 40 28h Enable 11 17 Transmit UPC E Check Digit 41 29h Enable 11 17 Transmit UPC E1 Check Digit 42 2Ah Enable 11 18 UPC A Preamble 34 22h System Character 11 19 Symbologies 11 3 Table 11
253. i neiieishelits ici ieee onl APG ela eiielaeteeee 11 9 Enable Disable UPC E1 ccccccccce cece cece cette eee ee tee e ete teeta ee tee aaa aa eaaeeaeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeseeeaaeeaeaes 11 10 Enable Disable EAN 8 JAN 8 ccccccccccecee cece cette eet e eee t eee e eee teeta eee eeae ga eeeeeeeeeesseeseeeeeeeneeeeea 11 10 Enable Disable EAN 13 JAN 13 o cccccecceeceee cette eee e eee e ete e ete t ete e tate cease tea gegeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeees 11 11 Enable Disable Bookland EAN 11 11 Decode UPC EAN JAN Supplementals 11 12 User Programmable Supplementals cccccecceeecee cece ereer eee eeeeeeeeeegeeeegeegeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeneeeeea 11 15 UPC EAN JAN Supplemental Redundancy 11 15 UPC EAN JAN Supplemental AIM ID Format ce cceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeseeeeseeneeeees 11 16 UPC Reduced Quiet Zone 11 17 Transmit UPC A Check Re EE 11 17 Transmit UPC E Check he TEE 11 18 Transmit UPC E1 Check Digit EE 11 18 URCA Kibri gege My evens a Adee ee ae ae 11 19 URC E en EE 11 20 UPG E1 Preamble eese e a d nnen Geelen ld verte 11 21 Convert UPC E to UPC A siisccssicareinnseim cecateattbandeatubeicasedanus iadadsaduceeueesubeaatencteauadasn gencbecninatial 11 22 Convert UPC Ef to UPC A srar akea E a E A ET AEE SS 11 22 EE E NEE 11 23 Bookland ISBN Format cccccccceccceeceeceeee eee e cette teen teeta cae teaa a eae eae eeaaeeeeaeeeeseseseeseeeseeesseeseees 11 23 UCC Coupon Extended Co
254. ibes the required sequence of messages in specific cases Table 7 1 lists all the SSI opcodes the digital scanner supports It identifies the SSI partner allowed to send a message of each type The host transmits opcodes designated type H The digital scanner transmits type D opcodes and either partner can transmit Host Decoder H D types Table 7 41 SS Commands Name Type Opcode Description AIM_OFF H OxC4 Deactivate aim pattern AIM_ON H 0xC5 Activate aim pattern BEEP H OxE6 Sound the beeper CAPABILITIES_ REPLY D OxD4 Reply to CAPABILITIES_ REQUEST contains a list of the capabilities and commands the decoder supports CAPABILITIES REQUEST H 0xD3 Request capabilities report from the decoder CMD_ACK H D 0xDO Positive acknowledgment of received packet CMD_NAK H D OxD1 Negative acknowledgment of received packet DECODE_DATA D OxF3 Decode data in SSI packet format EVENT D OxF6 Event indicated by associated event code LED OFF H OxE8 De activate LED output LED_ON H OxE7 Activate LED output PARAM_DEFAULTS H 0xC8 Set parameter default values PARAM_REQUEST H OxC7 Request values of certain parameters PARAM_SEND H D OxC6 Send parameter values REPLY_ID D OxA6 Reply to REQUEST_ID contains decoder s serial number REPLY_REVISION D OxA4 Reply to REQUEST_REVISION contains decoder s software hardware configuration REQUEST_ID H 0xA3 Request the decoder s serial n
255. ican Windows 1252 US English Mac Mac CP10000 Albanian Windows 1250 Arabic 101 Windows 1256 Arabic 102 Windows 1256 Arabic 102 AZERTY Windows 1256 Azeri Latin Windows 1254 Azeri Cyrillic Windows 1251 Belarusian Windows 1251 Bosnian Latin Windows 1250 C 2 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide Table C 1 Country Code Page Defaults Country Keyboard Code Page Default Bosnian Cyrillic Windows 1251 Bulgarian Latin Windows 1250 Bulgarian Cyrillic Windows 1251 Canadian French Win7 Windows 1252 Canadian French Legacy Windows 1252 Canadian Multilingual Windows 1252 Croatian Windows 1250 Chinese ASCII Windows 1252 Chinese Simplified Windows 936 GBK Chinese Traditional Windows 950 Bob Czech Windows 1250 Czech Programmers Windows 1250 Czech QWERTY Windows 1250 Danish Windows 1252 Dutch Netherland Windows 1252 Estonian Windows 1257 Faeroese Windows 1252 Finnish Windows 1252 French France Windows 1252 French Canada 95 98 Windows 1252 French Canada 2000 XP Windows 1252 French International Belgian French Windows 1252 Galician Windows 1252 German Windows 1252 Greek Latin Windows 1252 Greek220 Latin Windows 1253 Greek319 Latin Windows 1252 Greek Windows 1253 Greek220 Greek319
256. ices this sends the bar code characters up to the unknown character The digital scanner issues an error beep Send Bar Codes with Unknown Characters Transmit Do Not Send Bar Codes with Unknown Characters Disable USB Interface 6 9 USB Convert Unknown to Code 39 This option applies only to the IBM hand held IBM table top and OPOS devices Scan a bar code below to enable or disable converting unknown bar code type data to Code 39 Disable Convert Unknown to Code 39 Enable Convert Unknown to Code 39 Emulate Keypad Enable this to send all characters as ASCII sequences over the numeric keypad For example ASCII A transmits as ALT make 0 6 5 ALT Break J NOTE f your keyboard type is not listed in the country code list see Country Codes on page B 1 disable Quick Keypad Emulation on page 6 10 and ensure Emulate Keypad is enabled Disable Keypad Emulation Enable Keypad Emulation 6 10 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide Emulate Keypad with Leading Zero Enable this to send character sequences sent over the numeric keypad as ISO characters which have a leading zero For example ASCII A transmits as ALT MAKE 0 0 6 5 ALT BREAK Disable Keypad Emulation with Leading Zero
257. ich case your use of the Commercial Third Party Software will then be governed by the separate Commercial Third Party License The Publicly Available Software that may be included on this media or in the Symbol Technologies Product is listed below The use of the listed Publicly Available Software is subject to the licenses terms and conditions of the agreement in force between the purchaser of the Symbol Technologies Product and Symbol Technologies Inc as well as the terms and conditions of the license of each Publicly Available Software package Copies of the licenses for the listed Publicly Available Software as well as all attributions acknowledgements and software information details are included below Symbol Technologies is required to reproduce the software licenses acknowledgments and copyright notices as provided by the Authors and Owners thus all such information is provided in its native language form without modification or translation The Publicly Available Software in the list below is limited to the Publicly Available Software included by Symbol Technologies The Publicly Available Software included by Commercial Third Party Software or Products that is used in the Symbol Technologies Product are disclosed in the Commercial Third Party Licenses or via the respective Commercial Third Party Publicly Available Software Legal Notices Publicly available software list Name Regular Expression Evaluator Version 8 3 So
258. idation 694 F1h B6h None 13 26 Inverse OCR 856 F2h 58h Regular 13 31 OCR Programming 13 3 OCR Programming Parameters Enable Disable OCR A Parameter 680 SSI F1h A8h To enable or disable OCR A scan one of the following bar codes J NOTE OCR is not as secure as a bar code To decrease OCR misdecodes and speed OCR reading set an accurate OCR template and character subset and use a check digit See OCR Subset on page 13 13 and OCR Template on page 13 15 J NOTE All OCR fonts are disabled by default Enabling OCR can slow bar code decoding Enabling more than one OCR font could also slow OCR decoding and impact OCR decoding accuracy Enable OCR A 1 Disable OCR A 0 OCR A Variant Parameter 684 SSI F1 ACh Font variant sets a processing algorithm and default character subset for the given font To choose a variant scan one of the following bar codes Selecting the most appropriate font variant optimizes performance and accuracy OCR A supports the following variants e OCR A Full ASCII l 0 0123456789 lt gt ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ e OCR A Reserved 1 0123456789ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ e OCR A Reserved 2 0123456789 lt gt ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ e OCR A Banking 0123456789 lt gt Yl 13 4 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide OCR A Variant continued Special banking chara
259. ide OCR Check Digit Multiplier 13 26 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide OCR Check Digit Validation Parameter 694 SSI F1h B6h Use OCR Check Digit Validation to protect against scanning errors by applying a check digit validation scheme The following is a list of options None No check digit validation indicating no check digit is applied This is the default No Check Digit 0 Product Add Left to Right Each character in the scanned data is assigned a numeric value see OCR Check Digit Multiplier on page 13 25 Each digit representing a character in the scanned data is multiplied by its corresponding digit in the multiplier and the sum of these products is computed The check digit passes if this sum modulo Check Digit Modulus is zero Example Scanned data numeric value is 132456 check digit is 6 Check digit multiplier string is 123456 Digit 1 3 2 4 5 6 Multiplier 1 2 3 4 5 6 Product 1 6 6 16 25 36 Product add 1 6 6 16 25 36 90 The Check Digit Modulus is 10 It passes because 90 is divisible by 10 the remainder is zero Product Add Left to Right 3 OCR Programming 13 27 Product Add Right to Left Each character in the scanned data is assigned a numeric value see OCR Check Digit Multiplier on page 13 25 The check digit multip
260. ified at this time Always transmit 0 Example A Bookland EAN bar code 123456789X is transmitted as 1X0123456789X ISSN EAN 0 No options specified at this time Always transmit 0 Example An ISSN EAN bar code 123456789X is transmitted as X0123456789X Code 11 0 Single check digit 1 Two check digits 3 Check characters validated but not transmitted GS1 DataBar No option specified at this time Always transmit 0 GS1 DataBar 14 Family and GS1 DataBar Limited transmit with an Application Identifier 01 Note In GS1 128 emulation mode GS1 DataBar is transmitted using Code 128 rules e JC1 Example A GS1 DataBar 14 bar code 0110012345678902 is transmitted as Je00110012345678902 EAN UCC Native mode transmission Composites Note UPC portion of composite is transmitted using UPC rules GS1 DataBar GS1 128 0 Standard data packet 2D portion of UPE composite 1 Data packet containing the data following an encoded symbol separator character 2 Data packet containing the data following an escape mechanism character The data packet does not support the ECI protocol 3 Data packet containing the data following an escape mechanism character The data packet supports the ECI protocol GS1 128 emulation Note UPC portion of composite is transmitted using UPC rules Data packet is a GS1 128 symbol e data is preceded with UCI E 6 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product
261. igital scanner ignores 1 BPP for TIFF file formats which only support 4 BPP and 8 BPP 1 BPP is coerced to 4 BPP for TIFF file formats 1 BPP 0 4 BPP 1 3 BPP 2 Imaging Preferences 5 19 Signature Capture Parameter 93 SSI 5Dh A signature capture bar code is a special purpose symbology which delineates a signature capture area ina document with a machine readable format The recognition pattern is variable so it can optionally provide an index to various signatures The region inside the bar code pattern is considered the signature capture area See Appendix Signature Capture Code for more information Output File Format Decoding a signature capture bar code de skews the signature image and converts the image to a BMP JPEG or TIFF file format The output data includes the file descriptor followed by the formatted signature image File Descriptor Output Format Signature Type 1 SE evi Size Signature Image WEE byte BIG Endian JPEG 1 1 8 0x00000400 0x00010203 BMP 3 TIFF 4 To enable or disable Signature Capture scan the appropriate bar code below Enable Signature Capture 1 Disable Signature Capture 0 5 20 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide Signature Capture File Format Selector Parameter 313 SSI FOh 39h Select a signatu
262. igurations of the scanner DS4308 HC may require additional maintenance Healthcare Scanner Maintenance The DS4308 HC design allows safe cleansing of the product plastics with a variety of cleaning products and disinfectants If required wipe the digital scanner with the following list of approved cleansers e Isopropyl alcohol e Bleach sodium hypochlorite e Hydrogen peroxide e Gentle dish soap and water IMPORTANT Cleansers that contain active ingredients not listed above should not be utilized on the A DS4308 HC digital scanner DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide Daily Cleaning and Disinfecting Following are the cleaning and disinfecting instructions for environments that require daily or more frequent cleaning to prevent the spread of germs including healthcare workers who need to disinfect their scanner after each patient visit and retail and other shift workers who share devices 1 Dampen a soft cloth with one of the approved cleaning agents listed above or use pre moistened wipes 2 Gently wipe all surfaces including the front back sides top and bottom Never apply liquid directly to the scanner Be careful not to let liquid pool around the scanner window trigger cable connector or any other area on the device 3 Be sure to clean the trigger and in between the trigger and the housing use a cotton tipped applicator to reach tight or inaccessible areas 4 Immediately dry the scanner window
263. imum 2 Sec Low 2 5 Sec Medium 5 Sec High 7 5 Sec Maximum 9 9 Sec 8 16 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide RTS Line State This parameter sets the idle state of the Serial Host RTS line Scan a bar code below to select Low RTS or High RTS line state Host Low RTS Host High RTS Beep on lt BEL gt If you enable this parameter the digital scanner issues a beep when it detects a lt BEL gt character on the RS 232 serial line lt BEL gt indicates an illegal entry or other important event Beep On lt BEL gt Character Enable Do Not Beep On lt BEL gt Character Disable RS 232 Interface 8 17 Intercharacter Delay This parameter specifies the intercharacter delay inserted between character transmissions de due Minimum 0 msec Low 25 msec Medium 50 msec High 75 msec Maximum 99 msec 8 18 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide Nixdorf Beep LED Options If you selected Nixdorf Mode B this indicates when the digital scanner beeps and turns on its LED after a decode D e Normal Operation Beep LED immedia
264. in Range Select this option to decode a Code 39 symbol with a specific length range Select lengths using numeric bar codes in Appendix G Numeric Bar Codes For example to decode Code 39 symbols containing between 4 and 12 characters first scan Code 39 Length Within Range Then scan 0 4 1 and 2 enter a leading zero for single digit numbers To correct an error or change the selection scan Cancel on page G 2 e Any Length Select this option to decode Code 39 symbols containing any number of characters within the digital scanner s capability Code 39 One Discrete Length Code 39 Two Discrete Lengths Code 39 Length Within Range Code 39 Any Length 11 36 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide Code 39 Check Digit Verification Parameter 48 SSI 30h Enable this feature to check the integrity of all Code 39 symbols to verify that the data complies with specified check digit algorithm Only Code 39 symbols which include a modulo 43 check digit are decoded Enable this feature if the Code 39 symbols contain a Modulo 43 check digit Enable Code 39 Check Digit 1
265. ing Pattern cticcic ccssesteecessebesccosstinccdaaveesssnesbsbectsniaonsdesnesentadecusbecnenedens 4 21 Hands Free Decode Aiming Pattern csccnisccsctcnaceccentescevennsrecnesudsaannaieedeanessssesddeantenesventeccniiedins 4 22 Hands Free Motionless Timeout DS4308P Only eeenaeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeneeeeeeees 4 22 Motion Detect Range DS4308P Only sccisassiccessiiconexcsasunsacnincerdceasdsacecktntantansecnentivesreveadeemennacay 4 23 Picklist Mode veciisccdessvetsstutstevessiundiasdisatecefeustdanciet deed e toads janes D se dav AE EES Een 4 24 Continuous Bar Code Read s nnnnsnnnnssnrrrrrrrrrrrrtrtrrtntttnttntttnnnttnntnnE AEE EEnEEEEEnE EEEE E EnEn n nnna 4 25 Unique Bar Code Reporting ccccccccccceceeeeeeeee eect teen eee e eee eee e eae taaaetegeeegeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 4 25 Decode Session Timeout ccccccccceceeee cece ee ee cette teeta tate eaaaeaaaaaaaaaaaeaaaeaeaeaseeeeeeeeeeseeeseeeneenseees 4 26 Timeout Between Decodes Same Symbol ccc cecssecceeceeeceaeeaeeeaaeeaaeeaeecaeeaaeeaeeeaeeeaeeeeeeees 4 26 Timeout Between Decodes Different Symbols ccccsccsccceeeceeceeeeeaeeeeceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeass 4 27 TC 1D Processing EE 4 27 Decode Mirror Images Data Matrix Only 002 cceeeesseseceeeeeeeeteeseeeeeseeeeeeesesaeaeeneeseeeenesseenenes 4 28 Mobile Phone Display EE 4 29 PDF Prtortttzaton 4 30 PDF Prioritization Timeout cccccce cece cece cece eee e eee e eee e
266. ing Pattern on page 5 9 Snapshot Mode Video Mode In this mode the digital scanner behaves as a video camera as long as you press the trigger Release the trigger to return the digital scanner to Decode Mode Scan this bar code to temporarily enter Video Capture Mode Video Mode Imaging Preferences 5 5 Image Capture Illumination Parameter 361 SSI FOh 69h Selecting Enable Image Capture Illumination causes illumination to turn on during every image capture Disable illumination to prevent the digital scanner from using illumination Enabling illumination usually results in superior images The effectiveness of illumination decreases as the distance to the target increases Enable Image Capture Illumination 1 Disable Image Capture Illumination 0 Image Capture Autoexposure Parameter 360 SSI FO0h 68h Select Enable Image Capture Autoexposure to allow the digital scanner to control gain settings and exposure integration time to best capture an image for the selected operation mode Select Disable Image Capture Autoexposure to manually adjust the gain and exposure time see the following pages This option is only recommended for advanced users with difficult image capture situations Enable Image Capture Aut
267. ing accuracy Enable US Currency Disable US Currency OCR Orientation Parameter 687 SSI F1h AFh Select one of five options to specify the orientation of an OCR string to be read e 0 to the imaging engine default e 270 clockwise or 90 counterclockwise to the imaging engine e 180 upside down to the imaging engine e 90 clockwise to the imaging engine e Omnidirectional Setting an incorrect orientation can cause misdecodes OCR Programming 13 11 OCR Orientation continued OCR Orientation 0 0 OCR Orientation 270 Clockwise 1 OCR Orientation 180 Clockwise 2 OCR Orientation 90 Clockwise 3 OCR Orientation Omnidirectional 4 13 12 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide OCR Lines Parameter 691 SSI F1h B3h To select the number of OCR lines to decode scan one of the following bar codes Selecting Visas TD1 or TD2 ID cards automatically sets the appropriate OCR Lines Also see OCR B Variant on page 13 6 OCR 1 Line 1 OCR 2 Lines 2 OCR 3 Lines 3
268. int of sale devices host computers or other devices with an available RS 232 port e g com port If your host does not appear in refer to the documentation for the host device to set communication parameters to match the host J NOTE The digital scanner uses TTL RS 232 signal levels which interface with most system architectures For system architectures requiring RS 232C signal levels Symbol Technologies offers different cables providing TTL to RS 232C conversion Contact Symbol Technologies support for more information Throughout the programming bar code menus asterisks indicate default values Indicates default Baud Rate 9600 Feature Option J NOTE Most computer monitors allow scanning the bar codes directly on the screen When scanning from the screen be sure to set the document magnification to a level where you can see the bar code clearly and bars and or spaces are not merging 8 2 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide Connecting an RS 232 Interface Connect the digital scanner directly to the host computer Serial port connector to host Interface cable Power supply Figure 8 1 RS 232 Direct Connection J NOTE Interface cables vary depending on configuration The connectors illustrated in Figure 8 1 are examples only The connectors may be different than those illustrated but the steps to connect the digital scanner are the same 1 Attach the modular connector of the
269. integrity of the data Scan the appropriate bar code below to transmit the bar code data with or without the Matrix 2 of 5 check digit Enable Matrix 2 of 5 Check Digit 1 Disable Matrix 2 of 5 Check Digit 0 Transmit Matrix 2 of 5 Check Digit Parameter 623 SSI F1h 6Fh Scan a bar code below to transmit Matrix 2 of 5 data with or without the check digit Transmit Matrix 2 of 5 Check Digit 1 Do Not Transmit Matrix 2 of 5 Check Digit 0 11 66 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide Korean 3 of 5 Enable Disable Korean 3 of 5 Parameter 581 SSI F1h 45h To enable or disable Korean 3 of 5 scan the appropriate bar code below lt J NOTE The length for Korean 3 of 5 is fixed at 6 Enable Korean 3 of 5 1 Disable Korean 3 of 5 0 Symbologies 11 67 Inverse 1D Parameter 586 SSI F1h 4Ah This parameter sets the 1D inverse decoder setting Options are e Regular Only the digital scanner decodes regular 1D bar codes only e Inverse Only the digital scanner decodes inverse 1D bar codes only e Inverse Autodetect the digital
270. integrity of the data Scan the appropriate bar code below to transmit the bar code data with or without the UPC E check digit It is always verified to guarantee the integrity of the data Transmit UPC E Check Digit 1 Do Not Transmit UPC E Check Digit 0 Transmit UPC E1 Check Digit Parameter 42 SSI 2Ah The check digit is the last character of the symbol used to verify the integrity of the data Scan the appropriate bar code below to transmit the bar code data with or without the UPC E1 check digit It is always verified to guarantee the integrity of the data Transmit UPC E1 Check Digit 1 Do Not Transmit UPC E1 Check Digit 0 Symbologies 11 19 UPC A Preamble Parameter 34 SSI 22h Preamble characters are part of the UPC symbol and include Country Code and System Character There are three options for transmitting a UPC A preamble to the host device transmit System Character only transmit System Character and Country Code CO for USA and transmit no preamble Select the appropriate option to match the host system No Preamble lt DATA gt 0 System Character lt SYSTEM CHARACTER gt l
271. intenance troubleshooting technical specifications and signal descriptions pinouts Chapter 4 User Preferences amp Miscellaneous Options describes each user preference feature and provides programming bar codes for selecting these features Chapter 5 Imaging Preferences describes imaging preference features and provides programming bar codes for selecting these features Chapter 6 USB Interface describes how to set up the digital scanner with a USB host Chapter 7 SSI Interface describes the system requirements of the Simple Serial Interface SSI which provides a communications link between Symbol Technologies decoders and a serial host Chapter 8 RS 232 Interface describes how to set up the digital scanner with an RS 232 host Chapter 9 IBM 468X 469X Interface describes how to set up the digital scanner with an IBM 468X 469X host Chapter 10 Keyboard Wedge Interface describes how to set up a keyboard wedge interface with the digital scanner Chapter 11 Symbologies describes all symbology features and provides programming bar codes for selecting these features for the digital scanner Chapter 12 Intelligent Document Capture describes IDC an advanced image processing firmware including IDC functionality parameter bar codes to control its features and a quick start procedure Chapter 13 OCR Programming describes how to set up the digital scanner for OCR programming Chapter 14 Driver s License Set Up DS4308 D
272. inuous Bar Code Read 1 Unique Bar Code Reporting Parameter 723 SSI F1h D3h Enable this to report only unique bar codes while the trigger is pulled This option only applies when Continuous Bar Code Read is enabled Disable Continuous Bar Code Read Uniqueness 0 Enable Continuous Bar Code Read Uniqueness 1 4 26 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide Decode Session Timeout Parameter 136 SSI 88h This parameter sets the maximum time decode processing continues during a scan attempt It is programmable in 0 1 second increments from 0 5 to 9 9 seconds The default timeout is 9 9 seconds To set a Decode Session Timeout scan the bar code below Next scan two numeric bar codes from Appendix G Numeric Bar Codes that correspond to the desired on time Enter a leading zero for single digit numbers For example to set a Decode Session Timeout of 0 5 seconds scan the bar code below then scan the 0 and 5 bar codes To correct an error or change the selection scan Cancel on page G 2 Decode Session Timeout Timeout Between Decodes Same Symbol Parameter 137 SSI 89h Use this option in Continuous Bar Code Read mode to prevent the beeper from
273. ions e g UPC A 2 UPC E 2 EAN 13 2 The following options are available If you select Ignore UPC EAN with Supplementals and the digital scanner is presented with a UPC EAN plus supplemental symbol the digital scanner decodes UPC EAN and ignores the supplemental characters If you select Decode UPC EAN with Supplementals the digital scanner only decodes UPC EAN symbols with supplemental characters and ignores symbols without supplementals If you select Autodiscriminate UPC EAN Supplementals the digital scanner decodes UPC EAN symbols with supplemental characters immediately If the symbol does not have a supplemental the digital scanner must decode the bar code the number of times set via UPC EAN JAN Supplemental Redundancy on page 11 15 before transmitting its data to confirm that there is no supplemental If you select one of the following Supplemental Mode options the digital scanner immediately transmits EAN 13 bar codes starting with that prefix that have supplemental characters If the symbol does not have a supplemental the digital scanner must decode the bar code the number of times set via UPC EAN JAN Supplemental Redundancy on page 11 15 before transmitting its data to confirm that there is no supplemental The digital scanner transmits UPC EAN bar codes that do not have that prefix immediately e Enable 378 379 Supplemental Mode e Enable 978 979 Supplemental Mode NOTE f you select 978 979 Supplemental Mode and are scannin
274. is bar code immediately following a date format bar code to use no separator character between the date fields No Separator 14 20 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide Send Keystroke Control Characters and Keyboard Characters Control Characters Scan a Send bar code for the keystroke to send Send Control A Send Control B Send Control C Send Control D Send Control E Send Control F Send Control G Send Control H Driver s License Set Up DS4308 DL 14 21 Control Characters continued IAU Send Control I MA Il Send Control J AAA A Send Control K 008 I Send Control L VM Send Control M ditt Send Control N VATA A Send Control O 0 AN Send Control P 14 22 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide Control Characters continued Send Control Q
275. isable Disable Disable Disable Disable Disable Disable RTS Line State High Low Low Low No data to Low High High send Prefix None None None None STX 1003 None STX 1002 In the Nixdorf Mode B if CTS is low scanning is disabled When CTS is high scanning is enabled If you scan Nixdorf Mode B without connecting the digital scanner to the proper host it may appear unable to scan If this happens scan a different RS 232 host type within 5 seconds of cycling power to the digital scanner The CUTE host disables all parameter scanning including Set Defaults If you inadvertently select CUTE scan Enable Parameter Bar Code Scanning 1 on page 4 6 then change the host selection RS 232 Host Parameters continued RS 232 Interface Selecting ICL Fujitsu Wincor Nixdorf Mode A Wincor Nixdorf Mode B OPOS JPOS Olivetti Omron or Common Use Terminal Equipment CUTE LP LG bar code readers enables the transmission of code ID characters listed in Table 8 3 These code ID characters are not programmable and are separate from the Transmit Code ID feature Do not enable the Transmit Code ID feature for these terminals Table 8 3 Terminal Specific Code ID Characters Wincor Wincor Nixdort Code Type ICL Fujitsu Nixdorf Mode B Olivetti Omron CUTE Mode A OPOS JPOS UPC A A A A A A A A UPC E C C C None EAN 8 JAN 8 FF FF B B B FF None EAN 13 JAN 13 F F
276. iteral string is detected It can be used in two ways 1 Plet Where e p1 is the Skip Until operator e cis the type of character that triggers the start of output e tis one or more template characters Pi s t Where e P1is the Skip Until operator e s is one or more literal string characters see Literal String and on page 13 19 that trigger the start of output e tis one or more template characters 13 22 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide The trigger character or literal string is included in output from a Skip Until operator and the first character in the template should accommodate this trigger Template Incoming data Output P1l PN AA9999 123PN9876 PN9876 PN1234 PN1234 X PN3592 PN3592 Skip Until Not P0 P This operator allows skipping over characters until a specific character type or a literal string is not matched in the output stream It can be used in two ways 0 POct Where e PO is the Skip Until Not operator e cis the type of character that triggers the start of output e tis one or more template characters PO s t Where e PO is the Skip Until Not operator e s is one or more literal string characters see Literal String and on page 13 19 that trigger the start of output e tis one or more template characters OCR Programming 13 23 The trigger character or literal string is not included in output from a Skip Until Not operator Template P0A9999 T
277. le Discrete 2 of 5 0 Set Lengths for Discrete 2 of 5 Parameter L1 20 SSI 14h L2 21 SSI 15h The length of a code refers to the number of characters i e human readable characters including check digit s the code contains Set lengths for D 2 of 5 to any length one or two discrete lengths or lengths within a specific range The range for Discrete 2 of 5 lengths is 1 55 vV One Discrete Length Select this option to decode only D 2 of 5 symbols containing a selected length Select the length using the numeric bar codes in Appendix G Numeric Bar Codes For example to decode only D 2 of 5 symbols with 14 characters scan D 2 of 5 One Discrete Length then scan 1 followed by 4 To correct an error or to change the selection scan Cancel on page G 2 Two Discrete Lengths Select this option to decode only D 2 of 5 symbols containing either of two selected lengths Select lengths using the numeric bar codes in Appendix G Numeric Bar Codes For example to decode only D 2 of 5 symbols containing either 2 or 14 characters select D 2 of 5 Two Discrete Lengths then scan 0 2 1 and then 4 To correct an error or to change the selection scan Cancel on page G 2 Length Within Range Select this option to decode a D 2 of 5 symbol with a specific length range Select lengths using numeric bar codes in Appendix G Numeric Bar Codes For example to decode D 2 of 5 symbols con
278. le this parameter Disable Function Key Mapping Enable Function Key Mapping 6 12 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide Simulated Caps Lock Enable this to invert upper and lower case characters on the bar code as if the Caps Lock state is enabled on the keyboard This inversion occurs regardless of the keyboard s Caps Lock state V NOTE Simulated Caps Lock applies to ASCII characters only Disable Simulated Caps Lock Enable Simulated Caps Lock Convert Case Enable this to convert all bar code data to the selected case J NOTE Convert Case applies to ASCII characters only i No Case Conversion Convert All to Upper Case Convert All to Lower Case USB Interface 6 13 USB Static CDC When disabled each device connected consumes another COM port first device COM1 second device COM2 third device COM3 etc When enabled each device connects to the same COM port Enable USB Static CDC Disable USB Static CDC 6 14 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide Optional USB Parameters If the configured settings are changed or not saved after restarting the system scan the following bar codes to override USB interface defaults Ignore Beep Directive Scan one of the fol
279. lier is reversed in order Each value representing a character in the scanned data is multiplied by its corresponding digit in the reversed multiplier resulting in a product for each character in the scanned data The sum of these products is computed The check digit passes if this sum modulo Check Digit Modulus is zero Example Scanned data numeric value is 132459 check digit is 9 Check digit multiplier string is 123456 Digit 1 3 2 4 5 9 Multiplier 6 5 4 3 2 1 Product 6 15 8 12 10 9 Productadd 6 15 8 12 10 9 60 The Check Digit Modulus is 10 It passes because 60 is divisible by 10 the remainder is 0 Product Add Right to Left Digit Add Left to Right 1 Each character in the scanned data is assigned a numeric value see OCR Check Digit Multiplier on page 13 25 Each value representing a character in the scanned data is multiplied by its corresponding digit in the multiplier resulting in a product for each character in the scanned data The sum of each individual digit in all of the products is then calculated The check digit passes if this sum modulo Check Digit Modulus is zero Example Scanned data numeric value is 132456 check digit is 6 Check digit multiplier string is 123456 Digit 1 3 2 4 5 6 Multiplier 1 2 3 4 5 6 Product 1 6 6 16 25 36 Digit add 1 6 6 146 2 5 34 6 36 The Check Digit Modulus is 12 It passes because 36 is divisible by 12 the re
280. ll All Redundancy Level 3 Code types other than the following must be successfully read twice before being decoded The following codes must be read three times Table 11 4 Redundancy Level 3 Codes Code Type Code Length MSI 4 characters or less D2o0f5 8 characters or less 12 o0f5 8 characters or less Codabar 8 characters or less Symbologies 11 89 Redundancy Level 4 The following code types must be successfully read three times before being decoded Table 11 5 Redundancy Level 4 Codes Code Type Code Length All All Redundancy Level 1 1 Redundancy Level 2 2 Redundancy Level 3 3 Redundancy Level 4 4 11 90 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide Security Level Parameter 77 SSI 4Dh The digital scanner offers four levels of decode security for delta bar codes which include the Code 128 family UPC EAN and Code 93 Select increasing levels of security for decreasing levels of bar code quality There is an inverse relationship between security and digital scanner aggressiveness so choose only that level of security necessary for any given application e Security Level 0 This setting allows the digital scanner to operate in its most aggressive state while providing sufficient security in decoding most
281. llustrated but the steps to connect the digital scanner are the same 1 Turn off the host and unplug the keyboard connector 2 Attach the modular connector of the Y cable to the cable interface port on the digital scanner See Installing the Interface Cable on page 1 3 Connect the round male DIN host connector of the Y cable to the keyboard port on the host device Connect the round female DIN keyboard connector of the Y cable to the keyboard connector If needed attach the optional power supply to the connector in the middle of the Y cable Ensure that all connections are secure Ny mm FPF Q Turn on the host system Gei The digital scanner automatically detects the host interface type and uses the default setting If the default does not meet your requirements scan BM PC AT amp IBM PC Compatibles on page 10 4 9 To modify any other parameter options scan the appropriate bar codes in this chapter Keyboard Wedge Interface 10 3 Keyboard Wedge Parameter Defaults Table 10 1 lists the defaults for Keyboard Wedge host parameters To change any option scan the appropriate bar code s in Keyboard Wedge Host Parameters on page 10 4 J NOTE See Appendix B Country Codes for Keyboard Wedge Country Keyboard Types Country Codes See Appendix A Standard Default Parameters for all user preferences hosts symbologies and miscellaneous default parameters Table 10 1 Keyboard Wedge Host Default Table
282. logy Enable UPC E1 1 Disable UPC E1 0 Enable Disable EAN 8 JAN 8 Parameter 4 SSI 04h To enable or disable EAN 8 JAN 8 scan the appropriate bar code below Enable EAN 8 JAN 8 1 Disable EAN 8 JAN 8 0 Symbologies 11 11 Enable Disable EAN 13 JAN 13 Parameter 3 SSI 03h To enable or disable EAN 13 JAN 13 scan the appropriate bar code below Enable EAN 13 JAN 13 1 Disable EAN 13 JAN 13 0 Enable Disable Bookland EAN Parameter 83 SSI 53h To enable or disable Bookland EAN scan the appropriate bar code below Enable Bookland EAN 1 Disable Bookland EAN 0 J NOTE f you enable Bookland EAN select a Bookland ISBN Format on page 11 23 Also select either Decode UPC EAN Supplementals Autodiscriminate UPC EAN Supplementals or Enable 978 979 Supplemental Mode in Decode UPC EAN JAN Supplementals on page 11 12 11 12 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide Decode UPC EAN JAN Supplementals Parameter 16 SSI 10h Supplementals are bar codes appended according to specific format convent
283. low followed by four bar codes from Appendix G Numeric Bar Codes in the range of 1023 The default is 050 Note that you must use an application to set a negative value IDC Y Coordinate 12 8 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide IDC Width Parameter Name DocCap_WIDTH Parameter 598 SSI F1h 56h Specify the width of the region to capture This parameter only applies when DC Operating Mode is set to Anchored Scan the bar code below followed by four bar codes from Appendix G Numeric Bar Codes in the range of 0000 to 1279 The default is 0300 IDC Width IDC Height Parameter Name DocCap_HEIGHT Parameter 599 SSI F1h 57h Specify the height of the region to capture This parameter only applies when DC Operating Mode is set to Anchored Scan the bar code below followed by four bar codes from Appendix G Numeric Bar Codes in the range of 0000 to 1279 The default is 0050 IDC Height Intelligent Document Capture 12 9 IDC Aspect Parameter Name DocCap_ASPECT Parameter 595 SSI F1h 53h Specify the bar code s aspect ratio of a thin bar or space The bar code s height is divided by this value to get the unit in the y axis The aspect value is calculated automatically if this parameter is set to zero This parameter only applies when IDC Operating Mode is set to Anchored Scan the bar code below followed by thre
284. lowing bar codes to honor or ignore a beep directive from the USB host When enabled the request is not sent to the digital scanner All directives are still acknowledged to the USB host as if they were processed Disable Ignore Beep Directive Enable Ignore Beep Directive Ignore Bar Code Configuration Directive Scan one of the following bar codes to honor or ignore a code type enable disable directive from the USB host When this parameter is enabled this request is not sent to the digital scanner All directives are still acknowledged to the USB host as if they were processed Disable Ignore Bar Code Configuration Directive Enable Ignore Bar Code Configuration Directive USB Interface 6 15 USB Polling Interval Scan a bar code below to set the polling interval The polling interval is the rate at which data transmits between the scanner and host computer A lower number indicates a faster data rate J NOTE When changing the USB polling interval the digital scanner restarts and issues a power up beep sequence 0 IMPORTANT Ensure the host supports the selected data rate 1 msec 2 msec 3 msec 4 msec 5 msec 6 16 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide USB Polling Interval continued
285. lt 400 001 1280 Decimal Signature Capture Height Parameter 367 SSI F4h FOh 6Fh To set the height of the signature capture box scan the Signature Capture Height bar code followed by 3 bar codes from Appendix G Numeric Bar Codes corresponding to a value in the range of 001 to 800 decimal Signature Capture Height Default 100 001 800 Decimal Signature Capture JPEG Quality Parameter 421 SSI FOh A5h Scan the JPEG Quality Value bar code followed by 3 bar codes from Appendix G Numeric Bar Codes corresponding to a value from 005 to 100 where 100 represents the highest quality image JPEG Quality Value Default 065 5 100 Decimal Imaging Preferences 5 23 Video Mode Format Selector Parameter 916 SSI F2h 94h When the digital imager scanner is in Video Mode select whether to send data in BMP or JPEG format BMP File Format 3 JPEG File Format 1 Video View Finder Parameter 324 SSI FOh 44h Select Enable Video View Finder to project the video view finder while in Video Mode or Disable Video View Finder to turn the video view finder off Disable Video View Finder 0
286. mainder is 0 Digit Add Left to Right 4 13 28 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide Digit Add Right to Left Each character in the scanned data is assigned a numeric value see OCR Check Digit Multiplier on page 13 25 The check digit multiplier is reversed in order Each value representing a character in the scanned data is multiplied by its corresponding digit in the reversed multiplier resulting in a product for each character in the scanned data The sum of each individual digit in all of the products is then calculated The check digit passes if this sum modulo Check Digit Modulus is zero Example Scanned data numeric value is 132456 check digit is 6 Check digit multiplier string is 123456 Digit 1 3 2 4 5 6 Multiplier 6 5 4 3 2 1 Product 6 15 8 12 10 6 Digit add 6 145 8 142 1 0 6 30 The Check Digit Modulus is 10 It passes because 30 is divisible by 10 the remainder is 0 Digit Add Right to Left Product Add Right to Left Simple Remainder 2 Each character in the scanned data is assigned a numeric value see OCR Check Digit Multiplier on page 13 25 The check digit multiplier is reversed in order Each value representing a character in the scanned data is multiplied by its corresponding digit in the reversed multiplier resulting in a product for each character in the scanned data The sum of these p
287. n Decode 590 F1h 4Eh Enable Hands Free 4 22 Aiming Pattern Presentation Decode Aiming Pattern on PDF Hands Free Motionless Timeout 745 F1h E9h 2 0 seconds 4 22 DS4308P Only Motion Detect Range DS4308P Only 827 F2h 3Bh Full 4 23 Picklist Mode 402 FOh 92h Disabled Always 4 24 Continuous Bar Code Read 649 Fih 89h Disable 4 25 Unique Bar Code Reporting 723 F1h D3h Enable 4 25 Decode Session Timeout 136 88h 9 9 Sec 4 26 Timeout Between Decodes Same 137 89h 0 5 Sec 4 26 Symbol Timeout Between Decodes Different 144 90h 0 1 sec 4 27 Symbols Fuzzy 1D Processing 514 F1h 02h Enable 4 27 Decode Mirror Images Data Matrix Only 537 F1h 19h Auto 4 28 Mobile Phone Display Mode 716 F1h CCh Normal 4 29 PDF Prioritization 719 F1h CFh Disable 4 30 PDF Prioritization Timeout 720 Fih DOh 200 ms 4 30 Presentation Mode Field of View 609 F1h 61h Full 4 31 Decoding Illumination 298 FOh 2Ah Enable 4 31 1 Parameter number decimal values are used for programming via RSM commands 2 SSI number hex values are used for programming via SSI commands 4 4 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide Table 4 1 User Preferences Parameter Defaults Continued Parameter SSI Page D Number Number 2 Darni Number Post Decode Illumination 809 F2h 29h Always Off 4 32 DS4308P Only Illumination Brightness 669 F1h 9Dh High 4 32 Low Light Scene Detection 810 F2h 2Ah Dim Illumination Low 4 33
288. n the two beeps depending on the size of the captured image and options selected de skew brighten etc You can move the decoder after the first beep but continue the hold the trigger or the decoder may end the session before sending the data 12 18 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide IDC Demonstrations Anchored Mode Demo Set parameters to these values Table 12 3 Anchored Mode Sample Parameter Values Parameter VELT IDC Operating Mode Anchored IDC Height 100 IDC Width 90 IDC X Coordinate 175 IDC Y Coordinate 50 e Pullthe trigger The decoder decodes the bar code and captures an image of the text scroll e Rotate the form clockwise so the word Capture is along the bottom edge and pull the trigger The decoder decodes the bar code and captures the same image including orientation This example also works with the form rotated counter clockwise or upside down e Modify the values for height width x and y Pull the trigger The captured area changes in size and location e Cover the bar code with a small piece of paper or your finger and pull the trigger The decoder does not decode the bar code or capture an image What this demonstrates The Intelligent Document Capture Anchored mode captures an image of fixed size and location relative to a bar code on the page Parameters control the height width and location The IDC firmware requires that a bar code is present in ord
289. nable Symbol Code ID Character or AIM Code ID Character for Transmit Code ID Character on page 4 36 the digital scanner appends the code ID for Code 39 to the NR message Enable No Read 1 Disable No Read 0 User Preferences amp Miscellaneous Options 4 41 Unsolicited Heartbeat Interval Parameter 1118 SSI F8h 04h 5Eh The imager supports sending Unsolicited Heartbeat Messages to assist in diagnostics To enable this feature and set the desired unsolicited heartbeat interval scan one of the time interval bar codes below or scan Set Another Interval followed by four numeric bar codes from Appendix G Numeric Bar Codes scan sequential numbers that correspond to the desired number of seconds Scan Disable Unsolicited Heartbeat Interval to turn off the feature The heartbeat event is sent as decode data with no decode beep in the form of MOTEVTHB nnn where nnn is a three digit sequence number starting at 001 and wrapping after 100 10 seconds 10 1 minute 60 Set Another Interval Disable Unsolicited Heartbeat Interval 0 4 42 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide Introduction You can program the digital scanner to perform
290. ncel scanned High low beeps Keyboard parameter selected Enter value using numeric bar codes High low high low beeps Successful program exit with change in parameter setting ADF Programming Low low beeps Low high high beeps Enter another alphabetic character or scan the End of Message bar code All rules are deleted Low high low high beeps Out of rule memory Erase some existing rules then try to save rule again Low high low beeps Cancel rule entry Rule entry mode exited because of an error or the user asked to exit rule entry Low high beeps Entry error wrong bar code scanned or criteria action list is too long for a rule Re enter criterion or action Low beep Delete last saved rule The current rule is left intact High high beeps ADF criteria or action is expected Enter another criterion or action or scan the Save Rule bar code High low low beeps All criteria or actions cleared for current rule continue entering rule High low high low beeps Rule saved Rule entry mode exited Code 39 Buffering Low high low beeps The Code 39 buffer was erased or there was an attempt to clear or transmit an empty buffer High low beeps New Code 39 data was entered into the buffer 3 long high beeps Code 39 buffer is full DataCapture 2 3 Table 2 1 Beeper Definitions Continued Beeper Sequence Indication High low high beeps
291. ncluding decode video and snapshot Operational Modes The digital scanner has two modes of operation e Decode Mode e Snapshot Mode e Video Mode Decode Mode By default when you pull the trigger the digital scanner attempts to locate and decode enabled bar codes within its field of view The digital scanner remains in this mode until it decodes a bar code or you release the trigger Snapshot Mode Use Snapshot Mode to capture a high quality image and transmit it to the host To temporarily enter this mode scan the Snapshot Mode bar code While in this mode the digital scanner blinks the green LED at 1 second intervals to indicate it is not in standard operating decode mode In Snapshot Mode the digital scanner turns on its aiming pattern to highlight the area to capture in the image The next trigger pull instructs the digital scanner to capture a high quality image and transmit it to the host A short time may pass less than 2 seconds between when the trigger is pulled and the image is captured as the digital scanner adjusts to the lighting conditions Hold the digital scanner steady until the image is captured denoted by a single beep If you do not press the trigger within the Snapshot Mode Timeout period the digital scanner returns to Decode Mode Use Snapshot Mode Timeout on page 5 8 to adjust this timeout period The default timeout period is 30 seconds To disable the aiming pattern during Snapshot Mode see Snapshot Aim
292. ned bar code After this determination is made the information content is decoded B Bar The dark element in a printed bar code symbol Bar Code A pattern of variable width bars and spaces which represents numeric or alphanumeric data in machine readable form The general format of a bar code symbol consists of a leading margin start character data or message character check character if any stop character and trailing margin Within this framework each recognizable symbology uses its own unique format See Symbology Bar Code Density The number of characters represented per unit of measurement e g characters per inch Bar Height The dimension of a bar measured perpendicular to the bar width Bar Width Thickness of a bar measured from the edge closest to the symbol start character to the trailing edge of the same bar BIOS Basic Input Output System A collection of ROM based code with a standard API used to interface with standard PC hardware Glossary 2 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide Bit Binary digit One bit is the basic unit of binary information Generally eight consecutive bits compose one byte of data The pattern of 0 and 1 values within the byte determines its meaning Bits per Second bps Bits transmitted or received Boot or Boot up The process a computer goes through when it starts During boot up the computer can run self diagnostic tests and configure hardware and softwar
293. ng to transmit scan data as it becomes available Select Standard RTS CTS handshaking to transmit scan data according to the following sequence e The digital scanner reads the CTS line for activity If CTS is asserted the scanner waits up to Host Serial Response Time out for the host to de assert the CTS line If after Host Serial Response Time out default the CTS line is still asserted the scanner sounds a transmit error and discards any scanned data e When the CTS line is de asserted the digital scanner asserts the RTS line and waits up to Host Serial Response Time out for the host to assert CTS When the host asserts CTS the scanner transmits data If after Host Serial Response Time out default the CTS line is not asserted the scanner sounds a transmit error and discards the data e When data transmission completes the digital scanner de asserts RTS 10 msec after sending the last character e The host should respond by negating CTS The digital scanner checks for a de asserted CTS upon the next transmission of data During the transmission of data the CTS line should be asserted If CTS is deasserted for more than 50 ms between characters the digital scanner aborts transmission sounds a transmission error and discards the data If this communication sequence fails the digital scanner issues an error indication In this case the data is lost and must be rescanned If hardware handshaking and software handshaking are b
294. nked The document capture region is a rectangular piece of paper or a portion of it enclosed by a rectangular border In either case all four sides of the capture region must be completely within the engine s field of view and there must be sufficient contrast at the border of the capture region For example if a piece of white paper contains the document to capture it must be put in front of a dark background By default the engine captures the largest rectangular region within the field of view To specify a particular border type use the DC Border Type parameter The region must contain at least 10 of the field of view in two dimensions If an IDC bar code is decoded its location is used to start the search for the capture region Otherwise the capture region is searched from the center of the field of view IDC also uses the orientation of a decoded IDC bar code to orient the output image Image Post Processing After determining the document capture region the firmware de skews and re samples the region as described below Enabling DC Captured Image Brighten calls normalization where the brightness of the image is made uniform and contrast is enhanced as a large percent of background pixels is made completely white a smaller percent of pixels is made completely black if the firmware determines there is no danger of enhancing the contrast of a very bland area Enabling DC Captured Image Sharpen enhances the sharpness of the im
295. nother RS 232 host type bar code changes these settings RS 232 Interface 8 7 RS 232 Host Types continued OPOS JPOS Fujitsu RS 232 CUTE 1 1The CUTE host disables all parameter scanning including Set Defaults If you inadvertently select CUTE scan Enable Parameter Bar Code Scanning 1 on page 4 6 then change the host selection 8 8 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide Baud Rate Baud rate is the number of bits of data transmitted per second Set the digital scanner s baud rate to match the baud rate setting of the host device Otherwise data may not reach the host device or may reach it in distorted form J NOTE The digital scanner does not support baud rates below 9600 Baud Rate 9600 Baud Rate 19 200 Baud Rate 38 400 Baud Rate 57 600 Baud Rate 115 200 RS 232 Interface 8 9 Parity A parity check bit is the most significant bit of each ASCII coded character Select the parity type according to host device requirements e Select Odd parity to set the parity bit value to 0 or 1 based on data to ensure that the coded character contains an odd number of 1 bits e Select Even parity to set the parity bit value is set to 0 or 1 based on data to ensure that the coded character con
296. nsmit no preamble Select the appropriate option to match the host system No Preamble lt DATA gt 0 System Character lt SYSTEM CHARACTER gt lt DATA gt 1 System Character amp Country Code lt COUNTRY CODE gt lt SYSTEM CHARACTER lt DATA gt 2 11 22 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide Convert UPC E to UPC A Parameter 37 SSI 25h Enable this to convert UPC E zero suppressed decoded data to UPC A format before transmission After conversion the data follows UPC A format and is affected by UPC A programming selections e g Preamble Check Digit Disable this to transmit UPC E decoded data as UPC E data without conversion Convert UPC E to UPC A Enable 1 Do Not Convert UPC E to UPC A Disable 0 Convert UPC E1 to UPC A Parameter 38 SSI 26h Enable this to convert UPC E1 decoded data to UPC A format before transmission After conversion the data follows UPC A format and is affected by UPC A programming selections e g Preamble Check Digit Disable this to transmit UPC E1 decoded data as UPC E1 data without conversion Convert UPC E1 to UPC A Enable 1
297. ntifies the CapCode with letter i Table l 3 Data Format File Format Image Size 1 byte Type 1 byte 4 bytes BIG Endian DEE JPEG 1 See Table l 1 last Same bytes as ina BMP 3 column data file TIFF 4 1 4 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide Additional Capabilities Regardless of how the signature is captured the output signature image is de skewed and right side up A scanner that captures signatures automatically determines whether it is scanning a signature or a bar code You can disable the signature capturing capability in a decoder Signature Boxes Figure l 3 illustrates the five acceptable signature boxes Type 2 ssi Type 5 si Type 7 Type 8 _ Type 9 Figure l 3 Acceptable Signature Boxes Numerics aiming pattern 2 10 5 9 ONMAbIING EE 4 22 Sc 15 1 orientation hss dG rs Hee arse ears ana DS Bs 2 11 2D bar codes ASCII values EEN 11 86 keyboard wedge 10 11 aztec inverse 0 0 eee eee ee 11 86 RS2232 eke he 8 19 code 128 emulation 11 82 BEE Eege 6 18 data matrix 6 eee tee 11 83 assembling the stand 2 5 data matrix inverse 1 0 0 seen ee 11 83 qutoexposure 2 0 06 0 cece eee ee eee 5 5 AL EE 11 87 han xin inverse 11 87 maxicode 0000e eee eee eee 11 84 B microPDF417 222000000 11 81 bar codes MICKOOR EE 11 85 AAMVA field parsing N ee edad Sie veces
298. oded in the bar code To prevent this select specific lengths 2 of 5 One Discrete Length Two Discrete Lengths for 2 of 5 applications Symbologies 11 47 Set Lengths for Interleaved 2 of 5 continued 2 of 5 One Discrete Length 2 of 5 Two Discrete Lengths 2 of 5 Length Within Range l 2 of 5 Any Length 11 48 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide 12 of 5 Check Digit Verification Parameter 49 SSI 31h Enable this feature to check the integrity of all 2 of 5 symbols to verify the data complies with either the specified Uniform Symbology Specification USS or the Optical Product Code Council OPCC check digit algorithm Disable 0 USS Check Digit 1 OPCC Check Digit 2 Symbologies 11 49 Transmit 2 of 5 Check Digit Parameter 44 SSI 2Ch Scan the appropriate bar code below to transmit 2 of 5 data with or without the check digit Transmit 2 of 5 Check Digit Enable 1 Do Not Transmit I 2 of 5 Check Digit Disable 0 Convert 2 of 5 to EAN 13 Parameter 82 SSI 52h Enable this parameter to convert 14 character 2 of 5 codes to EAN 13 and transmit to the host as EAN 13 To accomplish this the 2 of 5 code must be enabled an
299. odes for numeric bar codes Fixed Gain Imaging Preferences 5 7 Gain Exposure Priority for Snapshot Mode Parameter 562 SSI F1h 32h This parameter alters the digital scanner s gain exposure priority when it acquires an image in Snapshot Mode in auto exposure mode Scan Low Exposure Priority to set a mode in which the digital scanner favors higher gain over exposure to capture an image This results in an image that is less susceptible to motion blur at the expense of noise artifacts However for most applications the amount of noise is acceptable Scan Low Gain Priority to set a mode in which the digital scanner favors longer exposure time rather than higher gain to capture an image This ensures that the image is less noisy and produces fewer artifacts during post processing activities like image enhancement sharpening The mode is recommended for fixed mount fixed object image capture since the image acquired is susceptible to motion blur Scan Autodetect default to set a mode in which the digital scanner automatically selects Gain Priority or Low Exposure Priority mode for Snapshot Mode If the digital scanner is in a magnetic reed switch enabled stand or it is configured in Blink Mode it uses Low Gain Priority mode Otherwise it uses the Low Exposure Priority mode Low Gain Priority 0 Low Exposure Priority 1
300. oexposure 1 Disable Image Capture Autoexposure 0 5 6 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide Fixed Exposure Parameter 567 SSI F4h F1h 37h Type Word Range 1 1000 This parameter configures the exposure used in manual mode for Snapshot and Video modes Each integer value represents 100 us worth of exposure The default value is 100 which results in an exposure setting of 10 ms To set the Fixed Exposure parameter scan Fixed Exposure followed by four numeric bar codes representing the value Leading zeros are required For example to set a Fixed Exposure value of 99 scan 0 0 9 9 See Appendix G Numeric Bar Codes for numeric bar codes Fixed Exposure 4 digits Fixed Gain Parameter 568 SSI F1h 38h Type Byte Range 1 100 This parameter configures the gain setting used in manual mode for Snapshot and Video modes A value of 1 indicates that gain is not used for image capture A value of 100 indicates that maximum gain is used for image capture The default value of this parameter is 50 To set the Fixed Gain parameter scan Fixed Gain below followed by three numeric bar codes representing the value Leading zeros are required For example to set a Fixed Gain value of 99 scan 0 9 9 See Appendix G Numeric Bar C
301. of 5 0 No check digit processing 1 Reader has validated check digit 3 Reader has validated and stripped check digit Example An 2 of 5 bar code without check digit 4123 is transmitted as l04123 Codabar 0 No check digit processing 1 Reader has checked check digit 3 Reader has stripped check digit before transmission Example A Codabar bar code without check digit 4123 is transmitted as F04123 Code 93 0 No options specified at this time Always transmit 0 Example A Code 93 bar code 012345678905 is transmitted as G0012345678905 MSI 0 Check digits are sent 1 No check digit is sent Example An MSI bar code 4123 with a single check digit checked is transmitted as M14123 Programming Reference E 5 Table E 3 Modifier Characters Continued Code Type Option Value Option D2 of 5 0 No options specified at this time Always transmit 0 Example A D 2 of 5 bar code 4123 is transmitted as S04123 UPC EAN 0 Standard data packet in full EAN format i e 13 digits for UPC A UPC E and EAN 13 not including supplemental data Two digit supplemental data only 2 Five digit supplemental data only 3 Combined data packet comprising 13 digits from EAN 13 UPC A or UPC E symbol and 2 or 5 digits from supplemental symbol 4 EAN 8 data packet Example A UPC A bar code 012345678905 is transmitted as JE00012345678905 Bookland EAN 0 No options spec
302. one check digit is mandatory and always verified by the reader The second check digit is optional If the MSI codes include two check digits scan the Two MSI Check Digits bar code to enable verification of the second check digit See MSI Check Digit Algorithm on page 11 61 for the selection of second digit algorithms One MSI Check Digit 0 Two MSI Check Digits 1 Transmit MSI Check Digit s Parameter 46 SSI 2Eh Scan a bar code below to transmit MSI data with or without the check digit Transmit MSI Check Digit s Enable 1 Do Not Transmit MSI Check Digit s Disable 0 Symbologies 11 61 MSI Check Digit Algorithm Parameter 51 SSI 33h Two algorithms are possible for the verification of the second MSI check digit Select the bar code below corresponding to the algorithm used to encode the check digit MOD 10 MOD 11 0 MOD 10 MOD 10 1 11 62 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide Chinese 2 of 5 Enable Disable Chinese 2 of 5 Parameter 408 SSI FO0h 98h To enable or disable Chinese 2 of 5 scan the appropriate bar code below Enable Chinese 2 of 5 1
303. ontinued AA HN Send MA WA Send AA WA Send VMN Send VTA Send 0 A Send 0 VAT Send 1 Driver s License Set Up DS4308 DL 14 27 Keyboard Characters continued VATA Send 2 A0 id Send 3 00 Send A IDN A Send 5 IA Send 6 VAT Send 7 NN Send 8 14 28 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide Keyboard Characters continued A0 di Send 9 MA Wd Send AA WON Send du Send lt VT Send MA WI Send gt MA UV H Send Driver s License Set Up DS4308 DL 14 29 Keyboard Characters continued IAM Send UA Send A NA Send B IDN Send C VT Send D IDN Send E VTA Send F 14 30 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide Keyboard Characters continued A0 Vo Send G MAAA Send H A0 WI Send TL Send J III Send K MA Wb Send L VANTIN Send M Driver s License Set Up DS4308 DL 14 31 Keyboard Characters continued
304. or when e The CTS line is asserted when the digital scanner tries to transmit and is still asserted on each of 2 successive retries e Failure to receive an ACK or NAK after initial transmit and two resends Things to Remember When Using SSI Communication When not using hardware handshaking space messages sufficiently apart The host must not communicate with the digital scanner if the digital scanner is transmitting When using hardware handshaking frame each message properly with the handshaking signals Do not try to send two commands within the same handshaking frame There is a permanent temporary bit in the PARAM_SEND message Removing power from the digital scanner discards temporary changes Permanent changes are written to non volatile memory Frequent changes shorten the life of the non volatile memory SSI Interface 7 7 Using Time Delay to Low Power Mode with SSI Time Delay to Low Power Mode on page 4 17 provides bar codes to select a general time delay To program a more specific delay value use an SSI command according to Table 7 2 Table 7 2 Values for Selecting Time Delay to Low Power Value Timeout Value Timeout Value Timeout Value Timeout 0x00 15 Mins 0x10 1 Sec 0x20 1 Min 0x30 1 Hour 0x01 30 Mins 0x11 1 Sec 0x21 1 Min 0x31 1 Hour 0x02 60 Mins 0x12 2 Secs 0x22 2 Mins 0x32 2 Hours 0x03 90 Mins 0x13 3 Secs 0x23 3 Mins 0x33 3 Hours Nna na Tod Lige ox24 Lues ox34
305. ost computer monitors allow scanning the bar codes directly on the screen When scanning from the screen be sure to set the document magnification to a level where you can see the bar code clearly and bars and or spaces are not merging Table 7 3 lists the defaults for the SSI host There are two ways to change the default values e Scan the appropriate bar codes in this guide These new values replace the standard default values in memory To recall the default parameter values scan the Restore Defaults bar code on page 4 5 e Download data through the device s serial port using SSI Hexadecimal parameter numbers appear in this chapter below the parameter title and options appear in parenthesis beneath the accompanying bar codes Refer to the Simple Serial Interface SSI Programmer s Guide for detailed instructions for changing parameters using this method J NOTE See Appendix A Standard Default Parameters for all user preferences hosts symbologies and miscellaneous default parameters Table 7 3 SS Default Table een Santee Number Magi Deen he Select SSI Host N A N A N A 7 11 Baud Rate 156 9Ch 9600 7 12 Parity 158 9Eh None 7 13 Check Parity 151 97h Disable 7 14 Stop Bits 157 9Dh 1 7 14 Software Handshaking 159 9Fh ACK NAK 7 15 Host RTS Line State 154 9Ah Low 7 16 Decode Data Packet Format 238 EEh Send Raw Decode Data 7 16 Host Serial Response Time out 155 9Bh 2 sec 7 17 Host Character Time out 239 EF
306. ot set to Off To enable more than one symbology at a time simply add the values together For example to enable PDF417 Data Matrix and Code 39 write a value of 98 32 64 2 Scan the bar code below followed by three bar codes from Appendix G Numeric Bar Codes in the range of 000 to 255 decimal The default is 001 Table 12 2 DC Symbologies Symbology VIII Code 128 1 Code 39 2 12o0f5 4 D2o0f5 8 Codabar 16 PD 417 32 Data Matrix 64 EAN 128 128 IDC Symbology Intelligent Document Capture 12 7 IDC X Coordinate Parameter Name DocCap_X Parameter 596 SSI F4h F1h 54h Specify the horizontal offset to the top left corner of the region to capture relative to the center of the bar code Negative values move toward the left This parameter only applies when DC Operating Mode is set to Anchored Scan the bar code below followed by four bar codes from Appendix G Numeric Bar Codes in the range of 1279 The default is 151 Note that you must use an application to set a negative value IDC X Coordinate IDC Y Coordinate Parameter Name DocCap_Y Parameter 597 SSI F4h Eih 55h Specify the vertical offset to the top left corner of the region to capture relative to the center of the bar code Negative values move toward the top This parameter only applies when IDC Operating Mode is set to Anchored Scan the bar code be
307. oth enabled hardware handshaking takes precedence VJ NOTE The DTR signal is jumpered to the active state 8 12 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide Hardware Handshaking continued None Scan this bar code to disable hardware handshaking Standard RTS CTS Scan this bar code to select Standard RTS CTS Hardware Handshaking RTS CTS Option 1 If you select RTS CTS Option 1 the digital scanner asserts RTS before transmitting and ignores the state of CTS The scanner de asserts RTS when the transmission completes RTS CTS Option 2 If you select Option 2 RTS is always high or low user programmed logic level However the digital scanner waits for CTS to be asserted before transmitting data If CTS is not asserted within Host Serial Response Time out default the scanner issues an error indication and discards the data RTS CTS Option 3 If you select Option 3 the digital scanner asserts RTS prior to any data transmission regardless of the state of CTS The scanner waits up to Host Serial Response Time out default for CTS to be asserted If CTS is not asserted during this time the scanner issues an error indication and discards the data The digital scanner de asserts RTS when transmission is complete None Standard RTS CTS RTS CTS Option 1 RTS CTS Option 2
308. owed by three digits and two optional digits X 997777 X X followed by two digits four optional digits and an X 9959775599 Two digits followed by any character a digit two optional digits any two characters and two digits A55 999 99 A letter followed by two characters a dash three digits a dash and two digits 33A 99 Two alphanumeric characters followed by a letter a period and two digits 999992991 Five digits followed by an optional alpha two digits and an optional alphanumeric PN98 Literal field PN98 OCR Check Digit Modulus Parameter 688 SSI F1h BOh This option sets OCR module check digit calculation The check digit is the last digit in the right most position in an OCR string and improves the accuracy of the collected data The check digit is the end product of a calculation made on the incoming data For check digit calculation for example Modulus 10 alpha and numeric characters are assigned numeric weights see OCR Check Digit Multiplier on page 13 25 The calculation is applied to the character weights and the resulting check digit is added to the end of the data If the incoming data does not match the check digit the data is considered corrupt The selected check digit option does not take effect until you set OCR Check Digit Validation To choose the Check Digit Modulus such as 10 for modulo 10 scan the following bar code then scan a three digit number from 001 to 099 representing the che
309. power up beeps 4 11 symbologies default table 11 2 time delay to low power mode 4 17 timeout between decodes different symbols 4 27 timeout between decodes same symbol 4 26 transmit code 11 check digits 11 45 transmit code ID character 4 36 transmit matrix 2 of 5 check digit 11 65 transmit no read message 4 40 transmit UK postal check digit 11 76 transmit US postal check digit 11 75 trigger mode 20000 eee eee 4 19 trioptic code 39 0 00 00 11 33 UCC coupon extended code 11 24 UK postal 022020 e eee 11 75 unicode output control 00005 D 2 unique bar code reporting 4 25 unsolicited heartbeat interval 4 44 UPC composite mode 11 72 UPC reduced quiet zone 11 17 UPC EAN COUPON Code 11 24 UPC EAN supplemental AIM ID format 11 16 UPC EAN supplemental redundancy 11 15 UPC EAN supplementals 11 12 WPCA ct ods dated oF dae twa Be eal 11 9 UPC A check dont 11 17 UPC A preamble 0 eee eee 11 19 UPCE iio eared pases ENEE 11 9 UPC E check dont 11 18 UPC E preamble 0 0 11 20 UP CET en Ne ege dates EE ey been 11 10 UPC E1 check don 11 18 UPC E1 preamble 11 21 UPU FICS postal 11 80 WS planet 204 EE EEN eee eases 11 74 US postne
310. pport USB Human Interface Devices HID USB Interface 6 3 To set up the digital scanner sf NOTE Interface cables vary depending on configuration The connectors illustrated in Figure 6 1 are examples only The connectors may be different than those illustrated but the steps to connect the digital scanner are the same 1 Connect the modular connector of the USB interface cable to the cable interface port on the digital scanner see Installing the Interface Cable on page 1 3 2 Plug the series A connector in the USB host or hub or plug the Plus Power connector in an available port of the IBM SurePOS terminal 3 The digital scanner automatically detects the host interface type and uses the default setting If the default does not meet your requirements select another USB device type by scanning the appropriate bar code from USB Device Type on page 6 5 4 On first installation when using Windows the software prompts to select or install the Human Interface Device driver To install this driver provided by Windows click Next through all the choices and click Finished on the last choice The digital scanner powers up during this installation 5 To modify any other parameter options scan the appropriate bar codes in this chapter If problems occur with the system see Troubleshooting on page 3 3 USB Parameter Defaults Table 6 1 lists the defaults for USB host parameters To change any option scan the appropriate bar co
311. r 2 or 14 characters select Matrix 2 of 5 Two Discrete Lengths then scan 0 2 1 and then 4 To correct an error or to change the selection scan Cancel on page G 2 e Length Within Range Select this option to decode a Matrix 2 of 5 symbol with a specific length range Select lengths using the numeric bar codes in Appendix G Numeric Bar Codes For example to decode Matrix 2 of 5 symbols containing between 4 and 12 characters first scan Matrix 2 of 5 Length Within Range Then scan 0 4 1 and 2 enter a leading zero for single digit numbers To correct an error or change the selection scan Cancel on page G 2 e Any Length Scan this option to decode Matrix 2 of 5 symbols containing any number of characters within the digital scanner s capability 11 64 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide Set Lengths for Matrix 2 of 5 continued Matrix 2 of 5 One Discrete Length Matrix 2 of 5 Two Discrete Lengths Matrix 2 of 5 Length Within Range Matrix 2 of 5 Any Length Symbologies 11 65 Matrix 2 of 5 Check Digit Parameter 622 SSI F1h 6Eh The check digit is the last character of the symbol used to verify the
312. r an additional 5 seconds J NOTE After decoding a bar code pulling the trigger an additional 5 seconds has no affect e Scan the Night Mode Toggle bar code to enter or exit Night Mode regardless of the state of the Night Mode Trigger parameter Entering Night Mode makes the following changes to the digital scanner e Decode Pager Motor is enabled e Beep After Good Decode is disabled Also note the following scanner behavior regarding night mode e Exiting Night Mode returns the scanner to the previously programmed states for the three parameters changed for example if Beep After Good Decode was enabled before entering Night Mode it returns to enabled upon exiting night mode e When entering Night Mode the pager motor vibrates When exiting Night Mode the scanner emits two short beeps e Scanning a Default Parameters bar code causes the scanner to exit Night Mode e For scanners that do not use a pager motor scanning any of the Night Mode parameters or the pager motor parameters results in an error beep e If the scanner loses power while in Night Mode because a cable is disconnected on the next power up the scanner exits Night Mode and resumes normal operation User Preferences amp Miscellaneous Options 4 15 Night Mode Trigger Parameter 1215 SSI F8h 04h BFh For DS4308 HC Only Enable this to use the trigger to toggle between entering and exiting Night Mode To toggle point the scanner away from a bar code pull
313. r code presented in its field of view To operate the scanner in the stand 1 Ensure the scanner is properly connected to the host see the appropriate host chapter for information on host connections 2 Insert the scanner in the gooseneck Intellistand by placing the front of the scanner into the stand s cup Figure 2 4 Inserting the Scanner in the Gooseneck Intellistand 3 Adjust the scan angle by bending the stand s flexible gooseneck body 4 Present the bar code Upon successful decode the scanner beeps and the LED momentarily shuts off For more information about beeper and LED definitions see Table 2 1 and Table 2 2 2 8 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide Scanning in Hands Free Presentation Mode DS4308P Placing the DS4308P on the countertop or in the optional wall mount puts the scanner in hands free presentation mode It operates in continuous constant on mode where it automatically decodes a bar code presented in its field of view Lifting the scanner places it in its programmed hand held triggered mode DS4308P Wall Mounting The optional wall mount allows mounting the DS4308P to a wall for scanning Place the mount at the desired location and secure with two screws not provided Figure 2 5 Mounting the DS4308P Wall Mount Slide the base of the DS4308P into the stand Figure 2 6 nserting the DS4308P into the Wall Mount DataCapture 2 9 DS43
314. r emits low high low beeps Clearing Code 39 buffer Normal when scanning the Code 39 Buffering Clear Buffer bar code or upon attempt to transmit an empty Code 39 buffer ADF transmit error Refer to the Advanced Data Formatting Guide for information Invalid ADF rule is detected Refer to the Advanced Data Formatting Guide for information Digital scanner emits a power up beep after changing USB host type The USB bus re established power to the digital scanner Normal when changing USB host type Digital scanner emits one high beep when not in use In RS 232 mode a lt BEL gt character was received and Beep on lt BEL gt option is enabled Normal when Beep on lt BEL gt is enabled and the digital scanner is in RS 232 mode Digital scanner emits frequent beeps No power to the scanner Check the system power If the configuration requires a power supply re connect the power supply Incorrect host interface cable is used Verify that the correct host interface cable is used If not connect the correct host interface cable Interface power cables are loose Check for loose cable connections and re connect cables 3 6 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide Table 3 1 Troubleshooting Continued Problem Possible Causes Possible Solutions Digital scanner emits five Conversion or format error was Ensure the scanner s conversion lon
315. ransmit the data to the host Troubleshooting Continued Possible Causes Digital scanner is not programmed for the correct host type Possible Solutions Scan the appropriate host type programming bar code See the chapter corresponding to the host type Interface cable is loose Re connect the cable If the digital scanner emits 4 long low beeps a transmission error occurred This occurs if a unit is not properly configured or connected to the wrong host type Set the scanner s communication parameters to match the host s setting If the digital scanner emits 5 low beeps a conversion or format error occurred Configure the digital scanner s conversion parameters properly If the digital scanner emits low high low beeps it detected an invalid ADF rule Program the correct ADF rules Refer to the Advanced Data Formatting Programmer Guide If the digital scanner emits high low beeps the scanner is buffering Code 39 data Normal scanning a Code 39 bar code and the Code 39 Buffering option is enabled Host displays scanned data incorrectly Digital scanner is not programmed to work with the host Scan the appropriate host type programming bar code For RS 232 set the digital scanner s communication parameters to match the host s settings For a Keyboard Wedge configuration program the system for the correct keyboard type and turn off the CAPS LOCK key Pro
316. rate AIM IDs and separate transmissions Le E lt 0 or 4 gt lt data gt JE lt 1 or 2 gt supplemental data Separate 0 Combined 1 Separate Transmissions 2 Symbologies 11 17 UPC Reduced Quiet Zone Parameter 1289 SSI F8h 05h 09h Scan one of the following bar codes to enable or disable decoding UPC bar codes with reduced quiet zones If you select Enable select a 7D Quiet Zone Level on page 11 91 Enable UPC Reduced Quiet Zone 1 Disable UPC Reduced Quiet Zone 0 Transmit UPC A Check Digit Parameter 40 SSI 28h The check digit is the last character of the symbol used to verify the integrity of the data Scan the appropriate bar code below to transmit the bar code data with or without the UPC A check digit It is always verified to guarantee the integrity of the data Transmit UPC A Check Digit 1 Do Not Transmit UPC A Check Digit 0 11 18 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide Transmit UPC E Check Digit Parameter 41 SSI 29h The check digit is the last character of the symbol used to verify the
317. re file format appropriate for the system BMP TIFF or JPEG The digital scanner stores captured signatures in the selected format BMP Signature Format 3 JPEG Signature Format 1 TIFF Signature Format 4 Imaging Preferences 5 21 Signature Capture Bits Per Pixel Parameter 314 SSI FO0h 3Ah Select the number of significant bits per pixel BPP to use when capturing a signature Select 1 BPP fora black and white image 4 BPP to assign 1 of 16 levels of grey to each pixel or 8 BPP to assign 1 of 256 levels of grey to each pixel of NOTE The digital scanner ignores these settings for JPEG file formats which only support 8 BPP 1 BPP 0 4 BPP 1 8 BPP 2 5 22 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide Signature Capture Width Parameter 366 SSI F4h FOh 6Eh The aspect ratio of the Signature Capture Width and Signature Capture Height parameters must match that of the signature capture area For example a 4 x 1 inch signature capture area would require a 4 to 1 aspect ratio of width to height To set the width of the signature capture box scan the Signature Capture Width bar code followed by 4 bar codes from Appendix G Numeric Bar Codes corresponding to a value in the range of 001 to 1280 decimal Signature Capture Width Defau
318. rees not to decompile disassemble decode or reverse engineer any licensed program delivered to the user or any portion thereof We reserve the right to make changes to any software or product to improve reliability function or design We do not assume any product liability arising out of or in connection with the application or use of any product circuit or application described herein No license is granted either expressly or by implication estoppel or otherwise under any of our intellectual property rights An implied license only exists for equipment circuits and subsystems contained in our products This media or Symbol Technologies Product may include Symbol Technologies Software Commercial Third Party Software and Publicly Available Software The Symbol Technologies Software that may be included on this media or included in the Symbol Technologies Product is Copyright c by Symbol Technologies Inc and its use is subject to the licenses terms and conditions of the agreement in force between the purchaser of the Symbol Technologies Product and Symbol Technologies Inc The Commercial Third Party Software that may be included on this media or included in the Symbol Technologies Product is subject to the licenses terms and conditions of the agreement in force between the purchaser of the Symbol Technologies Product and Symbol Technologies Inc unless a separate Commercial Third Party Software License is included in wh
319. rings if one of the delimiter characters is present in the desired literal string use the other delimiter Template Valid data Invalid data 35 BC 35 BC AB 22 13 20 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide New Line E To create a template of multiple lines add E between the template of each single line E Template Valid data Valid data Invalid data 999RAAAA 321 987 XYZW BCAD ZXYW 12 String Extract C This operator combined with others defines a string of characters to extract from the scanned data The string extract is structured as follows Cc CbPe Where e cis the string extract operator e bis the string begin delimiter e P is the category one or more numeric or alpha characters describing the string representation e eis the string end delimiter Values for b and e can be any scannable character They are included in the output stream Template Incoming data Output C gt A gt XQ3 gt ABCDE gt gt ABCDE gt gt ATHRUZ gt 123 gt ATHRUZ gt 1ABCZXYZ No Output OCR Programming 13 21 Ignore to End of Field D This operator causes all characters after a template to be ignored Use this as the last character in a template expression Examples for the template 999D D Template Incoming data Output 999D 123 PED 123 357298 357 193 193 Skip Until P1 P This operator allows skipping over characters until a specific character type or a l
320. roctuditatledsluan green eebe degegrEEedebagerugeeh 11 48 Transmit 2 of 5 Check E le E 11 49 Convert 2 ofbioEAN 13 11 49 2 OF 5 Securty Level sccacescaticccorridaiaceantereanntiatecounbineneecaannelenactadraininaucontd NTE AENEAN EEEa 11 50 2 of 5 Reduced Quiet Zone eegener tegen eege e 11 51 Discrete 2 of 5 DTF EE 11 52 Enable Disable Discrete 2 of 5 gedeelt 11 52 Set Lengths for Discrete EE 11 52 Codapar NW a E 11 54 Enable Disable Codabar EE 11 54 e IRC 11 54 CESPE leie EE 11 56 NOTIS Editing WE 11 56 Codabar Upper or Lower Case Start Stop Characters Detection ccccccccsessseceeeeeeeeeeaseeeees 11 57 MSI E E E nes hundentexabeditne 11 58 Enable Disable MSI o cccccscccscceececsnecaceeeceaeceeeceeceeeccnecenecceeceesececeeeceesecseseceeeeeseeseeesseeeeeesaeas 11 58 Set Lengths for MSI EE 11 58 xii DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide MSI Check d Ile IC 11 60 Transmit MSI Check Digit S BEE 11 60 MSI Check Digit e Gei RE 11 61 Chinese 2 OP EE 11 62 Enable Disable Chinese 2ofp 11 62 Matrix 2 OTD EE 11 63 Enable Disable Matrix 2 ob 11 63 Set Lengths for Matrix 2 EE BEER 11 63 EU EE 11 65 Transmit Matrix 2 of 5 Check RE 11 65 K ream o OF EE 11 66 Enable Disable Korean 3 ob 11 66 ee E WEE 11 67 GS1 REISE 11 68 EENS ET EE 11 68 GS1 DataBarlimited BEE 11 68 GS1 DataBar Expanded sssrin tann rn ieee eels viii EES Eege 11 69 Convert GS1 DataBar to UPC EAN cece cece cette eee
321. roducts except for the check digit s product is computed The check digit passes if this sum modulo Check Digit Modulus is equal to the check digit s product Example Scanned data numeric value is 122456 check digit is 6 Check digit multiplier string is 123456 Digit 1 2 2 4 5 6 Multiplier 6 5 4 3 2 1 Product 6 10 8 12 10 6 Productadd 6 10 8 12 10 46 6 The Check Digit Modulus is 10 It passes because 46 divided by 10 leaves a remainder of 6 Product Add Right to Left Simple Remainder 5 OCR Programming 13 29 Digit Add Right To Left Simple Remainder Each character in the scanned data is assigned a numeric value see OCR Check Digit Multiplier on page 13 25 The check digit multiplier is reversed in order Each value representing a character in the scanned data is multiplied by its corresponding digit in the reversed multiplier resulting in a product for each character in the scanned data The sum of each individual digit in all of the products except for the check digit s product is then calculated The check digit passes if this sum modulo Check Digit Modulus is equal to the check digit s product Example Scanned data numeric value is 122459 check digit is 6 Check digit multiplier string is 123456 Digit 1 2 2 4 5 9 Multiplier 6 5 4 3 2 1 Product 6 10 8 12 10 9 Digit add 6 1 0 8 1 2 1 0 19 9 The Check Digit Modulus is 10 It passes because 19
322. s 1258 Vietnamese Country Code Pages C 7 Country Code Pages Continued Windows 20866 Cyrillic KOI8 R Windows 932 Japanese Shift JIS Windows 936 Simplified Chinese GBK Windows 54936 Simplified Chinese GB18030 Windows 949 Korean Hangul Windows 950 Traditional Chinese Big5 C 8 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide Country Code Pages Continued MS DOS 437 Latin US MS DOS 775 Baltic MS DOS 852 Latin 2 MS DOS 737 Greek MS DOS 850 Latin 1 Country Code Pages C 9 Country Code Pages Continued MS DOS 855 Cyrillic MS DOS 857 Turkish MS DOS 860 Portuguese MS DOS 861 Icelandic MS DOS 862 Hebrew C 10 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide Country Code Pages Continued MS DOS 863 French Canada MS DOS 865 Nordic MS DOS 866 Cyrillic MS DOS 869 Greek 2 Country Code Pages C 11 Country Code Pages Continued ISO 8859 1 Latin 1 Western European ISO
323. s 315 F4h FOh 3Bh 0 top 5 11 316 F4h FOh 3Ch 0 left 317 F4h FOh 3Dh 799 bottom 318 F4h FOh 3Eh 1279 right Table 5 1 Imaging Preferences Parameter Defaults Imaging Preferences 5 3 Parameter pone SSI Number Default e ae Image Size Number of Pixels 302 FOh 2Eh Full 5 12 Image Brightness Target White 390 FOh 86h 180 5 13 JPEG Image Options 299 FOh 2Bh Quality 5 13 JPEG Target File Size 561 F1h 31h 160 kB 5 14 JPEG Quality and Size Value 305 FOh 31h 65 5 14 Image Enhancement 564 F1h 34h Low 1 5 15 Image File Format Selection 304 FOh 30h JPEG 5 16 Image Rotation 665 F1h 99h 0 5 17 Bits per Pixel BPP 303 FOh 2Fh 8 BPP 5 18 Signature Capture 93 5Dh Disable 5 19 Signature Capture Image File Format 313 FOh 39h JPEG 5 20 Selection Signature Capture Bits per Pixel BPP 314 FOh 3Ah 8 BPP 5 21 Signature Capture Width 366 F4h FOh 6Eh 400 5 22 Signature Capture Height 367 F4h FOh 6Fh 100 5 22 Signature Capture JPEG Quality 421 FOh A5h 65 5 22 Video Mode Format Selector 916 F2h 94h JPEG 5 23 Video View Finder 324 FOh 44h Disable 5 23 Target Video Frame Size 328 FOh 48h 2200 bytes 5 24 Video View Finder Image Size 329 FOh 49h 1700 bytes 5 24 5 4 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide Imaging Preferences The parameters in this chapter control image capture characteristics Image capture occurs in all modes of operation i
324. s based on power output during operation IEC60825 1 Class 1 This is the lowest power IEC laser classification Conformity is ensured through a software restriction of 120 seconds of laser operation within any 1000 second window and an automatic laser shutdown if the scanner s oscillating mirror fails IEEE Address See MAC Address Input Output Ports I O ports are primarily dedicated to passing information into or out of the terminal s memory Series 9000 mobile computers include Serial and USB ports Intercharacter Gap The space between two adjacent bar code characters in a discrete code Interleaved 2 of 5 A binary bar code symbology representing character pairs in groups of five bars and five interleaved spaces Interleaving provides for greater information density The location of wide elements bar spaces within each group determines which characters are encoded This continuous code type uses no intercharacter spaces Only numeric 0 to 9 and START STOP characters may be encoded Interleaved Bar Code A bar code in which characters are paired together using bars to represent the first character and the intervening spaces to represent the second Interleaved 2 of 5 A binary bar code symbology representing character pairs in groups of five bars and five interleaved spaces Interleaving provides for greater information density The location of wide elements bar spaces within each group determines which characters are encoded This
325. s not guarantee delivery It is widely used for real time voice and video transmissions where erroneous packets are not retransmitted IP provides the routing mechanism TCP IP is a routable protocol which means that all messages contain not only the address of the destination station but the address of a destination network This allows TCP IP messages to be sent to multiple networks within an organization or around the world hence its use in the worldwide Internet Every client and server in a TCP IP network requires an IP address which is either permanently assigned or dynamically assigned at startup Telnet A terminal emulation protocol commonly used on the Internet and TCP IP based networks It allows a user at a terminal or computer to log onto a remote device and run a program Terminal Emulation A terminal emulation emulates a character based mainframe session on a remote non mainframe terminal including all display features commands and function keys The VC5000 Series supports Terminal Emulations in 3270 5250 and VT220 Terminate and Stay Resident TSR A program under DOS that ends its foreground execution to remain resident in memory to service hardware software interrupts providing background operation It remains in memory and may provide services on behalf of other DOS programs TFTP Trivial File Transfer Protocol A version of the TCP IP FTP File Transfer Protocol protocol that has no directory or password capability
326. scanner decodes both regular and inverse 1D bar codes Regular 0 Inverse Only 1 Inverse Autodetect 2 11 68 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide GS1 DataBar The variants of GS1 DataBar are DataBar 14 DataBar Expanded and DataBar Limited The limited and expanded versions have stacked variants Scan the appropriate bar codes to enable or disable each variant of GS1 DataBar GS1 DataBar 14 Parameter 338 SSI FO0h 52h Enable GS1 DataBar 14 1 Disable GS1 DataBar 14 0 GS1 DataBar Limited Parameter 339 SSI FOh 53h Enable GS1 DataBar Limited 1 Disable GS1 DataBar Limited 0 Symbologies 11 69 GS1 DataBar Expanded Parameter 340 SSI FOh 54h Enable GS1 DataBar Expanded 1 Disable GS1 DataBar Expanded 0 Convert GS1 DataBar to UPC EAN Parameter 397 SSI FOh 8Dh This parameter only applies to GS1 DataBar 14 and GS1 DataBar Limited symbols not decoded as part of a Composite symbol Enable this to strip the leading 010 from DataBar 14 and DataBar Limited symbols encoding a single zero
327. section describes the parameters controlling the IDC firmware and provides programming bar codes for setting them To set parameters requiring a range of values scan the parameter bar code followed by two three or four bar codes from Appendix G Numeric Bar Codes corresponding to the desired value Scan two numeric bar codes for parameters with a maximum value of less than 100 for example DC Minimum Text Length IDC Delay Time requires scanning three digits since the maximum value is 200 Leading zeros are required Alternatively use the sample application to set parameters using the parameter name The application provides prompts and error checking to assist in setting the parameters correctly and easily You must use an application to set a parameter to a negative value as the DC X Coordinate can require Table 12 1 ntelligent Document Capture IDC Parameter Defaults Parameter Parameter Name ll le ah er Default ROSE Intelligent Document Capture IDC IDC Operating Mode DocCap_MODE 594 Fih 52h Off 12 5 IDC Symbology DocCap_SYMBOLOGY 655 Fih 8Fh 001 12 6 IDC X Coordinate DocCap_X 596 F4h F1h 54h 151 12 7 IDC Y Coordinate DocCap_Y 597 F4h F1h 55h 050 12 7 IDC Width DocCap_WIDTH 598 F1h 56h 0300 12 8 IDC Height DocCap_HEIGHT 599 F1h 57h 0050 12 8 IDC Aspect DocCap_ASPECT 595 F1h 53h 000 12 9 IDC File Format Selector DocCap_FMT 601 F1h 59h JPEG 12 9 IDC Bits Per Pixel DocCap_BPP 602 F1h 5A
328. ser Programmable Supplemental 1 User Programmable Supplemental 2 UPC EAN JAN Supplemental Redundancy Parameter 80 SSI 50h If you selected Autodiscriminate UPC EAN JAN Supplementals this option adjusts the number of times to decode a symbol without supplementals before transmission The range is from two to thirty times Five or above is recommended when decoding a mix of UPC EAN JAN symbols with and without supplementals The default is 10 Scan the bar code below to set a decode redundancy value Next scan two numeric bar codes in Appendix G Numeric Bar Codes Enter a leading zero for single digit numbers To correct an error or change a selection scan Cancel on page G 2 UPC EAN JAN Supplemental Redundancy 11 16 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide UPC EAN JAN Supplemental AIM ID Format Parameter 672 SSI F1h AOh Select an output format when reporting UPC EAN JAN bar codes with Supplementals with Transmit Code ID Character on page 4 36 set to AIM Code ID Character e Separate transmit UPC EAN with supplementals with separate AIM IDs but one transmission i e E lt 0 or 4 gt lt data gt E lt 1 or 2 gt supplemental data e Combined transmit UPC EAN with supplementals with one AIM ID and one transmission i e JE3 lt data supplemental data gt e Separate Transmissions transmit UPC EAN with supplementals with sepa
329. supported Use GS1 Composites instead Enable Code 128 Emulation 1 Disable Code 128 Emulation 0 Symbologies 11 83 Data Matrix Parameter 292 SSI FOh 24h To enable or disable Data Matrix scan the appropriate bar code below Enable Data Matrix 1 Disable Data Matrix 0 Data Matrix Inverse Parameter 588 SSI F1h 4Ch This parameter sets the Data Matrix inverse decoder setting Options are e Regular Only the digital scanner decodes regular Data Matrix bar codes only e Inverse Only the digital scanner decodes inverse Data Matrix bar codes only e Inverse Autodetect the digital scanner decodes both regular and inverse Data Matrix bar codes Regular 0 Inverse Only 1 Inverse Autodetect 2 11 84 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide Maxicode Parameter 294 SSI FOh 26h To enable or disable Maxicode scan the appropriate bar code below Enable Maxicode 1 CS Disable Maxicode 0 OR Code Parameter 293 SSI FOh 25h To enable or disable QR Code scan the appropriate bar code below Enable QR Code 1 Disable QR Code 0
330. t 11 74 USB bar code configuration directive 6 14 caps lock override 6 8 convert case 0 eee eee eee 6 12 convert unknown to code 39 6 9 country keyboard types country codes B 2 default table 6 3 device type eee eee eee 6 5 6 6 emulate keypad 00 cee eae 6 9 emulate keypad with leading zero 6 10 aer HD E 8 gaan eed ANE 6 16 function key mapping 6 11 IBM specification version 6 17 ignore beep directive 6 14 keyboard FN 1 substitution 6 11 keystroke delay 6 7 optional parameters 04 6 14 polling interval 6 15 6 16 quick emulation 6 10 simulated caps lock 6 12 SNAPI handshaking 6 7 static CD 6 13 unknown characters 6 8 USPS 4CB One Code Intelligent Mail 11 79 video frame size 5 24 video image size 5 24 video mode format selector 5 23 video view finder 200000 5 23 beeper definitions 00 00 cee eee 2 2 bullets ni iiaia erg ed edd de edge ed ted deed xix C cables INStANING EE 1 3 interface ss hokage etn Ee deta et Geek dae A Ana 1 5 FEMOVING EE 1 4 shielded e NA ena keys AEN eee aes 1 3 signal descriptions 3 9 character sets keyboard wedge 10 11 RS 232 caches See Paha ened tale Kate 8 19 USB EE 6 18 Chinese 2 of 5 barcodes
331. t DATA gt 1 System Character amp Country Code lt COUNTRY CODE gt lt SYSTEM CHARACTER gt lt DATA gt 2 11 20 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide UPC E Preamble Parameter 35 SSI 23h Preamble characters are part of the UPC symbol and include Country Code and System Character There are three options for transmitting a UPC E preamble to the host device transmit System Character only transmit System Character and Country Code CO for USA and transmit no preamble Select the appropriate option to match the host system No Preamble lt DATA gt 0 System Character lt SYSTEM CHARACTER gt lt DATA gt 1 System Character amp Country Code lt COUNTRY CODE gt lt SYSTEM CHARACTER gt lt DATA gt 2 Symbologies 11 21 UPC E1 Preamble Parameter 36 SSI 24h Preamble characters are part of the UPC symbol and include Country Code and System Character There are three options for transmitting a UPC E1 preamble to the host device transmit System Character only transmit System Character and Country Code CO for USA and tra
332. t Zone OCR Programming 13 15 OCR Template Parameter 547 SSI F1h 23h This option creates a template for precisely matching scanned OCR characters to a desired input format Carefully constructing an OCR template eliminates scanning errors To set or modify the OCR decode template scan the OCR Template bar code then bar codes corresponding to numbers and letters on the following pages to form the template expression Then scan End of Message in the Advanced Data Formatting Guide The default is 54R which accepts any character OCR strings OCR Template End of Message Required Digit 9 9 Only a numeric character is allowed in this position Template Valid data Valid data Invalid data 99999 12987 30517 123AB Required Alpha A Only an alpha character is allowed in this position A Template Valid data Valid data Invalid data AAA ABC WXY 12F 13 16 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide Require and Suppress 0 It is required that any character in this position including space or reject is suppressed from the output Template Incoming data Output 990AA 12QAB 12AB Optional Alphanumeric 1 1 When this option appears in the template string the data validator accepts an alphanumeric character if present Optional characters are not allowed as the first character s in
333. t be at least 300 pixels wide before it is captured each unit module is scaled to two pixels Set this to zero the default to disable all checking This parameter only applies in Anchored mode Scan the bar code below followed by three bar codes from Appendix G Numeric Bar Codes in the range of 000 to 100 percent The default is 000 IDC Zoom Limit 12 16 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide IDC Maximum Rotation Parameter Name Sig MAX ROT Parameter 652 SSI F1h 8Ch Set the maximum rotation any edge of the form can have in relation to the decoder s horizontal or vertical axis for it to be considered for capture Set this to zero the default to disable all checking This parameter only applies in Anchored mode Scan the bar code below followed by two bar codes from Appendix G Numeric Bar Codes in the range of 00 to 45 decimal The default is 00 IDC Maximum Rotation Intelligent Document Capture 12 17 Quick Start This section familiarizes you with some of the Intelligent Document Capture features DC Demonstrations on page 12 18 includes instructions to demonstrate the Anchored Free Form and Linked modes using a sample form to help provide an understanding of how to use IDC These examples do not illustrate all capabilities of the advanced IDC firmware Build upon these using different parameter settings and forms
334. t performance in passport reading fix the target passport and the decoder in place 6 5 7 5 J NOTE Enable OCR B before setting this parameter If disabling OCR B set the variant to its default OCR B Full ASCII OCR B Full ASCII 0 OCR B Limited 2 OCR B ISBN 10 or 13 Digit Book Numbers 7 OCR B Banking 1 OCR B ISBN 10 Digit Book Numbers 6 OCR B Travel Document Version 1 TD1 3 Line ID Cards 3 13 8 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide OCR B Variant continued OCR B Travel Document Version 2 TD2 2 Line ID Cards 8 OCR B Passport 4 OCR B Visa Type B 10 Travel Document 2 or 3 Line ID Cards Auto Detect 20 OCR B Visa Type A 9 OCR B ICAO Travel Documents 11 OCR Pro
335. taining between 4 and 12 characters first scan D 2 of 5 Length Within Range Then scan 0 4 1 and 2 enter a leading zero for single digit numbers To correct an error or change the selection scan Cancel on page G 2 Any Length Scan this option to decode D 2 of 5 symbols containing any number of characters within the digital scanner s capability NOTE Due to the construction of the D 2 of 5 symbology it is possible for a scan line covering only a portion of the code to transmit as a complete scan yielding less data than is encoded in the bar code To prevent this select specific lengths D 2 of 5 One Discrete Length Two Discrete Lengths for D 2 of 5 applications Symbologies 11 53 Set Lengths for Discrete 2 of 5 continued D 2 of 5 One Discrete Length D 2 of 5 Two Discrete Lengths D 2 of 5 Length Within Range D 2 of 5 Any Length 11 54 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide Codabar NW 7 Enable Disable Codabar Parameter 7 SSI 07h To enable or disable Codabar scan the appropriate bar code below Enable Codabar 1 Disable Codabar 0 Set Lengths for Codabar Parameter L1 24 SSI 18h L2 25 SSI 19h The length of a code refers to the
336. tains an even number of 1 bits e Select None when no parity bit is required Odd Even None 8 10 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide Stop Bit Select The stop bit s at the end of each transmitted character marks the end of transmission of one character and prepares the receiving device for the next character in the serial data stream Select the number of stop bits one or two based on the number the receiving terminal is programmed to accommodate Set the number of stop bits to match host device requirements 4 Stop Bit Data Bits 2 Stop Bits This parameter allows the digital scanner to interface with devices requiring a 7 bit or 8 bit ASCII protocol 7 Bit 8 Bit RS 232 Interface 8 11 Check Receive Errors Select whether or not to check the parity framing and overrun of received characters The parity value of received characters is verified against the parity parameter selected above z Check For Received Errors Do Not Check For Received Errors Hardware Handshaking The data interface consists of an RS 232 port designed to operate either with or without the hardware handshaking lines Request to Send RTS and Clear to Send CTS Disable Standard RTS CTS handshaki
337. tely after decode Beep LED After Transmission Beep LED After CTS Pulse Ignore Unknown Characters Unknown characters are characters the host does not recognize Select Send Bar Codes with Unknown Characters to send all bar code data except for unknown characters The digital scanner issues no error beeps Select Do Not Send Bar Codes With Unknown Characters to send bar code data up to the first unknown character The digital scanner issues an error beep Send Bar Code with unknown characters Do Not Send Bar Codes with unknown characters RS 232 Interface 8 19 ASCII Character Set for RS 232 You can assign the values in Table 8 4 as prefixes or suffixes for ASCII character data transmission Table 8 4 Prefix Suffix Values Naa li Code 39 el eater ASCII Character 1000 U NUL 1001 A SOH 1002 B STX 1003 C ETX 1004 D Se 1005 SE ENO 1006 SF ACK 1007 G BELL age H BCKSPC 1903 i HORIZ TAB wn J LF NW LN 1011 K ges 1012 L FF S M CR ENTER 1014 N SO 1015 0 SI 1016 P DLE 1017 Q DC1 XON 1018 R GC 103 S DC3 XOFF 1020 T Dea 1021 U NAR 1022 V EVA 1023 W ETB 1024 X Gas 1025 Y EM 1026 Z SUB 1027 A ET 8 20 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide Table 8 4 Prefix Suffix Values Continued et teal Code 39 ER
338. tern on PDF to project the aiming dot when the digital scanner detects a 2D bar code J NOTE With Picklist Mode on page 4 24 enabled the decode aiming dot flashes even when the Decode Aiming Pattern is disabled Enable Hands Free Decode Aiming Pattern 1 Disable Hands Free Decode Aiming Pattern 0 Enable Hands Free Decode Aiming Pattern on PDF 2 Hands Free Motionless Timeout DS4308P Only Parameter 745 SSI F1h E9h This feature determines how long the DS4308P remains motionless before automatically returning to a presentation hands free mode of operation To specify the timeout in 100 ms increments scan the following bar code Next scan three numeric bar codes from Appendix G Numeric Bar Codes that correspond to the desired timeout in the range of 0 5 value 005 to 25 5 value 255 seconds Enter a leading zero if necessary For example to set a timeout of 5 seconds scan the bar code below then scan the 0 5 and 0 bar codes The default is 2 0 seconds Hands Free Motionless Timeout User Preferences amp Miscellaneous Options 4 23 Motion Detect Range DS4308P Only Parameter 827 SSI F2h 3Bh This parameter controls the distance or range at
339. tern on either side of a signature capture box The type value is reported with the captured signature to indicate the purpose of the signature captured Table l 1 Start Stop Pattern Definitions Bar Space Patterns B S B Signature Capture Code 1 3 Table l 2 lists selectable parameters used to generate the image of the captured signature Table l 2 User Defined CapCode Parameters Parameter Defined Width Number of pixels Height Number of pixels Format JPEG BMP TIFF JPEG quality 1 most compression to 100 best quality Bits Per Pixel 1 2 levels not applicable to JPEG format 4 16 levels 8 256 levels BMP format does not use compression JPEG and TIFF formats do Dimensions The size of the signature capture box is determined by the height and separation of the start and stop patterns The line width of the signature capture box is insignificant The thinnest element width referred to here as X is nominally 10 mils 1 mil 0 0254 mm Select this as an exact multiple of the pixel pitch of the printer used For example when using a 203 DPI dots per inch printer and printing 2 dots per module the resulting X dimension is 9 85 mils Data Format The decoder output is formatted according to Table l 3 Symbol Technologies decoders allow different user options to output or inhibit bar code type Selecting Symbol ID as the bar code type for output ide
340. th s for MSI 30 31 1Eh 1Fh 4 to 55 11 58 Table 11 1 Symbology Parameter Defaults Continued Symbologies 11 5 DUU eet Ten EE Nair MSI Check Digits 50 32h One 11 60 Transmit MSI Check Digit 46 2Eh Disable 11 60 MSI Check Digit Algorithm 51 33h Mod 10 Mod 10 11 61 Chinese 2 of 5 Chinese 2 of 5 408 FOh 98h Disable 11 62 Matrix 2 of 5 Matrix 2 of 5 618 F1h 6Ah Disable 11 63 Matrix 2 of 5 Lengths 619 F1h 6Bh 4 to 55 11 63 620 Fih 6Ch Matrix 2 of 5 Check Digit 622 Fih 6Eh Disable 11 65 Transmit Matrix 2 of 5 Check Digit 623 F1h 6Fh Disable 11 65 Korean 3 of 5 Korean 3 of 5 581 F1h 45h Disable 11 66 Inverse 1D 586 Eih 4Ah Regular 11 66 GS1 DataBar GS1 DataBar 14 338 FOh 52h Enable 11 68 GS1 DataBar Limited 339 FOh 53h Enable 11 68 GS1 DataBar Expanded 340 FOh 54h Enable 11 69 Convert GS1 DataBar to UPC EAN 397 FOh 8Dh Disable 11 69 GS1 DataBar Limited Security Level 728 F1h D8h Level 3 11 70 Composite Composite CC C 341 FOh 55h Disable 11 71 Composite CC A B 342 FOh 56h Disable 11 71 Composite TLC 39 371 FOh 73h Disable 11 72 UPC Composite Mode 344 FOh 58h UPC Never Linked 11 72 Composite Beep Mode 398 FOh 8Eh Beep As Each Code 11 73 Type is Decoded GS1 128 Emulation Mode for UCC EAN 427 FOh ABh Disable 11 73 Composite Codes Postal Codes US Postnet 89 59h Disable 11 74 US Planet 90 5Ah Disable
341. the instructions in To set feature values scan a single bar code or a short bar code sequence The settings are stored in non volatile memory and are preserved even when the digital scanner powers down S NOTE Most computer monitors allow scanning the bar codes directly on the screen When scanning from the screen be sure to set the document magnification to a level where you can see the bar code clearly and bars and or spaces do not merge Select a host type see each host chapter for specific host information after the power up beeps sound This is only necessary upon the first power up when connected to a new host To return all features to default values see Throughout the programming bar code menus asterisks indicate default values Indicates Default Enable UPC A Feature Option 1 a a Option Value Scanning Sequence Examples In most cases scanning one bar code sets the parameter value For example to transmit bar code data without the UPC A check digit simply scan the Do Not Transmit UPC A Check Digit bar code under The digital scanner issues a fast warble beep and the LED turns green signifying a successful parameter entry Other parameters such as Set Length s for D 2 of 5 require scanning several bar codes See the individual parameter such as Set Length s for D 2 of 5 for this procedure 11 2 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide Errors While Scanning Unless ot
342. therwise the unbold keystroke transmits ASCII Character Sets H 5 Table H 1 ASCII Value Table Continued Full ASCII Code 39 ASCII Value Encode Char Keystroke 1103 G g 1104 H h 1105 l i 1106 J j 1107 K k 1108 L 1109 M m 1110 N n 1111 O o 1112 P p 1113 Q q 1114 R r 1115 S s 1116 T t 1117 U u 1118 V v 1119 W w 1120 X xX 1121 Y y 1122 Z Z 1123 P 1124 Dat 1125 R 1126 S e The keystroke in bold transmits only if you enabled Function Key Mapping Otherwise the unbold keystroke transmits H 6 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide Table H 2 ALT Key Standard Default Tables ALT Keys Keystroke 2064 ALT 2 2065 ALT A 2066 ALT B 2067 ALT C 2068 ALT D 2069 ALT E 2070 ALT F 2071 ALT G 2072 ALT H 2073 ALT I 2074 ALT J 2075 ALT K 2076 ALT L 2077 ALT M 2078 ALT N 2079 ALT O 2080 ALT P 2081 ALT Q 2082 ALTR 2083 ALT S 2084 ALT T 2085 ALT U 2086 ALT V 2087 ALT W 2088 ALT X 2089 ALT Y 2090 ALT Z ASCII Character Sets H 7 Table H 3 USB GUI Key Character Set GUI Key Keystroke 3000 Right Control Key 3048 GUI 0 3049 GUI 1 3050 GUI 2 3051 GUI 3 3052 GUI 4 3053 GUI5 3054 GUI 6 3055 GUI 7 3056 GUI 8 3057
343. tions of an IP address A custom subnet mask subdivides an IP network into smaller subsections The mask is a binary pattern that is matched up with the IP address to turn part of the host ID address field into a field for subnets Default is often 255 255 255 0 Substrate A foundation material on which a substance or image is placed SVTP Symbol Virtual Terminal Program Symbol A scannable unit that encodes data within the conventions of a certain symbology usually including start stop characters quiet zones data characters and check characters Glossary 9 Symbol Aspect Ratio The ratio of symbol height to symbol width Symbol Height The distance between the outside edges of the quiet zones of the first row and the last row Symbol Length Length of symbol measured from the beginning of the quiet zone margin adjacent to the start character to the end of the quiet zone margin adjacent to a stop character Symbology The structural rules and conventions for representing data within a particular bar code type e g UPC EAN Code 39 PDF417 etc T TCP IP Transmission Control Protocol Internet Protocol A communications protocol used to internetwork dissimilar systems This standard is the protocol of the Internet and has become the global standard for communications TCP provides transport functions which ensures that the total amount of bytes sent is received correctly at the other end UDP is an alternate transport that doe
344. u Olivetti Omron CUTE Minimum Resolution Standard Range SR Configuration Code 39 4 mil UPC 60 7 8 mil PDF417 5 mil Data Matrix 7 5 mil High Density HD Configuration Code 39 3 mil UPC 60 7 8 mil PDF417 4 mil Data Matrix 5 mil User Environment Operating Temperature 32 F to 122 F 0 C to 50 C Storage Temperature 40 F to 158 F 40 C to 70 C Humidity 5 to 95 non condensing Drop Specifications DS4308 DS4308P Withstands multiple 6 ft 1 8 m drops to concrete Withstands multiple 5 ft 1 5 m drops to concrete Environmental Sealing IP42 Ambient Light Immunity Immune to normal indoor lighting up to 1600 Lux Immune to sunlight up to 86 000 Lux Accessories DS4308 Hands Free Option Gooseneck Intellistand DS4308P Mounting Option Wall table mount bracket Power Supplies Power supplies are available for applications that do not supply power over the host cable Maintenance amp Technical Specifications 3 9 Digital Scanner Signal Descriptions Bottom of scanner Cable interface port PIN 10 PIN 1 Interface cable modular connector Figure 3 1 Digital Scanner Cable Pinouts 3 10 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide The signal descriptions in Table 3 3 apply to the connectors on the DS4308 digital scanner and are for reference only Table 3 3 DS4308 Digital Scanner Signal
345. ud Rate 230 400 12 SSI Interface 7 13 Baud Rate continued Baud Rate 460 800 13 Baud Rate 921 600 14 Parity Parameter 158 SSI 9Eh A parity check bit is the most significant bit of each ASCII coded character Select the parity type according to host device requirements e Select Odd parity and the parity bit has a value 0 or 1 based on data to ensure that an odd number of 1 bits is contained in the coded character Select Even parity and the parity bit has a value 0 or 1 based on data to ensure that an even number of 1 bits is contained in the coded character e fno parity is required select None Odd 2 Even 1 None 0 7 14 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide Check Parity Parameter 151 SSI 97h Select whether or not to check the parity of received characters Use the Parity parameter to select the type of parity Do Not Check Parity 0 Check Parity 1 Stop Bits Parameter 157 SSI 9Dh The stop bit s at the end of each transmitted character marks the end of transmission of one character and prepares the receiving host device for the next character in the serial data stream Set the number of stop bits one or two
346. uirements are applied A bar code must be successfully read three times before being decoded J NOTE Selecting this option is an extreme measure against mis decoding severely out of spec bar codes Selecting this level of security significantly impairs the decoding ability of the digital scanner If this level of security is required try to improve the quality of the bar codes 2 of 5 Security Level 0 00h 12 of 5 Security Level 1 01h 2 of 5 Security Level 2 02h 2 of 5 Security Level 3 03h Symbologies 11 51 12 of 5 Reduced Quiet Zone Parameter 1210 SSI F8h 04h BAh Scan one of the following bar codes to enable or disable decoding 2 of 5 bar codes with reduced quiet zones If you select Enable select a 1D Quiet Zone Level on page 11 91 Enable 2 of 5 Reduced Quiet Zone 1 Disable 2 of 5 Reduced Quiet Zone 0 11 52 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide Discrete 2 of 5 DTF Enable Disable Discrete 2 of 5 Parame ter 5 SSI 05h To enable or disable Discrete 2 of 5 scan the appropriate bar code below Enable Discrete 2 of 5 1 Disab
347. umber REQUEST_REVISION H OxA3 Request the decoder s configuration SCAN_DISABLE H OxEA Prevent the operator from scanning bar codes SCAN_ENABLE H OxE9 Permit bar code scanning SLEEP H UNSER Request to place the decoder into low power START_DECODE H OxE4 Tell decoder to attempt to decode a bar code STOP_DECODE H OxE5 Tell decoder to abort a decode attempt WAKEUP H N A Wakeup decoder after it has entered low power mode For details of the SSI protocol refer to the Simple Serial Interface Programmer s Guide 72 40451 xx SSI Interface 7 3 SSI Transactions General Data Transactions ACK NAK Handshaking If you enable ACK NAK handshaking all packeted messages must have a CMD_ACK or CMD_NAK response unless the command description states otherwise This parameter is enabled by default Symbol Technologies recommends leaving this handshaking enabled to provide feedback to the host Raw decode data and WAKEUP do not use ACK NAK handshaking since they are not packeted data Following is an example of a problem which can occur if you disable ACK NAK handshaking The host sends a PARAM_SEND message to the digital scanner to change the baud rate from 9600 to 19200 The digital scanner cannot interpret the message The digital scanner does not implement the change the host requested The host assumes that the parameter change occurred and acts accordingly Communication is lost because the change did not occur on both si
348. vels of decode security for Code 128 bar codes There is an inverse relationship between security and digital scanner aggressiveness Increasing the level of security can reduce scanning aggressiveness so select only the level of security necessary e Code 128 Security Level 0 This setting allows the digital scanner to operate in its most aggressive state while providing sufficient security in decoding most in spec bar codes e Code 128 Security Level 1 A bar code must be successfully read twice and satisfy certain safety requirements before being decoded This default setting eliminates most misdecodes e Code 128 Security Level 2 Select this option with greater bar code security requirements if Security Level 1 fails to eliminate misdecodes e Code 128Security Level 3 If you selected Security Level 2 and misdecodes still occur select this security level to apply the highest safety requirements A bar code must be successfully read three times before being decoded J NOTE Selecting this option is an extreme measure against mis decoding severely out of spec bar codes Selecting this level of security significantly impairs the decoding ability of the digital scanner If this level of security is required try to improve the quality of the bar codes Code 128Security Level 0 0 Code 128 Security Level 1 1 Code
349. wer supply re connect the power supply Incorrect host interface cable is used Connect the correct host interface cable Interface power cables are loose Re connect cables Digital scanner is disabled For IBM 468x and USB IBM hand held IBM table top and OPOS modes enable the digital scanner via the host interface Otherwise see the technical person in charge of scanning If using RS 232 Nixdorf B mode CTS is not asserted Assert CTS line Aiming pattern is disabled Enable the aiming pattern See Hand Held Decode Aiming Pattern on page 4 21 Digital scanner emits aiming pattern but does not decode the bar code Digital scanner is not programmed for the correct bar code type Program the digital scanner to read that type of bar code See Chapter 11 Symbologies Bar code symbol is unreadable Scan test symbols of the same bar code type to determine if the bar code is defaced The symbol is not completely inside aiming pattern Move the symbol completely within the aiming pattern Move the symbol completely within the field of view AIM pattern does NOT define FOV Distance between digital scanner and bar code is incorrect Move the scanner closer to or further from the bar code See Decode Ranges on page 2 12 ner DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide Table 3 1 Problem Digital scanner decodes bar code but does not t
350. ws 1250 Russian Windows 1251 Russian Typewriter Windows 1251 Serbian Latin Windows 1250 Serbian Cyrillic Windows 1251 Slovak Windows 1250 Slovak QWERTY Windows 1250 Slovenian Windows 1250 Spanish Windows 1252 Spanish Variation Windows 1252 Swedish Windows 1252 Swiss French Windows 1252 Swiss German Windows 1252 Tatar Windows 1251 Thai Kedmanee Windows 874 Turkish F Windows 1254 Turkish Q Windows 1254 Ukrainian Windows 1251 United Kingdom Windows 1252 United States Windows 1252 US Dvorak Windows 1252 US Dvorak Left Hand Windows 1252 US Dvorak Right Hand Windows 1252 US International Windows 1252 Uzbek Cyrillic Windows 1251 Vietnamese Windows 1258 Country Code Pages C 5 Country Code Page Bar Codes Scan the bar code corresponding to the country keyboard code page Windows 1250 Latin 2 Central European Windows 1251 Cyrillic Slavic Windows 1252 Latin 1 Western European Windows 1253 Greek Windows 1254 Latin 5 Turkish C 6 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide Country Code Pages Continued Windows 1255 Hebrew Windows 1257 Baltic Windows 874 Thai Windows 1256 Arabic Window
351. y to a USB host or a powered USB hub which powers it No additional power supply is required Throughout the programming bar code menus asterisks indicate default values _ Enable Keypad Emulation indicates Default Feature Option J NOTE Most computer monitors allow scanning the bar codes directly on the screen When scanning from the screen be sure to set the document magnification to a level where you can see the bar code clearly and bars and or spaces are not merging 6 2 DS4308 DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide Connecting a USB Interface USB series A shielded connector Interface cable Figure 6 1 USB Connection J NOTE When connecting via USB use the shielded connector cable e g p n CBA U21 SO7ZAR Refer to Solution Builder for guidance about cables If upgrading an LS2208 or LS4208 to a DS4308 the shielded connector cable must be used The digital scanner connects with USB capable hosts including e Desktop PCs and notebooks e Apple iMac G4 iBooks North America only e IBM SurePOS terminals e Sun IBM and other network computers that support more than one keyboard The following operating systems support the digital scanner through USB e Windows 98 2000 ME XP e MacOS 8 5 MacOS 10 6 Z NOTE f using a MacOS the USB Keystroke Delay may need to be set to Long Delay 40 msec s IBM 4690 OS The digital scanner also interfaces with other USB hosts which su

DS4308/DS4308P Digital Scanner Product Reference Guide (p/n

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents